Category: Business

Is a Solar Estimate Calculator free to use online?

No Comments

Many homeowners exploring renewable energy often wonder whether a Solar Estimate Calculator is free to use online. In most cases, the answer is yes. These digital tools are designed to help users understand potential energy savings, estimated installation costs, and possible reductions in monthly utility bills without charging a fee. Companies in the energy and home improvement industry use these calculators to simplify the first step of the solar journey while helping homeowners make informed decisions before committing to a complete installation plan.

Why Companies Offer Free Solar Calculators

Most solar service providers understand that customers want transparency before investing in a renewable energy system. A free Solar Estimate Calculator gives homeowners a quick overview of how much solar power their property may generate based on roof size, location, sunlight exposure, and energy consumption. Businesses that specialize in heating, cooling, roofing, and solar systems often provide these tools as part of a broader customer service strategy focused on long-term trust and reliable home energy solutions for local communities.

How Online Solar Calculators Work

A typical Solar Estimate Calculator requests simple information such as ZIP code, average electricity bill, and property details. Once the information is submitted, the system estimates energy production and potential savings. Some calculators even provide financing projections and environmental impact reports. This process usually takes only a few minutes and allows homeowners to compare energy options before speaking with a consultant. Because the process is automated, companies can offer these estimates online without adding additional costs for users.

The Connection Between Solar and Complete Home Efficiency

Modern homeowners are increasingly looking for companies that provide more than just solar panel installation. Businesses combining solar services with air conditioning, heating, and roofing solutions create a more complete energy efficiency experience. This integrated approach allows customers to improve overall home performance instead of focusing on a single upgrade. Providers connected with platforms like sunlogix.com often emphasize unified service, experienced technicians, and coordinated project management that simplifies the process from consultation to final installation.

Benefits of Using a Free Solar Estimate Tool

Using a free Solar Estimate Calculator offers several advantages for homeowners researching energy upgrades. First, it saves time by providing immediate insights without scheduling an in-person appointment. Second, it helps customers establish realistic expectations regarding installation costs and energy savings. Third, these tools encourage homeowners to explore environmentally friendly energy solutions without financial pressure. Since online calculators are available at any time, users can compare multiple scenarios and evaluate whether solar energy fits their household goals and budget requirements.

Are Free Calculators Accurate?

Although online estimates are helpful, they are not a substitute for a detailed professional inspection. A Solar Estimate Calculator provides preliminary projections using general data and industry averages. Final system recommendations may change after evaluating roof condition, electrical systems, shading patterns, and local regulations. However, these calculators remain valuable because they give homeowners a practical starting point. Reputable energy companies typically follow online estimates with personalized consultations to create more precise system designs and installation recommendations.

Choosing a Reliable Solar Service Provider

When using online estimation tools, homeowners should select companies with strong reputations and comprehensive service offerings. Businesses that combine solar technology with roofing, heating, and cooling expertise often deliver better long-term efficiency results. A provider with years of experience in residential energy improvement can identify hidden issues that may affect solar performance while ensuring all systems work together effectively. This type of coordinated support gives homeowners confidence throughout the planning and installation process while strengthening long-term energy savings.

강남 가라오케 시설 최신이에요?

No Comments

강남 가라오케 시설

강남 가라오케 시설 최신이에요?라는 질문은 강남에서 가라오케를 찾아보려는 많은 사람들에게 중요한 관심사입니다. 강남은 항상 트렌드와 최신 문화를 선도하는 지역이기 때문에, 이곳에 자리한 가라오케 또한 최신 시설과 서비스를 갖추고 있을 것이라는 기대를 받습니다. 실제로 강남 가라오케는 최신 음향 시스템, LED 조명, 넓고 쾌적한 룸 구성 등 다양한 부분에서 업계의 표준을 한 단계 끌어올리는 시설들을 제공하고 있습니다. 많은 사람들이 단순히 노래를 부르는 공간을 넘어 음악과 분위기를 함께 즐기고자 하는 만큼, 강남 가라오케 시설 최신이에요?라는 질문은 충분히 타당한 궁금증입니다.

강남 가라오케는 최신 시설을 중요하게 여기는 고객들의 기대에 부응하기 위해 지속적으로 설비를 업데이트합니다. 노래방 기기의 경우 매년 새롭게 출시되는 음악 콘텐츠를 빠르게 반영하며 최신곡 업데이트가 자동으로 이루어지기 때문에, 누구나 원하는 최신곡을 바로 선택해 부를 수 있습니다. 음향 시스템 또한 고급 스피커와 마이크, 사운드 튜닝을 통해 깨끗하고 풍부한 음질을 제공합니다. 이러한 최신 음향 장비는 일반적인 노래방과는 확실히 다른 깊은 울림과 현장감을 느끼게 해주며, 강남 가라오케 시설 최신이에요?라는 질문에 대한 답을 충분히 긍정적으로 만들어줍니다.

뿐만 아니라 룸 디자인도 매우 세련되어 있습니다. 강남 가라오케는 각 룸마다 테마와 분위기가 다르게 꾸며져 있어 방문 목적에 맞게 선택할 수 있도록 다양한 옵션을 제공합니다. 친구들과 신나게 즐기고 싶은 룸, 연인과 조용히 노래를 부르고 싶은 룸, 단체 회식 장소로 적합한 넓은 룸까지, 모든 고객이 편안함과 감각적인 분위기를 느낄 수 있도록 인테리어가 세심하게 구성되어 있습니다. 실내 조명 또한 최신 LED 조명 장치를 활용해 분위기를 더욱 화려하게 만들며, 룸 전체가 음악과 조화를 이루는 공간으로 연출됩니다. 이런 점에서 강남 가라오케 시설 최신이에요?라는 질문은 ‘그렇다’는 답을 들을 수 있는 여러 근거를 제공합니다.

강남 가라오케 시설 최신이에요?

강남 가라오케에서는 음악을 즐기는 것 외에도 다양한 부가 서비스가 제공됩니다. 음료와 안주 주문 시스템이 편리하게 마련되어 있어 노래를 부르는 동안 간단한 식음료를 즐길 수 있습니다. 이 서비스는 최신 디지털 메뉴 시스템을 통해 스마트폰으로도 주문할 수 있어 더욱 편리합니다. 또한 예약 시스템 역시 모바일 앱과 온라인 웹사이트를 통해 간단하게 이용할 수 있으며, 예약 시 원하는 룸을 선택하고 할인 혜택을 받을 수 있도록 지원합니다. 이러한 디지털 기반 서비스는 강남 가라오케 시설 최신이에요?라는 질문에 또 하나의 긍정적인 요소로 작용합니다.

강남 가라오케는 또한 고객 안전과 위생에도 신경을 씁니다. 각 룸과 공용 공간은 정기적으로 청소와 소독이 이루어지며, 최신 공기 정화 시스템을 갖추고 있어 쾌적한 환경을 유지합니다. 특히 요즘처럼 위생에 대한 관심이 높아진 시기에는 이러한 점이 강남 가라오케 시설 최신이에요?라는 기대를 만족시키는 중요한 요소가 됩니다. 고객들은 단지 노래를 부르는 것뿐만 아니라, 안심하고 시간을 보낼 수 있는 공간을 찾기 때문에, 청결과 안전은 최신 시설 못지않게 중요한 기준이 됩니다.

결국 강남 가라오케 시설 최신이에요?라는 질문에 대한 답은 분명합니다. 강남 가라오케는 최신 음향과 조명 장비, 세련된 룸 인테리어, 편리한 디지털 주문 및 예약 시스템, 그리고 위생과 안전까지 모든 면에서 준비된 시설을 갖추고 있습니다. 이러한 요소들은 모두 방문객들에게 더욱 특별하고 만족스러운 경험을 제공하기 위한 것으로, 이곳을 찾는 사람들이 지속적으로 증가하는 이유이기도 합니다.

강남 가라오케 시설 최신이에요?라고 스스로에게 묻는 사람이라면, 실제로 방문해보면 그 차이를 느끼게 될 것입니다. 최신 설비와 감각적인 공간, 그리고 음악을 즐기기 위한 모든 조건이 갖춰진 곳으로서, 친구, 연인, 동료와 함께 특별한 시간을 보내기에 손색이 없습니다. 이런 점에서 강남 가라오케는 단순한 노래방을 넘어 다양한 즐거움을 제공하는 엔터테인먼트 공간으로 자리 잡고 있습니다. 방문 전 미리 예약을 하고 최신 시설을 경험해본다면 더욱 만족스러운 시간을 보낼 수 있을 것입니다.

강남호빠는 분위기가 좋은가요?

No Comments

강남호빠는 분위기가

강남호빠는 강남에서 밤문화를 즐기고자 하는 사람들에게 분위기 좋은 장소로 잘 알려져 있습니다. 단순히 술을 마시는 공간이 아니라, 조명, 음악, 인테리어까지 모두 어우러져 방문객들이 편안하게 즐길 수 있는 환경을 제공합니다. 많은 사람들이 친구와 함께 편안하게 이야기를 나누거나, 연인과 특별한 시간을 보내기 위해 강남호빠를 찾습니다. 이러한 분위기는 일반 바와 차별화되는 강남호빠만의 매력 중 하나입니다.

강남호빠의 분위기는 음악 선택에서도 큰 역할을 합니다. 최신 히트곡과 다양한 장르의 음악이 어우러지며, DJ 공연이나 라이브 밴드 연주가 정기적으로 진행됩니다. 음악은 단순히 배경음이 아니라, 공간 전체의 활기를 결정짓는 중요한 요소입니다. 방문객들은 이러한 음악과 함께 자연스럽게 어울리며 즐길 수 있기 때문에, 강남호빠는 단순한 술집 이상의 공간으로 느껴집니다.

조명과 인테리어 역시 강남호빠 분위기를 좌우하는 중요한 요소입니다. 은은한 조명과 현대적인 인테리어는 아늑하면서도 세련된 느낌을 주어 누구나 편하게 머물 수 있습니다. 특히 사진 찍기 좋은 공간이 많아 SNS에 공유하는 사람들도 많으며, 이런 시각적 즐거움이 다시 방문객을 끌어들이는 요인이 됩니다. 계절이나 이벤트에 따라 바뀌는 테마 인테리어도 강남호빠만의 독특한 분위기를 형성합니다.

강남호빠의 분위기가 좋은 또 다른 이유는 다양한 이벤트와 참여형 프로그램 덕분입니다. 방문객들은 칵테일 만들기 체험, 테이블별 게임, 소규모 콘테스트 등에 참여하며 단순히 술을 마시는 것 이상으로 즐거움을 느낄 수 있습니다. 이런 이벤트는 방문객들 간의 자연스러운 소통을 유도하며, 혼자 방문하더라도 외롭지 않게 시간을 보낼 수 있는 환경을 만들어 줍니다.

강남호빠는 분위기가 좋은가요?

VIP 서비스와 프리미엄 공간도 강남호빠 분위기를 한층 고급스럽게 만듭니다. VIP석에서는 맞춤형 칵테일과 특별 서비스를 제공하며, 생일파티나 기념일 같은 특별한 날을 더욱 특별하게 만들어 줍니다. 이러한 프리미엄 공간은 친구나 연인과 함께 방문할 때 더욱 만족스러운 경험을 제공하며, 강남호빠를 찾는 이유 중 하나가 됩니다.

또한, 방문 전 미리 웹사이트를 통해 정보를 확인하면 분위기를 더욱 즐길 수 있습니다. gangnamhostbba.com에서는 이벤트 일정, 인기 칵테일, 테마 파티 등 다양한 정보를 확인할 수 있어 방문 계획을 세우는 데 유용합니다. 이를 통해 방문객들은 원하는 분위기와 프로그램을 미리 선택하여, 더욱 만족스러운 시간을 보낼 수 있습니다.

결론적으로 강남호빠는 분위기가 좋다는 평을 받을 만한 요소가 충분합니다. 음악, 조명, 인테리어, 이벤트, VIP 서비스 등 모든 요소가 조화를 이루며 방문객들에게 특별한 경험을 제공합니다. 강남 지역에서 친구와 즐겁게 시간을 보내거나 연인과 로맨틱한 밤을 보내고 싶다면, 강남호빠는 분위기 좋은 선택지로 강력히 추천할 수 있는 장소입니다.

Can Social media scrapers work without login?

No Comments

Social media scrapers work without login

As businesses increasingly rely on insights gathered from platforms like Facebook, Instagram, X, and LinkedIn, technical and ethical questions around data access continue to emerge. One common question many organizations ask is: Can Social media scrapers work without login? The answer depends on the platform, the type of data being collected, and the design of the scraping system. While it is technically possible in certain situations, there are limitations and compliance considerations that businesses must carefully evaluate.

Social media scrapers are tools designed to collect publicly available information such as posts, comments, engagement metrics, and hashtags. In some cases, platforms allow limited access to content without requiring users to log in. For example, public pages, profiles, or posts may be visible to anyone browsing the site. In such scenarios, Social media scrapers can technically extract data without login credentials because the information is already accessible to the public. This approach simplifies the setup process and reduces the complexity associated with managing multiple accounts.

However, the ability to operate without login often comes with restrictions. Many social platforms limit the amount of content that can be viewed anonymously. After a certain number of page views, users may be prompted to sign in to continue browsing. These limitations are designed to protect user privacy and prevent automated abuse. As a result, Social media scrapers that operate without login may encounter barriers such as rate limits, CAPTCHA challenges, or temporary IP blocks. These technical defenses can disrupt data collection and reduce reliability.

Another important consideration is the type of data required. While publicly visible posts may be accessible without login, deeper insights such as follower lists, detailed engagement analytics, or content from private groups typically require authenticated access. Businesses seeking comprehensive analytics may find that operating without login restricts the scope of available data. Social media scrapers configured with authorized login credentials can often retrieve more detailed information, provided they comply with platform policies and terms of service.

Can Social media scrapers work without login?

Compliance and ethical responsibility play a significant role in this discussion. Even if certain data is publicly viewable without login, organizations must ensure that their use of Social media scrapers aligns with legal requirements and platform guidelines. Data protection regulations in various regions emphasize responsible handling of personal information. Companies should avoid collecting sensitive or restricted data and should prioritize transparency in their data strategies. Operating without login does not automatically exempt businesses from compliance obligations.

Performance and scalability are also affected by login requirements. Scraping without login may seem simpler at first, but it can become less efficient at scale. Anonymous access often provides limited session persistence and may increase the likelihood of detection by platform security systems. In contrast, properly authenticated sessions can sometimes offer more stable data retrieval when managed responsibly. Social media scrapers designed for professional use often include session management, proxy rotation, and rate control mechanisms to maintain consistent performance.

From a technical perspective, whether Social media scrapers can work without login depends on their architecture and the target platform’s policies. Some scraping tools are built specifically to access publicly available endpoints, while others integrate API-based solutions that require authentication tokens. Businesses must evaluate their data needs and technical capabilities before deciding which approach is most appropriate.

Ultimately, Social media scrapers can work without login in limited scenarios where data is publicly accessible and platform restrictions allow anonymous browsing. However, this approach may not provide comprehensive access and can introduce operational challenges. For businesses seeking reliable, scalable, and compliant data collection, carefully managed authentication processes often offer greater flexibility and stability. By understanding the balance between accessibility, compliance, and performance, organizations can implement scraping strategies that align with both their objectives and ethical standards in an evolving digital environment.

Can a Naperville Locksmith secure warehouse doors?

No Comments

Naperville Locksmith secure warehouse doors

Securing warehouse doors is a critical aspect of protecting valuable inventory, equipment, and sensitive information. Many business owners ask, can a Naperville Locksmith secure warehouse doors? The answer is a resounding yes. Professional locksmiths in Naperville have the experience, tools, and expertise necessary to reinforce warehouse security, ensuring that entry points are protected against unauthorized access, break-ins, and potential theft. Properly securing warehouse doors is not only a matter of safety but also of operational efficiency, as it helps prevent costly losses and disruptions.

A skilled Naperville Locksmith understands the unique challenges that warehouses present. Unlike residential or standard commercial doors, warehouse doors are often larger, heavier, and exposed to frequent use. They may include roll-up doors, sliding doors, or industrial-grade access points that require specialized locks and security solutions. When business owners ask can a Naperville Locksmith secure warehouse doors, they are seeking professionals who can assess each entry point and recommend the most effective locking systems to protect the property.

Warehouse security involves more than simply installing a lock. A Naperville Locksmith evaluates the strength of doors, frames, and hinges, ensuring that all components work together to create a secure barrier. High-security locks, deadbolts, electronic access control, and reinforced hardware are often used to secure warehouse doors effectively. Locksmiths also consider factors such as traffic patterns, employee access needs, and potential vulnerabilities to design a system that balances security with functionality.

For warehouses that store high-value goods or sensitive materials, professional installation is essential. A Naperville Locksmith can install advanced locking mechanisms, including keyless entry systems, master key setups, and alarm-integrated locks. These systems not only prevent unauthorized entry but also allow for efficient access management, ensuring that only authorized personnel can enter restricted areas. Asking can a Naperville Locksmith secure warehouse doors demonstrates an understanding that professional expertise is necessary to protect large-scale properties effectively.

Can a Naperville Locksmith secure warehouse doors?

Maintenance and ongoing security assessments are equally important for warehouse doors. A Naperville Locksmith can provide regular inspections and repairs to ensure that locks remain in optimal condition. Wear and tear from heavy use, weather exposure, and attempts at forced entry can compromise the effectiveness of locks over time. Professional locksmiths address these issues promptly, keeping warehouse doors secure and minimizing the risk of security breaches.

Business owners also benefit from consultation services offered by a Naperville Locksmith. Experienced locksmiths can recommend additional measures such as security cameras, reinforced door materials, and panic bar systems for emergency exits. This comprehensive approach ensures that warehouse security is not limited to locks alone but integrates multiple layers of protection. When asked can a Naperville Locksmith secure warehouse doors, many property managers recognize the value of combining physical security measures with technology for maximum protection.

Another advantage of hiring a professional Naperville Locksmith is the ability to respond quickly to emergencies. If a lock is damaged, a key is lost, or an access system fails, locksmiths can provide fast solutions to restore security without causing significant operational delays. This responsiveness is crucial for warehouses, where downtime can lead to financial losses and logistical challenges.

In conclusion, protecting warehouse doors is a vital part of any business security strategy, and a professional Naperville Locksmith can provide the expertise needed to achieve this. From high-security locks to electronic access systems and regular maintenance, locksmiths ensure that warehouse entry points are secure, functional, and compliant with safety standards. Asking can a Naperville Locksmith secure warehouse doors highlights the importance of professional intervention in safeguarding valuable assets. With the help of a trusted locksmith, warehouse owners can have peace of mind knowing that their property is protected, access is managed effectively, and security risks are minimized.

오피사이트에서 지역별 공급 예정 물량을 볼 수 있나요?

No Comments

오피사이트에서 지역별

오피사이트에서 지역별 공급 예정 물량을 볼 수 있나요? 최근 부동산 시장의 변동성이 커지면서 전·월세 계약과 매매 계획을 세우는 사람들 사이에서 미래 공급량 정보에 대한 관심이 빠르게 증가하고 있다. 신규 입주 물량이 많은 지역은 전세 가격이나 월세 가격이 조정될 가능성이 높고, 반대로 공급이 적은 지역은 수요가 몰려 가격이 상승할 가능성이 크기 때문에 공급 예정 물량을 미리 파악하는 것은 매우 중요한 판단 요소가 된다. 이런 흐름 속에서 사용자들은 오피사이트를 통해 지역별 공급 예정 물량 데이터를 확인할 수 있는지 궁금해하고 있다.

오피사이트는 전통적으로 매물 정보, 위치, 가격, 교통, 옵션 등을 안내하는 플랫폼으로 알려져 있지만 최근에는 사용자들이 보다 정확한 중·장기 거주 계획을 세울 수 있도록 시장 변동 요소를 반영한 데이터 제공 기능을 강화하려는 흐름이 있다. 특히 신규 아파트와 오피스텔의 입주 예정 물량은 향후 임대료와 매매가에 큰 영향을 미치기 때문에 이에 대한 정보를 매물 검색 단계에서 함께 제공한다면 사용자의 의사 결정 과정에 매우 유용하다. 예를 들어 특정 지역에 향후 6개월 또는 1년 안에 공급이 급증할 예정이라면 전세 가격 하락이나 입주 경쟁 심화 가능성이 있기 때문에 세입자는 유리한 시기를 선택할 수 있다.

일부 오피사이트 지자체 공고, 건축물 승인 데이터, 분양 일정 등과 연동하여 지역별 주거 공급 예정 물량을 시각화해 제공하려는 시도를 보이고 있다. 공급 물량을 단순 숫자로 제시하는 것을 넘어, 예정 입주 시기, 단지 수, 세대 규모, 평형 구성 등 상세 정보까지 표시한다면 사용자는 특정 매물뿐 아니라 지역 전체의 시장 흐름을 더 명확하게 파악할 수 있다. 특히 공급 물량이 많은 지역은 초기 공실률 증가 가능성, 임대료 변동 폭 확대 가능성 등이 존재하기 때문에 거주 계획을 세우는 사람들에게 매우 중요한 판단 기준이 된다.

오피사이트에서 지역별 공급 예정 물량을 볼 수 있나요?

세입자뿐 아니라 투자자에게도 이러한 데이터는 크게 도움이 된다. 공급 예정 물량은 지역 경기와 가격 흐름을 예측하는 핵심 지표 중 하나이기 때문에, 오피사이트에서 이를 손쉽게 확인할 수 있다면 별도의 시장 조사 없이도 효율적인 투자 결정을 내릴 수 있다. 또한 공급 물량 증감과 거래량, 가격 변동률 등을 함께 연계해서 보여준다면 부동산 데이터를 모르는 사람도 시장 흐름을 직관적으로 이해할 수 있다. 즉 단순한 정보 나열이 아니라 분석 기반의 정보를 제공하는 플랫폼이 될수록 경쟁력이 높아진다.

결론적으로 오피사이트에서 지역별 공급 예정 물량을 확인할 수 있는 기능은 앞으로 사용자 만족도를 결정하는 중요한 요소가 될 것이다. 임대와 매매 모두 미래 시장 변화를 예측하는 것이 필수적인 시대에서 공급 데이터 제공은 플랫폼의 신뢰도와 전문성을 강화하는 핵심 서비스라 할 수 있다. 앞으로 더 많은 오피사이트가 정확한 지역별 공급 예정 물량 정보를 제공해 사용자들이 보다 안정적이고 전략적인 주거 선택을 할 수 있는 환경을 만들어가길 기대해본다.

레플리카 신발 사이즈는 정확한가요?

No Comments

레플리카 신발 사이즈는

레플리카 신발 사이즈는 정확한가요? 레플리카 신발을 구매하려는 많은 소비자들이 가장 궁금해하는 부분 중 하나는 바로 사이즈입니다. 신발은 착용감과 편안함이 매우 중요한 제품이기 때문에, 사이즈가 맞지 않으면 구매 만족도가 크게 떨어집니다. 레플리카 신발은 원본 신발의 디자인과 스타일을 최대한 비슷하게 제작하지만, 제작 공정이나 사용되는 소재에 따라 실제 사이즈가 조금씩 달라질 수 있습니다. 따라서 구매 전 정확한 사이즈 정보를 확인하고, 필요하다면 한 치수 크게 또는 작게 선택하는 전략이 필요합니다.

레플리카 신발은 제작 과정에서 일부 변형이 발생할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 가죽이나 합성 소재를 사용한 경우 재질의 특성상 착용하면서 약간 늘어나거나 줄어들 수 있으며, 봉제 방식에 따라 발볼이나 길이가 다르게 느껴질 수 있습니다. 또한, 일부 제조사는 아시아와 유럽, 미국 기준 사이즈를 혼용해 생산하기 때문에, 해외 사이즈 기준으로 제작된 레플리카 신발은 국내 사이즈와 차이가 있을 수 있습니다. 이 때문에 구매자는 제품 설명에 있는 사이즈 가이드와 후기 정보를 꼼꼼히 확인하는 것이 중요합니다.

온라인에서 판매되는 레플리카 신발의 경우, 판매자는 일반적으로 사이즈 차트를 제공하며, 실제 착용 후기를 통해 사이즈 정확도를 어느 정도 확인할 수 있습니다. 후기를 참고하면 특정 모델이 정사이즈인지, 한 치수 크게 주문하는 것이 좋은지, 발볼이 넓은 사람에게 적합한지 등의 정보를 얻을 수 있습니다. 특히 인기 있는 모델의 경우, 구매자들이 경험한 착용감과 사이즈 추천이 많이 공유되므로, 이를 적극 활용하는 것이 안전합니다.

레플리카 신발 사이즈는 정확한가요?

오프라인 매장에서 레플리카 신발을 구매할 경우, 직접 착용해보고 사이즈를 확인할 수 있다는 장점이 있습니다. 신발을 신어보면서 발볼, 길이, 굽 높이 등을 직접 체크하면, 온라인 구매 시 발생할 수 있는 사이즈 문제를 사전에 예방할 수 있습니다. 일부 전문 매장은 레플리카 신발을 다양한 사이즈로 전시하여, 소비자가 편리하게 착용해볼 수 있도록 합니다. 이런 경험은 착용감에 대한 확신을 주기 때문에, 만족도를 높이는 데 큰 도움이 됩니다.

결론적으로 레플리카 신발 사이즈는 정확한가요?라는 질문에 대한 답은 ‘대체로 원본 신발과 유사하지만, 소재와 제작 방식, 제조사에 따라 다소 차이가 있을 수 있다’입니다. 구매자는 제품 상세 정보와 사이즈 가이드, 후기 등을 꼼꼼히 확인하고, 필요 시 한 치수 정도 여유를 두는 것이 좋습니다. 온라인에서는 리뷰와 사이즈 차트를 참고하고, 오프라인에서는 직접 착용해보는 방식으로 접근하면, 레플리카 신발을 보다 안전하고 만족스럽게 구매할 수 있습니다. 정확한 사이즈 선택은 착용감과 만족도를 결정하는 핵심 요소이므로, 구매 전 충분한 확인이 필요합니다.

Why Tier 2 Cities Like Bhubaneswar & Lucknow Are Driving India’s Property Boom And Housing Future | Explainers News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Recent data shows across 60 Tier 2 & 3 cities, housing sales rose 20% y-o-y, with value of sales jumping. These cities now account for half of all land acquisitions by developers

Even in Tier 2 cities, rapid price rises mean affordability is shifting upward. Entry-level homes may still be affordable now, but continuous gains will push them out of reach for many.

Even in Tier 2 cities, rapid price rises mean affordability is shifting upward. Entry-level homes may still be affordable now, but continuous gains will push them out of reach for many.

India’s real estate landscape is undergoing a tectonic shift. Metro cities, which were once the go-to option for housing investment, are increasingly being outshone by Tier 2 and Tier 3 cities. Places like Lucknow, Indore, Jaipur, Bhubaneswar, Coimbatore, Patna, and Kanpur are seeing dramatic growth in property values.

The primary drivers are affordability, better infrastructure, increasing connectivity, and rising demand from homebuyers and investors searching for better living standards without metro-level costs.

Recent data shows that across 60 Tier 2 & 3 cities, housing sales rose 20% year-on-year, with value of sales jumping dramatically. These cities now account for nearly half of all land acquisitions by developers—an indicator that market sentiment and capital are actively shifting beyond traditional metros. (Land acquisitions by developers in non-metro cities now make up about 44% of the total in many reports.)

In another report, average capital appreciation in Tier-II cities is pegged at 17.6% year-on-year, significantly higher than many metro markets. Cities like Lucknow (23–24%), Indore (22–23%), Jaipur (21%), and Bhubaneswar (19.5%) are often cited as outperforming metro peers in terms of property price gains. Meanwhile, metros like Delhi, Mumbai and Chennai are registering lower rates of appreciation in many comparisons.

Why Is This Surge Happening?

Multiple interlocked reasons explain why property is booming in Tier 2 and 3 cities:

Infrastructure & Connectivity

New roads, highways, better rail networks, and improved air connectivity are shrinking the travel and time gap between smaller cities and metros. Government schemes for urban planning and connectivity—such as expressways, Smart Cities, metro corridors—are enhancing liveability and driving demand. When a city gains a modern airport or better civic infrastructure, it becomes more attractive for both end-users and investors.

Cost And Affordability

It is expensive to live in metros—not only in terms of property cost, but also the cost of commuting, maintenance, and daily expenses. In contrast, Tier 2 cities offer a much lower entry price per square foot. For the same money, buyers can get larger flats or nicer amenities in smaller cities. Even more, many people who once rented in metros are now able to buy in Tier 2 due to lower overall costs.

Remote Work And Lifestyle Shifts

The work-from-home trend and hybrid models have reduced the necessity of being physically present in metros. Buyers now value space, quality of life (less pollution, less crowding), and access to nature. This is prompting migration of demand away from large metro hubs to smaller cities with better environment and lower stress.

Developer Strategy & Investment Flow

With land in metros becoming scarce and expensive, developers are planting new projects in Tier 2 and 3 cities. Institutional and private investors are following. Data shows large rises in land acquisition and in new project launches in these cities. Also, housing projects in these regions have seen rapid growth in value even when volumes have increased more modestly—suggesting strong price appreciation.

Changing Buyer Aspirations

As incomes rise in non-metro cities, aspirations change. Middle-class buyers want modern amenities: gated societies, malls, good schools, and hospitals. They want a standard of living similar to metros but priced within reach. That shifts demand upward in these smaller cities. Investors, too, are more willing to bet on long-term gains in such cities.

How Tier 2 Cities Compare To Metros With Data

Here are some key comparisons to illustrate the scale of the shift:

Capital Appreciation: Tier-II cities average 17.6% year-on-year property appreciation, versus 11% in many metro markets.

Cities Outperforming: Lucknow (approximately 23.7%), Kanpur (19–20%), Jaipur (21.3%), Indore (22.8%), and Bhubaneswar (near 19.5%) are leading Tier 2 gains. In metros, gains are more modest in many cases.

Prices Per Square Foot: In Tier II cities, rates vary but are substantially lower than metros. For example, Kanpur properties may be around Rs 7,000 per sq ft in top micro-areas, while similarly sized homes in more central metro locations cost much more.

Sales Volume & Value Growth: In Top 15 Tier 2 cities, housing sales value increased to Rs 1.52 lakh crore in 2024 from around Rs 1.27 lakh crore in 2023, though the number of units sold rose modestly. Cities like Coimbatore saw value growth of 36%. Bhubaneswar recorded 47% jump in sales value year-on-year.

These facts show that while metros are still vital and dominant for premium segments, much of the growth momentum and new capital is coming from beyond.

A Closer Look At Bhubaneswar’s Housing Surge

Bhubaneswar offers a striking case study. Once known primarily as a city of temples and a hub for public administration, it is now being rebranded as a smart city. The Smart City Mission has pumped in funds for urban renewal, while IT-SEZs and educational institutions such as IIT Bhubaneswar have added to the city’s profile.

Property prices here average between Rs 4,500 and Rs 6,000 per sq ft in premium localities like Patia, Jaydev Vihar, and Khandagiri. Just five years ago, similar properties could be bought for 30–40% less. High demand from professionals, investors, and even NRIs from Odisha is sustaining the momentum.

Though Pune is often described as a Tier 1.5 city, it epitomises the growth trajectory of smaller markets. Once primarily an educational hub, Pune now houses IT parks, automobile plants, and start-ups. Its proximity to Mumbai and relatively lower costs gave it an edge.

Today, property rates in Pune’s prime locations like Kalyani Nagar, Baner, and Viman Nagar range between Rs 7,500 and Rs 10,500 per sq ft, comparable to some pockets of Mumbai suburbs. Demand is robust not only from locals but also from a steady influx of IT professionals.

Lucknow: Prices in Gomti Nagar and Shaheed Path have risen by over 20% in three years, driven by infrastructure upgrades and government jobs.

Indore: Known for its cleanliness and industrial base, Indore has seen property rates rise steadily, averaging Rs 4,500–Rs 5,500 per sq ft in prime areas.

Coimbatore: With its textile base and growing IT presence, Coimbatore has emerged as a strong residential market with property prices crossing Rs 6,000 per sq ft in hotspots.

Jaipur: Tourism, education, and proximity to Delhi have made Jaipur a magnet for real estate. Prime properties range from Rs 4,000 to Rs 6,000 per sq ft.

What This Means For The Future Of Housing?

This shift has implications for both buyers and the policy environment:

More Balanced Urban Growth

India’s growing population puts pressure on metros—traffic, pollution, and infrastructural strain. Growth in Tier 2 cities helps spread urbanisation more evenly. Over time, this might ease some of the affordability and liveability issues in big cities.

Rising Investor Interest and Speculation

As returns in Tier 2 cities outpace metros, investors are flocking in. That is good for development, but also could fuel speculative bubbles if supply (infrastructure, jobs) does not follow demand. Projects could overpromise, locations may become congested, and developers may face delays—leading to risk for buyers.

Housing Affordability Will Remain a Central Question

Even in Tier 2 cities, rapid price rises mean affordability is shifting upward. Entry-level homes may still be affordable now, but continuous gains will push them out of reach for many. So, housing policy, subsidies, and regulatory checks will need to work to ensure housing remains accessible, not just profitable.

Infrastructure Needs To Keep Pace

Connectivity, reliable utilities (water, power), good roads, schools, and health services will determine which Tier 2 cities succeed long-term. Without these, price gains may stagnate or reverse. Cities that fail to deliver infrastructure may see speculative bubbles burst.

Commercial Real Estate Growth Also Follows

It is not just residential demand. Office leasing in Tier 2 cities is growing too. As companies distribute their operations, setting up satellite offices and remote/hybrid workspaces, demand for Grade A office space is increasing in smaller cities. This further supports residential demand.

Role Of Government Policies

Policies like land use regulation, RERA enforcement, approval timelines, taxation, and infrastructural funding (roads, public transit, airports) will heavily influence how sustainable this growth is. Cities with strong governance will likely outperform poorly regulated ones.

What Prospective Homeowners And Investors Should Consider?

If you are considering buying property or investing in Tier 2 cities, here are key parameters:

Check location & connectivity: How far from transport hubs, highways, or upcoming infrastructure?

Track infrastructure projects: A new highway, airport expansion, or connectivity corridor can boost values.

Developer reputation & legal clearances: Crucial in newer cities. Delays or approvals can make or break returns.

Price trends over time: Look not just at last 6 months, but 2-3 years to understand the trajectory.

Lifestyle amenities: Schools, hospitals, malls, and green spaces are increasingly important to buyers and impact resale value.

Risk of oversupply/speculation: Ensure demand is real, not just investors. Some cities may flood with new units without demand to match.

What This Means for India’s Housing Landscape

The future of India’s real estate market is moving from being metro-centric to more decentralised. Tier 2 and 3 cities are no longer fringe or fallback; they are at the heart of India’s real estate growth story.

Metro cities will still have premium, luxury segments and remain valuable for many buyers and urban professionals. But for mass housing, mid-segment properties, and long-term investors, Tier 2 cities offer higher growth potential and better affordability today.

As more government investment goes into infrastructure and connectivity, remote work remains in some form, and incomes rise in non-metro areas, the trend is likely to sustain. The challenge for policymakers will be to ensure that infrastructure, governance, and housing regulation keep up so growth is sustainable and inclusive.

News explainers Why Tier 2 Cities Like Bhubaneswar & Lucknow Are Driving India’s Property Boom And Housing Future
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
img

Scan the QR code to download the News18 app and enjoy a seamless news experience anytime, anywhere

ITR Filing 2025 Last Day: Facing Portal Glitches Today? Condonation Requests Can Waive Late Fees | Tax News

No Comments

Last Updated:

CBDT extended ITR filing deadline for AY 2025-26 to September 16 due to portal glitches. Over 7 crore ITRs filed. Condonation requests can help avoid penalties for genuine delays.

News18

News18

ITR Filing 2025 Last Date: The income tax department has granted a one-day relaxation by September 16 to non-audit taxpayers to file their income tax return (ITR) for the financial year 2024-25 (Assessment year 2025-26). The relaxation came after the portal suffered glitches and technical problems and several CAs demanded that the due date be extended for filing the return.

“The due date for filing of income tax returns (ITRs) for AY 2025-26, originally due on July 31, 2025, was extended to September 15, 2025. The CBDT has decided to further extend the due date for filing these ITRs for AY 2025-26 from September 15, 2025, to September 16, 2025,” the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) said in a late-night circular.

The tax department also updated that over 7 crore ITRs were filed by September 15.

Despite this extension, there may be a possibility that some taxpayers aren’t able to file their returns, given the website glitches and technical problems.

By chance, if taxpayers won’t be able to file their returns once the due date is over, they are required to file the belated return, which comes with a clause of penalty. However, the condonation of delay feature allows taxpayers to avoid the penalty.

In cases of genuine hardship, taxpayers can file a Condonation Request under Section 119(2)(b) of the Income Tax Act. If the competent Income Tax Authority accepts the request, the taxpayer is not required to pay any additional tax, interest, or penalty. This provision acts as a special relief, allowing taxpayers to regularize their delayed Income Tax Return (ITR) filing without facing financial consequences.

Avnish Arora, Executive Director, Direct, Tax, Forvis Mazars India. explains that screenshots that show what issues were associated with the portal can be part of the supporting documentation when requesting condonation of delay in filing the Income Tax Return. “These screenshots help show that the taxpayer was making a genuine effort to file the return on time, but was experiencing technical problems that were beyond their control,” he adds.

He further states that proper documentation of the timeline further supports the case for condonation, thereby increasing the chances of obtaining relief. “The representation for condonation should specifically outline the issue experienced, what attempts were made to correct the issue, and all supporting documentation should be submitted in conjunction with your representation,” he says.

Arora, however, cautions that acceptance of a condonation request is not assured, as it rests entirely with the discretion of the Income Tax Department.

“The Department may allow such requests only if the reasons for delay are found to be genuine and satisfactory. Nevertheless, in certain instances, some Courts have taken a favourable view and condoned the delay, even where the Department had earlier rejected the assessee’s request looking into the facts, circumstances and reasons for delay,” he adds.

CA Sonu Jain, Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, 9Point Capital, also urges taxpayers to document the attempt with screenshots for a stronger case for condonation later if they can’t file today due to technical issues.

News business tax ITR Filing 2025 Last Day: Facing Portal Glitches Today? Condonation Requests Can Waive Late Fees
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Dev Accelerator IPO Listing Price Prediction: 37x Subscription, Check Allotment Status | Ipo News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Dev Accelerator IPO allotment was finalized on September 15, 2025. Shares list soon on BSE and NSE.

News18

News18

Dev Accelerator IPO Allotment Status: The allotment of unlisted shares of Dev Accelerator IPO was finalised on September 15, 2025. Investors who applied for the issue and received the allotment have been already been informed by the registrar. All eyes are now on the listing of shares on the exchanges – Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE) and National Stock Exchange (NSE), likely on September 17, 2025.  

Grey market premium is a popular instrument used to gauge the expected listing of the issue’s shares on the exchanges whenever it happens.

Dev Accelerator IPO Details

Dev Accelerator Limited, one of the largest flexible workspace operators in Tier-2 markets, launched its initial public offering (IPO) between September 10, 2025 and September 12, 2025. Investors bid for 49,61,11,320 equity shares against the 1,31,47,075 equity shares on offer, translating to a total subscription of 37.74 times.

The company has fixed the price band at Rs 56–61 per share with a face value of Rs 2. The IPO, entirely a fresh issue of shares worth Rs 143.35 crore, does not include any offer-for-sale (OFS) component.

Investors can bid for a minimum lot size of 235 shares.

Dev Accelerator Issue Objectives

Proceeds from the IPO will be used for:

  • Capital expenditure for fit-outs in upcoming centers,

  • Repayment/prepayment of certain borrowings, including redemption of NCDs,

  • General corporate purposes.

Dev Accelerator Listing Price Prediction

According to market observers, unlisted shares of Dev Accelerator Ltd are currently trading at Rs 67 against the upper IPO price of Rs 61. It means a grey market premium or GMP of Rs 6, which is 9.84% over its issue price, indicating lukewarm listing gains for investors.

The GMP is based on market sentiments and keeps changing. ‘Grey market premium’ indicates investors’ readiness to pay more than the issue price.

About Dev Accelerator

Dev Accelerator operates 28 centers across 11 Indian cities, managing over 14,000 seats across 8.6 lakh sq. ft. of office space. Its offerings include managed office spaces, coworking solutions, design and execution services, payroll and facility management, and IT/ITeS solutions.

The company has a strong presence in both Tier-1 and Tier-2 markets such as Delhi NCR, Mumbai, Pune, Hyderabad, Ahmedabad, Indore, Jaipur, Rajkot, Udaipur, and Vadodara. As of May 2025, it served over 250 clients, including large corporates, MNCs, and SMEs.

How to check Dev Accelerator IPO allotment status — step-by-step

1) Check the registrar (KFin Technologies)

Open the registrar’s IPO-status page (KFin’s iPostStatus / KOSMIC IPO status).

In the Select IPO dropdown choose Dev Accelerator Limited.

Choose one of the ID options: Application No., Demat account (DP ID/Client ID) or PAN.

Enter the corresponding detail and the captcha, then click Submit / Search.

The page will show whether you’ve been Allotted (and how many shares) or Not Allotted.

Registrar portal instructions are the standard first check.

2) Check on BSE (exchange allotment page)

Go to BSE’s IPO allotment / application status page.

Select Issue Type = Equity and choose Dev Accelerator Ltd in the Issue Name dropdown.

Enter Application No. or PAN, complete captcha (“I am not a robot”) and click Search.

BSE will display allotment status.

Dev Accelerator Should You Subscribe?

Anand Rathi in its report: 

At the upper end of the price band, the company is valued at 305x FY25 P/E and 3.5x P/S, with a post-issue market capitalization of ₹5,501

million. It has broadened its offerings to include HR, IT, and software

services through Saasjoy to strengthen client retention and address

evolving workplace and technology needs.

Additionally, via its associate Scaleax Advisory Private Limited, it helps GCCs build global teams in India by providing facility and payroll management, as well as recruitment solutions like talent sourcing, AI-based screening, and team augmentation. Considering these factors, the IPO is viewed as fully priced, warranting a “SUBSCRIBE – LONG TERM” recommendation.

Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.

News business ipo Dev Accelerator IPO Listing Price Prediction: 37x Subscription, Check Allotment Status
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

ITR Deadline Extension 2025 Live Updates: Has Income Tax Department Extended The Due Date?

No Comments

ITR Filing Deadline 2025 Extension Live Updates: Today is the ITR filing last date for the assessment year 2025-26. Tax professionals and bodies are urging the income tax department to extend the deadline. However, the income tax department has clarified that the current September 15 deadline remains intact and warned taxpayers against a fake message that is spreading widely on social media and messaging app about the deadline extension.

So far, a total of 6.7 crore ITRs have been filed, as of 12:00 pm today, according to the income tax portal. Out of this, 6.03 crore ITRs have been verified by the taxpayers, and over 4 crore returns have been processed by the income tax department.

Last year, by July 31, 2024, 7.6 crore ITRs had been submitted.

Who Must File ITR Today?

The September 15 deadline is for non-audit taxpayers, including most salaried individuals, pensioners, NRIs, and those whose accounts do not require audit. For audit ITRs, the deadline remains October 31.

Usually, the ITR filing deadline every year is July 31. However, this year, the last date for filing non-audit returns was pushed to September 15 from the usual July 31 deadline, owing to delays in the release of updated ITR forms. The extension came after several tweaks were required following the interim Budget’s changes to the capital gains tax framework.

What Happens If You Miss Today’s Deadline?

Taxpayers filing after September 15 face a penalty of Rs 5,000 under Section 234F, though the fine is capped at Rs 1,000 for those with income below Rs 5 lakh. Late filers also lose the ability to carry forward certain losses, risk refund delays and may attract closer scrutiny from the tax department.

With the clock ticking, the department is urging taxpayers to file early to avoid last-minute issues. Whether the deadline is extended once again remains to be seen.

ITR Filing Last Date 2025: Top FAQs Answered As Taxpayers Rush To File Last-Minute Income Tax Returns Before Deadline September 15th | Tax News

No Comments

Last Updated:

ITR Last Date 2025: Key FAQs answered for last-minute taxpayers

font
ITR Filing Deadline Today

ITR Filing Deadline Today

ITR Filing Due Date 2025 Today: The Income Tax Return (ITR) filing deadline for Assessment Year (AY) 2025–26 ends today, September 15, with close to 1 crore filings expected on the final day. Last year, the e-filing portal processed a record 70 lakh returns within 24 hours — its highest ever. This year, taxpayers and professionals are again racing against time, with many reporting portal slowdowns as the last-minute rush intensifies.

As of September 13, 6.29 crore returns had been filed for AY 2025–26, compared with 7.28 crore in total for AY 2024–25. Assuming a similar growth pace of 7.5% year-on-year, filings could touch 7.8 crore this year. The compliance trend has been consistent:

  • AY 2024–25: 7.28 crore returns
  • AY 2023–24: 6.77 crore returns
  • AY 2022–23: 5.82 crore returns
  • AY 2021–22: 5.77 crore returns

This reflects a 25% rise in filings over the past three years, underscoring improved tax compliance and an expanding base of taxpayers.

The extended deadline, pushed from July 31 to September 15, coincides with the due date for paying the second installment of advance tax. This overlap has added to the pressure on individuals and businesses, who are balancing filing obligations with tax payments.

ITR Filing FAQs Answered

What are the different ITR forms?

  • ITR 1 (Sahaj): For individuals with income up to ₹50 lakh.
  • ITR 2: For individuals/HUFs not eligible for ITR 1 and without business income.
  • ITR 3: For individuals/HUFs with income from business or profession.
  • ITR 4: For resident individuals, HUFs, and firms (other than LLPs) with income up to ₹50 lakh from business/profession and long-term capital gains up to ₹1.25 lakh.
  • ITR V: The acknowledgment of ITR filing.

What are the different modes of filing ITR?

According to the CBDT, returns can be filed:

  1. On paper
  2. Electronically with a digital signature
  3. Online with an electronic verification code
  4. Electronically followed by submission of ITR-V

Where can I file ITR online?

Taxpayers can file online via the official portal: incometax.gov.in

What is the e-utility facility?

The Income Tax Department provides free Java and Excel-based e-utilities to generate and submit returns, with step-by-step instructions.

Do I need to attach documents with ITR?

No. ITR forms are attachment-free. However, documents like Form 16, investment proofs, or TDS certificates must be kept ready for verification if requested.

Is filing ITR mandatory if the income is negative?

Yes. Losses must be reported before the due date if you wish to carry them forward for set-off in future years.

Can I file ITR after the deadline?

Yes, as a belated return, but late fees under Section 234F apply.

What is the penalty for late filing?

  • Rs 5,000 if income exceeds Rs 5 lakh
  • Rs 1,000 if income is below Rs 5 lakh

Will I get a refund if I paid excess tax?

Yes. Refunds are credited directly to your bank account through ECS transfer.

Are there disadvantages to filing ITR?

No. On the contrary, failure to file when taxable income exists may attract penalties and prosecution.

Has the ITR deadline been extended for AY 2025–26?

No. The final deadline is September 15, 2025.

What are the penalties for not filing?

  • Late fees under Section 234F (₹1,000–₹5,000)
  • Ineligibility for certain deductions (Sections 10A, 80-IA, etc.)
  • Prosecution risk (3 months–2 years; up to 7 years if tax evaded exceeds ₹25 lakh)

How can deductions under Section 80G be claimed?

Donations must be reported in Schedule 80G of the ITR form, categorized into four tables depending on the recipient.

What is the Section 87A rebate?

  • Old Regime: Rebate up to ₹12,500 if income ≤ ₹5 lakh
  • New Regime: Rebate up to ₹25,000 if income ≤ ₹7 lakh

Can deductions exceed gross total income?

No. Chapter VIA deductions cannot exceed the Gross Total Income, except for exempt categories like capital gains.

Who must file Form 10-IEA to switch tax regimes?

  • Business/professional taxpayers: File Form 10-IEA to opt for the old regime.
  • Others: Choose regime directly while filing.

Can salaried employees claim extra rent deductions?

No. Only HRA under Section 10(13A) is allowed (old regime only). Section 80GG does not apply if HRA is part of salary.

What documents are needed to file ITR?

Keep ready:

  • PAN and Aadhaar
  • Bank details
  • Form 16 (for salaried)
  • Form 26AS and AIS
  • Capital gains statements
  • Investment proofs
  • Rent receipts/home loan details (if applicable)

Timely filing helps avoid penalties, ensures refunds, and keeps financial records clean. With the deadline expiring tonight, taxpayers are urged not to delay further.

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

News business tax ITR Deadline Today: Top FAQs Answered As Taxpayers Rush To File Last-Minute Returns
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

India Aims To Have At Least Two Public Sector Banks To Join Global Banking Elite By 2047: Report | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

India aims to expand its footprint in the global banking landscape with strategic reforms, AI-driven growth and international expansion.

font
State Bank of India, India's largest public sector bank, is ranked 43rd globally on asset size. (File Photo)

State Bank of India, India’s largest public sector bank, is ranked 43rd globally on asset size. (File Photo)

India has set an ambitious target of having at least two public sector banks break into the world’s top 20 banks by asset size as part of the country’s strategic vision for a Viksit Bharat by 2047, according to a report by CNBC-TV18.

A high-level meeting is underway in Delhi between senior Indian bankers and officials from the Department of Financial Services (DFS), with discussions centred on shaping the future growth path of India’s banking sector.

As of now, India’s largest public sector bank, the State Bank of India (SBI), is ranked 43rd globally by asset size. Closing the gap to the top 20 is a significant challenge, but sources confided to CNBC-TV18 that the government is confident that the milestone can be achieved with strategic reforms and international expansion.

Furthermore, India’s bold target of having two public sector banks among the global banking elite reflects the government’s ambition to not only reinforce the domestic financial sector but also enhance India’s standing in the global banking arena.

The push comes against the backdrop of growing global economic uncertainty, with geopolitical tensions and volatile markets bringing the spotlight on Indian banks as essential tools to expand India’s presence in emerging international markets, support cross-border business, and safeguard the economy against external shocks.

Artificial Intelligence (AI) is playing a key role in India’s banking strategy, with the government banking on its role in driving organic growth for banks and helping them enhance customer experience, strengthen risk management, boost operational efficiency, and access underserved customer segments, the sources said.

Moreover, regulatory reforms are reportedly being considered to simplify procedures and remove outdated obstacles that hinder public sector banks from expanding globally, as per CNBC-TV18. These reforms aim to enhance competitiveness, foster innovation, and support quicker decision-making in line with international best practices.

News business India Aims To Have At Least Two Public Sector Banks To Join Global Banking Elite By 2047: Report
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Bye Bye Hike: Kavin Mittal’s Messaging App Becomes Latest Casualty Of Real-Money Gaming Ban | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Kavin Bharti Mittal announces the shutdown of Hike Messenger after 13 years, citing challenges post India Ban.

font
Kavin Bharti launched Hike in 2012.

Kavin Bharti launched Hike in 2012.

Bharti Airtel group scion Kavin Bharti Mittal has announced to wind down India’s messaging app, a competitor to WhatsApp, after its 13-year journey. 

“After regrouping with our investors and the team, I’ve made the difficult decision to wind down Hike completely”, said Kavin Bharti Mittal in his Substack post.

Mittal further said that after India Ban, scaling globally of the messaging platform would require a full recap, which he called “not the best use of capital or time”. For the first time in 13 years, my answer is no. Not for me, not for my team, and not for our investors,” Mittal added.

He said that US business, which was launched nine months ago, is performing well.

Sharing the 13-year journey in the post, Mittal said Hike Messenger reached 40M MAUs and became the 35th most loved consumer brand in India at its peak.

He said that with Rush, they built a new kind of Casual PvP gaming platform and scaled it to 10M users and $500M+ in gross revenue (CEA) in just 4 years.

Hike was launched in December 2012 by Kavin Bharti Mittal as India’s answer to WhatsApp, with the vision of creating a homegrown messaging platform tailored to Indian users. Backed by Bharti Enterprises and early investors like SoftBank, it quickly gained traction among the youth, crossing 100 million downloads within a few years.

“To everyone who has been part of this journey – our users, our team, our investors, and our community – thank you. As a CEO, you’re only as strong as your team, and I want to give a special shout-out to mine – an incredible group of people who gave this everything (Hike),” Mittal noted.

Hinting at his upcoming plans, Mittal said that he will help build the future, where willpower is infinite, energy is abundant, and intelligence is at our fingerprints. “This is the future I will help build — and it’s where I’ll be contributing in the decades to come. This new chapter will look very different from the last one,” Mittal added.

News business Bye Bye Hike: Kavin Mittal’s Messaging App Becomes Latest Casualty Of Real-Money Gaming Ban
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

India’s Office Space Demand Set To Get A Boost As 85% Firms Eye Expansion In Two Years: Report | Real Estate News

No Comments

Last Updated:

India’s office market is entering a defining decade, marked by both resilience and reinvention, according to CBRE India.

font
Flex space operators continue to hold a significant share of India’s office leasing, consistently accounting for over 15% of annual absorption.

Flex space operators continue to hold a significant share of India’s office leasing, consistently accounting for over 15% of annual absorption.

Office space demand in India is set to get a major boost, with 85% of domestic firms planning to expand their portfolios over the next two years, according to real estate consultancy firm CBRE’s latest India Office Occupier Survey 2025. The intent marks a sharp rise from 73% in 2024, reflecting stronger business sentiment, digital adoption and a shift towards an office-first approach.

The report noted that companies have bounced back strongly since the pandemic years. Leasing by domestic firms during 2023-24 was nearly 86% higher compared to pre-Covid levels in 2018-19. “India’s office market is entering a defining decade, marked by both resilience and reinvention,” said Anshuman Magazine, Chairman & CEO of CBRE for India, South-East Asia, the Middle East & Africa.

Office-First Policies Gaining Ground

The survey found that 94% of firms now prefer employees to work from office at least three days a week. More than half the companies (52%) have already adopted a full return-to-office policy, compared with 36% last year.

Flexible Workspaces On The Rise

Flex space operators continue to hold a significant share of India’s office leasing, consistently accounting for over 15% of annual absorption. The trend is expected to accelerate, with more companies planning to allocate up to half of their office portfolios to flexible workspaces in the coming years. Smaller occupiers, in particular, are leading this shift, 58% of them intend to place more than 10% of their office footprint in flex spaces within two years, according to the CBRE report.

GCCs Fuelling Expansion

Global capability centres (GCCs) remain one of the strongest demand drivers, contributing 35-40% of total annual office absorption. The survey found that 65% of GCCs expect to expand in the next two years, especially in sectors such as banking and financial services, life sciences, and engineering. Average deal sizes by GCCs have also grown, rising to about 108,000 sq. ft. in the first half of 2025 from 91,000 sq. ft. in 2024, it added.

Ram Chandnani, Managing Director-Leasing, CBRE India, said, “GCCs alone account for about 35-40% of absorption, driven by their rapid evolution into high-value innovation hubs. Flexible workspaces are no longer a secondary option; they are becoming integral to occupier strategies.”

ESG and Smaller Cities Gaining Traction

Sustainability has emerged as a key focus, with nearly three-fourths of GCCs already setting ESG targets for their real estate portfolios. At the same time, more occupiers are eyeing tier-II and tier-III cities for growth, citing access to skilled talent, lower costs, and improving infrastructure, CBRE said.

CBRE expects these forces — office-first strategies, flex space adoption, GCC expansion, and sustainability — to shape India’s office market in the years ahead, reinforcing the country’s position as a global office hub.

News business real-estate India’s Office Space Demand Set To Get A Boost As 85% Firms Eye Expansion In Two Years: Report
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Investment Costs & Profit Potential

No Comments

What’s The India Link Behind Nepal’s Only Billionaire?

No Comments

Binod Chaudhary, chairman of Chaudhary Group (CG Corp Global), has built a formidable empire of 136 companies.

Gold, Silver Prices Today, September 12: Yellow Metal Rises On MCX | Check Rates In Your City | Savings and Investments News

No Comments

Last Updated:

In Mumbai, the price of 24-carat gold stands at Rs 1,11,280 per 10 grams, while 22k gold is available at Rs 1,02,000 per 10 grams.

Gold Prices Today, September 12.

Gold Prices Today, September 12.

Gold & Silver Prices Today, September 12: Gold prices saw an appreciation on Friday, supported by persistent expectations of looser US monetary policy, as inflation remained steady in line with forecasts, producer prices unexpectedly fell, and jobless claims hit a four-year peak, highlighting labour market weakness.

In Mumbai, the price of 24-carat gold stood at Rs 1,11,280 per 10 grams, while 22k gold was available at Rs 1,02,000 per 10 grams. Silver was available at Rs 1,32,900 per kg.

On the MCX, the price of gold rose 0.48% to trade at Rs 1,09,500 per 10 grams, while silver was also up by 1.14% to Rs 1,28,383 per kg in the futures market in the early trade.

Rahul Kalantri, vice-president (commodities) of Mehta Equities, said, “Bullion prices remained firm this morning with gold climbing toward $3,650, approaching its all-time high. Silver saw a sharp rally, crossing $42 in the spot market for the first time since 2011. Both precious metals are on track to post a fourth straight week of gains. The rally was supported by persistent expectations of looser US monetary policy, as inflation remained steady in line with forecasts, producer prices unexpectedly fell, and jobless claims hit a four-year peak, highlighting labour market weakness.”

Markets already priced in a 25 basis point Federal Reserve rate cut, with speculation growing over a potential larger reduction. Safe-haven demand was further bolstered by geopolitical uncertainties, including US efforts to push G7 allies to impose higher tariffs on India and China over Russian crude purchases, intensified Middle East conflict, and Poland intercepting Russian drones amid attacks in western Ukraine, he added.

What Is The Price Of 22kt, 24kt Gold Rates Today In India Across Key Cities On September 12?

City 22K Gold (per 10gm) 24K Gold (per 10gm)
Delhi Rs 1,02,150 Rs 1,11,430
Jaipur Rs 1,02,150 Rs 1,11,430
Ahmedabad Rs 1,01,360 Rs 1,11,330
Patna Rs 1,02,050 Rs 1,11,330
Mumbai Rs 1,02,050 Rs 1,11,280
Hyderabad Rs 1,02,000 Rs 1,11,280
Chennai Rs 1,02,000 Rs 1,11,280
Bengaluru Rs 1,02,000 Rs 1,11,280
Kolkata Rs 1,02,000 Rs 1,11,280

What Factors Affect Gold Prices In India?

International market rates, import duties, taxes, and fluctuations in exchange rates primarily influence gold prices in India. Together, these factors determine the daily gold rates across the country.

In India, gold is deeply cultural and financial. It is a preferred investment option and is key to celebrations, particularly weddings and festivals.

With constantly changing market conditions, investors and traders monitor fluctuations closely. Staying updated is crucial for effectively navigating dynamic trends.

Mohammad Haris

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Household Spending Up 33% In India Since 2022, Nearly Half Face Budget Stress | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

A critical survey conducted across all income groups highlighted India’s household struggles with monthly and annual expenses amidst rising inflation.

 Indian household expenses are soaring every month. (representative image)

Indian household expenses are soaring every month. (representative image)

Rising inflation threatens to break the back of the Indian middle class. According to Worldpanel India’s Kharcha 3.0 report, average household expenses in India have jumped significantly in the last three years. From about Rs 42,000 in June 2022 to over Rs 56,000 in March, there has been a 33 per cent rise in monthly expenses.

Around 6,000 households were surveyed as part of a syndicated study, which revealed that around 45 per cent of families in India today are struggling to manage their expenses and only 17 per cent feel they are living comfortably.

Inflation and increasing expenses have swelled most drastically in urban cities, where average quarterly spending has gone from Rs 52,711 in June 2022 to Rs 73,579 in March 2025. Over the same period, rural households that spent Rs 36,104 are now paying Rs 46,623 every quarter to make ends meet.

Increasing Expenses Hurt All Income Groups

A multifold jump in expenses has resulted in major budget constraints and financial stress on Indian citizens across income categories. The urban NCCS AB households, who are considered the most affluent, have recorded a 15 per cent increase in their yearly expenses. The rural NCCS CDE households have undergone an 18 per cent jump in annual expenses.

“With rising expenses across both urban and rural segments and most families prioritising essentials, savings, and debt repayment, consumers are becoming increasingly cautious in their choices,” said K Ramakrishnan, Managing Director – South Asia, Worldpanel by Numerator.

Rising expenses have weakened an Indian citizen’s buying capacity and consumer sentiment. The Reserve Bank of India’s Consumer Confidence Index reflects the same, enduring a drop from 98.5 in March 2024 to 95.4 in May 2025. During the survey, a whopping 59 per cent of households expected no improvement in their financial condition for the coming quarter, while 30 per cent worried it could get worse.

Indians are now exercising great caution with their monthly or annual budgets and prioritising needs above wants, including essentials, education and debt repayment. In a hypothetical scenario, 54 per cent of households confirmed that if provided extra income, they would prefer to keep it in savings. Only 7 per cent said they would buy a luxury item with it.

Business Desk

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

News business Household Spending Up 33% In India Since 2022, Nearly Half Face Budget Stress
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Stock Market Updates: Sensex, Nifty In Red; Infosys Slips 1%, Adani Power 2.5% | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Indian equities opened on a muted note on Thursday, tracking mixed global cues

Sensex Today

Sensex Today

Sensex Today: Indian equities started Thursday’s session on a subdued note, tracking mixed global signals. The BSE Sensex was down 34 points, or 0.04%, at 81,391, while the Nifty50 slipped 9 points to 24,964.

Infosys shares were trading about 1% lower ahead of the company’s board meeting scheduled today to consider its fifth share buyback programme. Historically, the IT major’s stock has delivered mixed returns in the short to medium term following buyback announcements.

In the broader market, however, sentiment was more positive. The Nifty MidCap index edged up 0.04%, while the Nifty SmallCap index gained 0.22%, both outperforming the frontline benchmarks.

Global Cues

In Asia, markets traded mixed as investors assessed China’s August inflation print. Mainland China’s CSI 300 edged up 0.13%, while Hong Kong’s Hang Seng slipped 1%. Consumer prices in China fell 0.4% year-on-year in August, steeper than the 0.2% drop forecast by economists polled by Reuters. The producer price index also declined 2.9% Y-o-Y, though easing from a 3.6% fall in July.

Elsewhere, South Korea’s KOSPI gained 0.57% after hitting a record high, and Japan’s Nikkei climbed 0.61%.

On Wall Street, the S&P 500 closed at a record high, rising 0.3% on the back of a 36% surge in Oracle shares after strong cloud guidance. The Nasdaq ended marginally higher, while the Dow Jones fell 0.48%.

Investors in the US now await the release of August CPI data and weekly jobless claims, both of which are expected to provide fresh cues on the Federal Reserve’s policy outlook ahead of next week’s rate decision.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

News business markets Stock Market Updates: Sensex, Nifty In Red; Infosys Slips 1%, Adani Power 2.5%
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Why iPhones Cost More In India Despite Being Assembled Here | Tech News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Apple assembles iPhone 17 series in Tamil Nadu and Karnataka, but Indian buyers pay far more than US consumers due to taxes, import duties, and Apple’s premium pricing strategy

Apple's market share in India is about 6% overall but surges to nearly 60% in the premium smartphone category.

Apple’s market share in India is about 6% overall but surges to nearly 60% in the premium smartphone category.

The Apple iPhone, once considered a niche luxury product, has steadily gained popularity among Indian consumers. The company is now assembling its latest iPhone 17 series at factories in Tamil Nadu, Karnataka. Yet, the price tag continues to puzzle buyers. In India, the flagship iPhone 17 Pro Max retails at Rs 1,49,900, whereas in the United States it is priced at $1,199 (roughly Rs 1,00,812). Prices in Dubai and Singapore are lower still.

What makes this more striking is that India levies no import duty on iPhones assembled domestically, while the US imposes a 25% tariff on imported devices. Nevertheless, the American consumer still pays less. Industry analysts say the answer lies in India’s tax regime, supply chain realities and Apple’s own pricing strategy.

Heavy Taxes and Import Duties

According to market experts, as much as 40% of the iPhone’s final retail price in India is accounted for by taxes and duties. More than 70% of the components including OLED panels, A-series processors, camera modules, are sourced from Taiwan, South Korea, Japan and the US. These imports attract duties of 10-22%, along with a 2% Social Welfare Surcharge. On top of this, an 18% GST is levied on smartphones. Thus, an iPhone with a base cost of Rs 1,00,000 becomes Rs 1,18,000 after GST alone.

In contrast, sales tax in the US varies between 0–10% depending on the state, making the effective tax burden far lighter even after tariffs.

Assembly Is Not Manufacturing

Though Apple partners Foxconn, Pegatron and Tata Electronics assemble iPhones in India, the distinction between assembly and full-fledged manufacturing is significant. The bulk of high-value components are still imported, limiting cost reductions. The Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI) notes that while assembly costs in India average just $30 (Rs 2,520), in the US they would be $390 (Rs 32,760). Labour costs further tilt the scale as Indian workers earn about $230 a month, compared with $2,900 in the US.

This cost differential enables Apple to absorb US tariffs without passing the burden on to consumers.

Apple’s Premium Strategy in India

Apple’s market share in India is about 6% overall but surges to nearly 60% in the premium smartphone category. Industry watchers say the company deliberately positions the iPhone as a luxury product, preferring to protect margins rather than expand volumes through lower prices.

Dealer margins further inflate costs. With only two official Apple stores, in Mumbai and Delhi, the company relies heavily on third-party retailers, who take a margin of 10–12%. In contrast, Apple operates 247 company-owned outlets across the US, where direct sales reduce distribution costs.

Why US Prices Stay Lower

Despite tariffs, US prices remain competitive thanks to Apple’s vast market size, around 60 million units annually, and a robust supply chain. Reports suggest that Apple even shipped large consignments of iPhones to the US ahead of tariff deadlines, minimising cost escalation.

Will Prices Ever Fall in India?

There are some signs of relief. Under the government’s Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme, Apple reportedly saves $35–50 million annually through tax breaks and subsidies. The Rs 15,000 price cut on the iPhone 16 Pro earlier this year was seen as a result of these incentives.

Analysts believe that if India begins large-scale domestic production of key components such as batteries and chips, prices could drop by 5–10% over the next few years. Until then, Indian consumers are likely to keep paying a “luxury premium” for Apple’s most sought-after device.

Get latest technology updates, including phone launches, gadget reviews, AI advancements. Stay informed with breaking tech news, expert insights, and trends from India and around the world.  Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
News tech Why iPhones Cost More In India Despite Being Assembled Here
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Stock Market Updates: Sensex Rises Over 350 Points, Nifty Above 24,950; Avanti Feeds Zooms 9% | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Indian benchmark indices Sensex and Nifty50 are set for a positive opening on Wednesday, tracking firm global cues

Sensex Today

Sensex Today

Sensex Today: Indian benchmark indices Sensex and Nifty50 are set for a positive opening on Wednesday, tracking firm global cues and upbeat comments from US President Donald Trump. In a series of posts on Truth Social, Trump said that India and the US are continuing negotiations to address “trade barriers” and added that he looks forward to speaking with Prime Minister Narendra Modi.

At last count, GIFT Nifty futures were trading 52 points higher at 25,002, indicating a green start for domestic equities.

Global Cues

Asian markets opened on a stronger note as investors awaited China’s August consumer price index (CPI) and producer price index (PPI) data. The CSI 300 in mainland China rose 0.27%, Hong Kong’s Hang Seng gained 0.39%, Japan’s Nikkei advanced 0.21%, while South Korea’s KOSPI jumped 1.3%.

On Wall Street, all three major US indices closed at record highs on optimism that the US Federal Reserve will cut interest rates at its meeting next week. The Dow Jones climbed 0.43%, the S&P 500 gained 0.27%, and the Nasdaq advanced 0.37%.

Meanwhile, investors in the US are awaiting the release of August PPI data later in the day, which could provide further clues on the Fed’s rate-cut path.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

News business markets Stock Market Updates: Sensex Rises Over 350 Points, Nifty Above 24,950; Avanti Feeds Zooms 9%
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

This Is Nepal’s Only Billionaire, His Noodles Brand Is A Sleeper Hit In India | Economy News

No Comments

Last Updated:

According to Forbes, his 2023 wealth is $1.8 billion. While smaller than Elon Musk or Mukesh Ambani, it’s a remarkable feat for a small country like Nepal

His business acumen led him to partner with global brands like Suzuki and Panasonic. (News18 Hindi)

His business acumen led him to partner with global brands like Suzuki and Panasonic. (News18 Hindi)

In the heart of the Himalayas, Nepal’s only billionaire, has built a fortune of $1.8 billion (around Rs 15,000 crore), showcasing a remarkable journey of entrepreneurship.

At 69, Binod Chaudhary, chairman of Chaudhary Group (CG Corp Global), has built a formidable empire of 136 companies, from ‘Wai Wai’ noodles to Taj Hotels, spanning sectors like banking, hotels, FMCG, energy, education, and health.

Born into a Marwari family in Kathmandu, Chaudhary’s roots trace back to Rajasthan, India. His grandfather migrated to Nepal and laid the foundation of their business legacy. His father then opened Nepal’s first departmental store, a significant achievement at the time.

Although Chaudhary was expected to take over the family business, he initially aspired to become a chartered accountant and began his studies in India. However, he had to return home at the age of 18 due to his father’s illness, leaving his academic pursuits behind and entering the business world.

From Disco To ‘Wai Wai’

Chaudhary’s journey into entrepreneurship began with opening Nepal‘s most famous disco in Kathmandu in 1973, which quickly became a youth hotspot.

In 1984, Chaudhary launched ‘Wai Wai’ noodles, now a staple in kitchens across India and Nepal, especially loved by children and adults in North and Northeast India

His business acumen led him to partner with global brands like Suzuki and Panasonic, further bolstering his ventures.

Nabil Bank To Taj Hotels

In 1995, Binod Chaudhary made a strategic move by acquiring a controlling stake in Nabil Bank from the Dubai government, which has since become Nepal’s leading bank. His most successful endeavour, however, lies in the hospitality sector. Chaudhary Group boasts 143 hotels, including several 5-star establishments in collaboration with India’s renowned Taj Hotels, spread across Nepal, India, and Sri Lanka, epitomising luxury.

Empire Of 136 Companies

Chaudhary Group’s influence extends far beyond noodles and hotels. It encompasses sectors such as banking, real estate, telecom, energy, education, and health, with projects ranging from power initiatives in Nepal to electronics in India.

According to Forbes, Binod Chaudhary’s wealth in 2023 was $1.8 billion. Although this is modest compared to giants like Elon Musk ($247 billion) or Mukesh Ambani ($107.1 billion), it is a significant achievement for a small country like Nepal.

Bollywood Dreams, Tata-Mandela Inspiration

Chaudhary is an ardent fan of Bollywood, particularly of Amitabh Bachchan’s films. He draws inspiration from JRD Tata, who revolutionised Indian business, and Nelson Mandela, who demonstrated the power of change. Besides being a successful businessman, Chaudhary serves as a Member of Parliament in Nepal, adding another dimension to his illustrious career.

Sons Take The Helm

At 69, Binod Chaudhary has entrusted the future of Chaudhary Group to his three sons, Nirvan, Rahul, and Varun, who are poised to elevate the business further, ensuring the continued success of ‘Wai Wai’ and Taj Hotels.

News business economy This Is Nepal’s Only Billionaire, His Noodles Brand Is A Sleeper Hit In India
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Stock Market Updates: Sensex Gains 342 Points, Nifty Above 24,850 In Pre-Open; Infosys In Focus | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Indian equities are likely to open on a firm note on Tuesday, tracking mixed global cues

Sensex Today

Sensex Today

Sensex Today: Indian equities are likely to open on a firm note on Tuesday, tracking mixed global cues. As of the latest update, GIFT Nifty futures were trading 74 points higher at 24,967, indicating a positive start for domestic benchmarks.

Global Cues

In Asia, markets showed a mixed trend. Mainland China’s CSI 300 slipped 0.19 per cent, while Hong Kong’s Hang Seng gained 0.3 per cent and South Korea’s KOSPI added 0.49 per cent. Japan’s Nikkei 225 surged 0.9 per cent to a fresh record high, marking a second straight day of gains after Prime Minister Shigeru Ishiba announced his resignation on Sunday.

Overnight, Wall Street indices closed in the green, supported by strength in technology stocks. The Nasdaq Composite hit a new record, ending 0.45 per cent higher, while the Dow Jones gained 0.25 per cent and the S&P 500 added 0.21 per cent. Optimism is building among US investors that the Federal Reserve could cut rates at its meeting next week.

On the commodities front, gold extended its rally past the $3,600 mark for the first time on Monday, highlighting continued investor demand for safe-haven assets.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

News business markets Stock Market Updates: Sensex Gains 342 Points, Nifty Above 24,850 In Pre-Open; Infosys In Focus
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

20,000 Indian Students To Be Trained At Samsung Innovation Campus In Future-Tech Domains | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Samsung has signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with the Electronics Sector Skills Council of India (ESSCI) to train 10,000 students in emerging technologies

The programme will upskill 20,000 students in future-tech skills such as Artificial Intelligence (AI), Internet of Things (IoT), Big Data, and Coding & Programming during 2025.

The programme will upskill 20,000 students in future-tech skills such as Artificial Intelligence (AI), Internet of Things (IoT), Big Data, and Coding & Programming during 2025.

Samsung, India’s largest consumer electronics brand, on Monday announced a major expansion of its flagship CSR programme, Samsung Innovation Campus (SIC), reaffirming its commitment to empowering India’s youth with future-ready skills while supporting the Government’s vision of Digital India and Skill India.

The skilling programme, will expand to 10 states this year, up from four in 2024. It will upskill 20,000 students in future-tech skills such as Artificial Intelligence (AI), Internet of Things (IoT), Big Data, and Coding & Programming during 2025, a six-fold increase over last year’s 3,500 students. Alongside technical training, the students will also receive instruction in soft skills to enhance workplace readiness, while eligible candidates will be supported with placement assistance in relevant industries.

JB Park, President and CEO, Samsung Southwest Asia, said Samsung Innovation Campus, which is aligned with the Government of India’s Skill India and Digital India initiatives, reflects our shared vision of harnessing technology to unlock opportunities for the youth.

“Through Samsung Innovation Campus, we are equipping India’s youth with future-ready skills, helping them prepare for the digital economy and drive the country’s progress. We remain committed to expanding access to skilling and employment opportunities, especially for students from underserved communities, and to support the Government’s vision of a digitally-empowered India,” said JB Park.

Strategic Focus On Scale & Inclusion

Samsung has signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with the Electronics Sector Skills Council of India (ESSCI) to train 10,000 students in emerging technologies across Uttar Pradesh, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, and West Bengal. A second MoU with the Telecom Sector Skill Council (TSSC) will extend the programme to another 10,000 students in Tamil Nadu, Delhi, Haryana, Punjab, and Maharashtra.

A key emphasis this year will be on Uttar Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, with 5,000 students from each state set to receive training in future technologies. The initiative is designed to democratize access to future-tech skills by reaching both urban and semi-urban areas, ensuring that underserved communities are not left behind in India’s digital transformation.

Electronics Sector Skills Council of India (ESSCI) and Telecom Sector Skill Council (TSSC), both National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC)-approved entities, will implement the programme through their networks of accredited training partners and centres. Since its launch in India in 2022, Samsung Innovation Campus has trained 6,500 students in future technologies.

authorimg

Saurabh Verma

Saurabh Verma covers general, national and international day-to-day news for News18.com as a Senior Sub-editor. He keenly observes politics. You can follow him on Twitter –twitter.com/saurabhkverma19

Saurabh Verma covers general, national and international day-to-day news for News18.com as a Senior Sub-editor. He keenly observes politics. You can follow him on Twitter –twitter.com/saurabhkverma19

News business 20,000 Indian Students To Be Trained At Samsung Innovation Campus In Future-Tech Domains
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

First Trillionaire On The Horizon? Tesla’s Bold Targets For Musk’s Record Pay Package | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

John D. Rockefeller was the first billionaire. Now, Elon Musk may become the first trillionaire if Tesla achieves targets as per proposed $ 1 trillion pay package.

If the proposal is approved, Elon Musk stands to gain around 423.7 million extra Tesla shares. (File Photo)

If the proposal is approved, Elon Musk stands to gain around 423.7 million extra Tesla shares. (File Photo)

Elon Musk Pay Package: The American businessman John D. Rockefeller was the first billionaire, who achieved the massive wealth accumulation on the back of the expansive growth in the Oil industry in the early 1900s. Since then, thousands of wealthy individuals have joined the coveted list globally, and there are now approximately 3,000 billionaires in the world.

As the wealth of these wealthiest people has been increasing exponentially in recent decades, a new race has kicked off: who will be the first trillionaire?

Tech titans have amassed a whopping wealth in current times, thanks to the stratospheric growth in the online segment at the global level, leading to an interconnected and interdependent world.

Tech billionaire Elon Musk is the primary contender in the race to become the first trillionaire. Musk is the chief of Tesla, the EV company, social platform X (former Twitter), space company SpaceX, and a few other ventures.

A new pay package approved by Tesla board could shoot Elon Musk into that glorious milestone – first trillionaire in the world, if the company were successful in achieving targets and goals, including market capitalization, vehicle sales, and robotics deployment, in the next 10 years.

The pay package worth $1 trillion is being called the largest executive compensation in history.

However, shareholders of Tesla have to approve the pay plan in a voting scheduled for November, 06, 2025.

Tesla shares regained the upward momentum after dropping substantially in 2025 over many reasons, including Musk’s role as DOGE head. After his exit from the Federal role, the confidence of investors returns, as the stocks are up 7 per cent in the past one month and 33 per cent in the past six months.

What’s The Component Of the Package?

According to reports, the proposed package has a component of stocks’ allotment of approximately 423.7 million additional (or 12 per cent) over the next 10 years, if he meets the targets. These will be applicable with two conditions, followed by Musk: 7.5 years of continued leadership and full vesting, requiring a full 10-year commitment.

What Are Targets And Milestones In Tesla Pay package?

Tesla has set ambitious goals for Musk, which include:

  • Increasing the company’s market capitalization from about $1.1 trillion to a minimum of $8.5 trillion.

  • Launching one million autonomous “robotaxis” into commercial service.

  • Rolling out one million humanoid robots.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

News business First Trillionaire On The Horizon? Tesla’s Bold Targets For Musk’s Record Pay Package
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

How Homebuyers Can Save Big This Festive Season

No Comments

Does Your Health Insurance Policy Cover Gym Injuries? Here’s What You Need To Know | Economy News

No Comments

Last Updated:

It is essential to carefully review the terms and conditions of a health insurance policy, paying close attention to clauses related to accidental coverage and exclusions

Injuries during exercise at the gym are quite common. (Representative/Shutterstock)

Injuries during exercise at the gym are quite common. (Representative/Shutterstock)

In recent times, there has been a significant increase in fitness awareness among people. Gyms have emerged not only in large cities but also in small towns, attracting a considerable number of individuals seeking workouts. However, injuries during exercise at the gym are quite common. A pertinent question arises: are such injuries covered by health insurance?

Most health insurance policies cover sudden gym injuries, such as a dumbbell falling, cuts from a machine, or strains and fractures, under “accidental hospitalisation”. This means that treatment costs for these injuries are generally paid for.

According to a report by Business Standard, Rajendra Upadhyay, Chief Growth Officer of Choice Insurance Broking, confirms that gym injuries are included in most health policies. Nevertheless, claims can be rejected if the injury results from activities against a doctor’s advice, or the use of steroids or narcotic drugs.

Free Treatment For These Types Of Injuries

It’s important to note that for the treatment to be covered, the injury must necessitate hospitalisation. Surgeries due to such injuries are also covered under the policy. Some policies now extend to day care procedures, which involve treatments lasting less than 24 hours. However, injuries from professional and adventure sports, such as bodybuilding competitions, marathons, and boxing, are often excluded from coverage.

If an accident occurs in the gym and the affected individual is admitted to a network hospital associated with the policy, cashless treatment can be availed.

Check Terms And Conditions Carefully

It is crucial to thoroughly read the terms and conditions of the health insurance policy, especially the sections related to accidental coverage. Regular gym-goers or those involved in sports activities might consider obtaining a personal accidental insurance cover for added protection.

Exclusive Policy For Gym And Sports Injuries

In India, specialised policies for gym and sports injuries are available from insurers like ACKO Health Insurance and Bajaj Allianz. ACKO’s policy covers gym or sports-related injuries under “Accidental Injury” and includes ambulance charges.

Bajaj Allianz offers a ‘Gym Injury Policy’ with a low premium, providing up to Rs 2 lakh coverage specifically for fitness or gym-related accidents.

News business economy Does Your Health Insurance Policy Cover Gym Injuries? Here’s What You Need To Know
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

‘Truly Grateful’: Sitharaman Thanks States Ministers For Unanimous Support In GST Overhaul | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Nirmala Sitharaman thanked state finance ministers for supporting the GST overhaul, unanimously approved at the GST Council, and promising relief for the common man.

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman.

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman.

Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman wrote to finance ministers of all states, expressing gratitude for their support and active role in helping implement the landmark overhaul of the goods and services tax (GST) regime.

In an interview with news agency PTI, Sitharaman said states made their view on the proposal to rejig tax rates but ultimately agreed that it was for the benefit of the common man, an argument that helped reach a unanimous decision at the GST Council meeting earlier this week.

The revision, set to take effect on September 22 and expected to reduce rates on a broad range of products—from butter and chocolates to shampoos, tractors, and air conditioners—was approved at a GST Council meeting on September 3. The council, chaired by Sitharaman, comprises representatives from all states and Union Territories.

“Yesterday, I wrote a letter to each finance minister thanking them, saying, you can have any number of intense discussions and arguments, but finally, the Council rose to the occasion and gave relief to the people of India, to all people of India. And, I am grateful for that gesture. So, I wrote that letter,” she said.

Seh called the work at the Council, truly ‘remarkable’. Despite concerns about potential revenue loss from reclassifying most products into two main categories—5% for essential goods and 18% for all others, eliminating the 12% and 28% slabs—the council unanimously approved the GST overhaul.

The panel was to meet for two days, starting September 3, to discuss the proposal made by the Centre, but ended up approving it on the very first day after a marathon day-long meeting.

“So the sense of the house was, this is a proposal which is going to undoubtedly benefit the common man. There is no point in standing against it… Ultimately, everybody came together for a good cause, and I’m truly very grateful,” the Finance Minister said.

The minister stated that while states have consistently supported rate reductions, their primary concern has been the impact on revenue following the tax cuts.

“I even appealed to them, saying, for the sake of the people of India, please. It’s not just the states. It’s even the Centre that is going to be affected by the reduction. But we’ll make up for it because once the rates come down, people are going to come out to buy, and that will take care of it (revenue impact). That’s how consensus was arrived at,” she said.

Speaking at a press conference following the GST Council meeting, Sitharaman expressed her gratitude to the states for their cooperation and collaborative efforts in implementing one of India’s most significant tax reforms.

On Saturday, she observed that the Council had patiently considered every comment and suggestion from its members. “All points were carefully discussed before reaching a consensus,” she said.

She also emphasised the inclusive nature of the discussions, noting that several ministers who wished to speak again after their initial points had been addressed were allowed to do so.

“Their additional inputs were heard and taken into account,” the Finance Minister emphasised. She also credited states for their constructive participation in the GST Council and their commitment to driving tax reform.

News business ‘Truly Grateful’: Sitharaman Thanks States Ministers For Unanimous Support In GST Overhaul
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

PM Kisan Yojana: Check If You Are Eligible For The Next Instalment | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The government disbursed a total of Rs 20,500 crores into the accounts of over 9.7 crore farmers registered in the PM Kisan Yojana in the 20th instalment.

Farmers await the 21st instalment of the PM Kisan scheme. (Photo Credit: X)

Farmers await the 21st instalment of the PM Kisan scheme. (Photo Credit: X)

Launched on December 1, 2018, the Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi Yojana or PM Kisan Yojana is a central government scheme that provides financial assistance to farmers in India. The scheme gives eligible farmers Rs 6,000 on an annual basis, distributed in three equal instalments directly into their registered bank accounts.

In August, the Prime Minister Narendra Modi-led Indian government transferred the 20th instalment of the PM Kisan Yojana worth Rs 2,000 into the bank accounts of all the beneficiaries. The government transferred a total of Rs 20,500 crores into the accounts of over 9.7 crore farmers registered in the scheme. Farmers are now awaiting the 21st instalment of the PM Kisan Yojana to continue their farming services.

PM Kisan Yojana 21st Instalment

The upcoming 21st instalment of the PM Kisan Yojana will take the total disbursement under the scheme past Rs 3.9 lakh crores that the government has already given to the farmers since the assistance was introduced. Not all farmers of India, however, will receive the 21st instalment of the scheme, which is due to only the eligible citizens who fulfil the necessary conditions required.

To be the eligible recipient of the PM Kisan Yojana’s benefits, the applicant should: (a) have agricultural land which is (b) registered in the name of the applicant before 1/2/2019, and (c) a bank account linked to Aadhaar and NPCI (DBT Enabled).

Which Farmers Are Not Eligible For The PM Kisan Yojana?

– Farmers with a family member who is already a beneficiary of this scheme.

– Those who do not have their own cultivable land.

– Whose age is less than 18 years as of 01.02.2019

– Owner of an institutional land.

– If the applicant or the other family members are NRIs.

– Farmer whose family members are holding constitutional posts.

– If the farmer has family members who have been or are ministers in the central or state government.

– Whose family member has been the Chairman of Zilla Parishad, Mayor of Municipal Corporation/present/former member of Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha, Legislature.

– Farmers with family members working/retired officers/employees of Central/State Government departments and regional offices/public undertakings/present/former officers and employees (except Class IV employees) of any government attached/autonomous institution.

– One whose family members are retired employees of the institute mentioned above with a monthly pension of Rs 10,000 or more (except fourth-class employees).

– Farmer whose family member has paid income tax in the previous financial year.

– One with a family member registered with a professional body related to a Doctor/Engineer/Lawyer/Chartered Accountant/Architect and currently practising.

Eligible farmers can register for the PM Kisan Yojana using its official portal, i.e. pmkisan.gov.in.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

News business PM Kisan Yojana: Check If You Are Eligible For The Next Instalment
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Rupee Volatile Only Against US Dollar, Stable Against Other Currencies: FM Sitharaman To News18 | Economy News

No Comments

Last Updated:

‘The rupee fall issue is related to the volatility as a result of the strengthening dollar’: FM Nirmala Sitharaman in interview with Network18 Group Editor-in-Chief Rahul Joshi.

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman.

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman.

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman on Friday said it is only against the dollar that the rupee is highly volatile, whereas the rupee is not affected similarly against other currencies. She added that the issue is related to the volatility as a result of the strengthening dollar.

In an exclusive interview with Network18 Group Editor-in-Chief Rahul Joshi, the finance minister said, “It is only against the dollar that the rupee is highly volatile, whereas the rupee is not affected similarly against other currencies. And, there are countries in emerging markets and even in developed countries, whose currencies against the US dollar are also weakening.”

She added that it is an issue related to the volatility as a result of the strengthening dollar.

“It’s not the rupee getting weakening (but the dollar is strengthening). I know I have been trolled immensely for saying this but this is the truth,” the finance minister said.

The rupee on Friday declined 15 paise to close at an all-time low of Rs 88.27 (provisional) against the US dollar amid sustained outflow of foreign funds and fear of additional US tariffs against India. A weak greenback and falling crude oil prices failed to prevent the fall in local unit, forex traders said.

At the interbank foreign exchange, the rupee opened at 88.11 against the US dollar and touched the lowest-ever intra-day level of 88.38 before ending the session at a fresh all-time low closing mark of 88.27 (provisional), down 15 paise from its previous close.

The local unit lost 10 paise to close at 88.12 against the US dollar on Thursday. The previous all-time low for the rupee against the US dollar was at 88.15 on September 2.

“The rupee fell to its record low on rumour of the Trump administration imposing tariffs on the Indian IT sector, taking shares down and USD/INR pair up. However, as news agencies denied the rumour, the rupee recovered slightly though the dollar was still well bid at 87.25 levels,” Anil Kumar Bhansali, Head of Treasury and Executive Director, Finrex Treasury Advisors LLP, said.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

News business economy Rupee Volatile Only Against US Dollar, Stable Against Other Currencies: FM Sitharaman To News18
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

When Will India-US Trade Deal Happen And What Are The No-Go Zones? Piyush Goyal Answers | India News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Amid a tariff tussle between India and the US, Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal said the ties between the two countries are “multidimensional and will only strengthen with time”

Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal with US Secretary of Commerce Howard Lutnick during a meeting, in USA, in May. (Image: @PiyushGoyal/PTI)

Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal with US Secretary of Commerce Howard Lutnick during a meeting, in USA, in May. (Image: @PiyushGoyal/PTI)

Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal has hinted at a resumption of trade deal negotiations between India and the United States by November.

Amid worsening ties between India and the US due to a tariff tussle, Goyal said the relationship between the two countries is “multidimensional and will only strengthen with time”.

“Well, if you recall when Prime Minister (Narendra) Modi and President Donald Trump met in February, they had tasked the two teams to conclude the first tranche of a bilateral trade agreement by the fall of 2025, which is about November,” Goyal told News18 when asked if the now-stalled trade deal will be back on track soon. 

ALSO READ: Piyush Goyal Lauds ‘Transformative’ GST Reforms, Says US Trade Talks On | Top Points

During an exclusive interview with Network18 Group Editor-in-Chief Rahul Joshi, he said India-US ties are one of the most consequential and the two countries are “allies and friends”. The friendship between the two is much stronger than a few isolated comments, he added.

“We will continue to be engaged to try and find solutions to reach that outcome. A few days, a few weeks, a few months in a nation’s history… such small periods will not define long-term objectives and goals,” he said.

Watch the video here:

In reference to aides of US President Donald Trump – like White House adviser Peter Navarro – calling the Ukraine conflict “Modi’s war” or India “the laundromat of the Kremlin”, the Union minister said there could be “misunderstandings” reflecting “personal opinions”, which had resulted in “erratic and incendiary language”.  

“I think they could be either some misunderstandings or some personal opinions that may be reflected in that. I do not think that deters the US and India from continuing to maintain our strategic alliance and partnership,” he said.

‘WE’LL NEVER COMPROMISE ON INTERESTS OF FARMERS…’

Trade talks between India and the US collapsed earlier this year as the former did not agree to opening its vast agricultural and dairy sectors. Bilateral trade between the world’s largest and fifth largest economy is worth over $190 billion.

Reiterating Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s stand on not compromising on the interests of the agrarian sector, Goyal said any issue of national interest can constitute “red lines” or “no-go areas” when it comes to making an important deal with another country.

“I think any issue that can hurt national interests, that can hurt the interests of our farmers, our fishermen, our MSME industry, issues with religious sensitivity — those would be broadly the issues where India would need an understanding when we finalise the framework of our agreement. And we will never compromise on the interests of our farmers, our fishermen, our MSMEs or our religious sensitivities,” he said.

‘WE NEGOTIATE BEHIND CLOSED DOORS’

In what can be seen as a swipe at US President Donald Trump’s recent claims that India “offered” to cut its tariffs on American goods to “nothing”, Goyal said he negotiates “behind closed doors” and not “with the media”.

“…I never negotiate such agreements and free trade deals with the media. We negotiate behind closed doors and once the negotiations are complete, we will certainly come back to you,” he said.

On how China has hit the US with retaliatory tariffs and if India will take similar action, he said India believes in dialogue and diplomacy as its ultimate goal is to strengthen relations.

“Well, India is a patient country and I believe we should give it every effort to come to a better, deeper understanding within the framework of international trading laws. We have always believed in dialogue and diplomacy and an effort to strengthen rather than weaken relations,” he said.

authorimg

News Desk

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More

News india When Will India-US Trade Deal Happen And What Are The No-Go Zones? Piyush Goyal Answers
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

GST Cuts To Boost Your Wallet: How The Common Man Can Save Rs 1,165 Every Month | Tax News

No Comments

Last Updated:

With the new GST reforms, a middle-class family can save around Rs 1,165 monthly, plus extra on big purchases, offering substantial relief ahead of Navratri and Diwali

The GST on items related to children's studies, such as pencils, notebooks, and books, has been eliminated. (Representative/PTI)

The GST on items related to children’s studies, such as pencils, notebooks, and books, has been eliminated. (Representative/PTI)

The GST Council announced significant changes to the GST structure on September 3, set to take effect on September 22, 2025. These reforms are poised to bring substantial savings for the common man through GST reduction.

To illustrate, let us a middle-class resident of Delhi earning Rs 50,000–60,000 per month and living in a rented house with two children. He would see noticeable savings in his monthly budget due to these changes.

Savings On Food Items

Under the new GST reforms, the tax on everyday items like paneer, ghee, namkeen, and packaged drinking water has been reduced from 12% or 18% to 5%. For instance, if a family spends Rs 5,000 per month on these items, the GST at the old rate (12%) was Rs 600, making the total expenditure Rs 5,600.

Now, with the reduced GST rate of 5%, the tax will be Rs 250, bringing the total expenditure to Rs 5,250. This results in a saving of Rs 350.

Savings On Clothes And Shoes

Previously, there was a 12% GST on clothes and shoes up to Rs 2,500, which has now been lowered to 5%. Suppose a family spends Rs 2,000 per month on children’s clothes and shoes. At the old rate (12%), the GST was Rs 240, making the total expenditure Rs 2,240.

Now, with the new GST rate of 5%, the tax will be Rs 100, and the total expenditure will be Rs 2,100, saving Rs 140.

Savings On Health And Life Insurance

Personal care products such as shampoo, toothpaste, and hair oil, which had an 18% GST, now have a reduced rate of 5%. If a family spends Rs 1,500 on these items, the GST at the old rate (18%) was Rs 270, making the total expenditure Rs 1,770.

With the new rate of 5%, the tax will be Rs 75, and the total expenditure will be Rs 1,575, saving Rs 195.

Additionally, the GST on health and life insurance premiums has been reduced from 18% to 0%. If a family pays Rs 2,000 per month for health insurance, the previous GST was Rs 360, making the total cost Rs 2,360.

With the new rate of 0%, the expenditure will be Rs 2,000, saving Rs 360.

Savings On Items Related To Children’s Studies

The GST on items related to children’s studies, such as pencils, notebooks, and books, has been eliminated, dropping from 12% or 5% to 0%. If a family spends Rs 1,000 on these items, the old GST rate (12%) was Rs 120, making the total expenditure Rs 1,120.

Now, with 0% GST, the expenditure will be Rs 1,000, saving Rs 120.

Monthly Savings Calculation

In total, the monthly savings for a middle-class family can be calculated as follows: Rs 350 (food items) + Rs 140 (clothes) + Rs 195 (personal care) + Rs 360 (insurance) + Rs 120 (study material), amounting to Rs 1,165 per month. Annually, this results in a saving of Rs 13,980.

If the family makes significant purchases, such as an AC (GST reduced from 28% to 18%) or a small car (GST reduced from 28% to 18%) during the festive season, the savings will be even greater. For instance, an AC worth Rs 30,000, which previously cost Rs 38,400 (28% GST), will now be available for Rs 35,400 (18% GST), saving Rs 3,000.

Therefore, with the new GST reforms, a middle-class family’s monthly savings can amount to approximately Rs 1,165, with additional benefits on larger purchases. This presents a substantial benefit from the government to the middle class ahead of Navratri and Diwali.

News business tax GST Cuts To Boost Your Wallet: How The Common Man Can Save Rs 1,165 Every Month
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

HCCB Signs MoUs With 4 Districts To Empower Rural And Tribal Communities In Maharashtra | India News

No Comments

Last Updated:

By weaving together healthcare, education, and livelihood interventions, HCCB aims to create resilient, self-sustaining communities in Maharashtra’s rural belts

Commenting on the initiative, CM Devendra Fadnavis said that Maharashtra’s development journey hinges on inclusive growth, and partnerships such as these strengthen the government’s vision of bridging gaps between urban and tribal communities. Pic/News18

Commenting on the initiative, CM Devendra Fadnavis said that Maharashtra’s development journey hinges on inclusive growth, and partnerships such as these strengthen the government’s vision of bridging gaps between urban and tribal communities. Pic/News18

Hindustan Coca-Cola Beverages (HCCB), one of India’s leading FMCG companies, has formalised multiple Memorandums of Understanding (MoUs) with the district administrations of Pune, Ratnagiri, Palghar, and Jalgaon to accelerate inclusive development in Maharashtra. The agreements, signed in the presence of Chief Minister Devendra Fadnavis, Water Resources and Disaster Management Minister Girish Mahajan, and Environment & Climate Change Minister Pankaja Munde, mark a significant push to extend CSR-driven development initiatives to rural and tribal regions. Project SHINE, HCCB’s flagship CSR programme, will focus on empowering women, improving access to water and healthcare, strengthening education, and creating sustainable livelihood opportunities across these districts. The programme’s design emphasises alignment with district-level development plans, ensuring initiatives are relevant, scalable, and impactful.

Through the partnership, HCCB will co-create interventions with local administrations, led by District Collectors Shri Devender Singh (Ratnagiri), Dr. Indu Rani Jakhar (Palghar), Shri Ayush Prasad (Jalgaon), and Shri Jitendra Dudi (Pune). These interventions include rejuvenation of water bodies, construction of overhead tanks, upgradation of Anganwadis and Primary Health Centres (PHCs), and strengthening of hygiene, sanitation, and nutrition awareness through WASH initiatives. The MoUs also cover the deployment of electric vehicles for waste collection, expansion of Nagrik Soochna Kendras (NSKs) to improve access to government schemes, digital literacy, and skill-building initiatives for youth. Women’s Self-Help Groups (SHGs) will be supported with training and resources to promote entrepreneurship and sustainable livelihoods. By weaving together healthcare, education, and livelihood interventions, HCCB aims to create resilient, self-sustaining communities in Maharashtra’s rural belts.

Commenting on the initiative, CM Devendra Fadnavis said that Maharashtra’s development journey hinges on inclusive growth, and partnerships such as these strengthen the government’s vision of bridging gaps between urban and tribal communities. Echoing the sentiment, Himanshu Sekhar Priyadarshi, VP & Chief PACS Officer, HCCB, emphasised the company’s long-term commitment to community empowerment and sustainable growth. He noted that the programme would directly address district-specific challenges—from water security in tribal hamlets to upskilling youth for future-ready jobs. To date, HCCB’s CSR programmes have already touched over 1.2 lakh individuals across Maharashtra. With the new MoUs, the company aims to deepen its footprint by aligning with local administrations and scaling its initiatives for maximum social impact. Project SHINE is anchored on five pillars—environmental sustainability, health and hygiene, women’s empowerment, education and skills, and community empowerment—providing a comprehensive model for rural development.

authorimg

Mayuresh Ganapatye

Mayuresh Ganapatye, News Editor at News18.com, writes on politics and civic issues, as well as human interests stories. He has been covering Maharashtra and Goa for more than a decade. Follow him at @mayuganapa…Read More

Mayuresh Ganapatye, News Editor at News18.com, writes on politics and civic issues, as well as human interests stories. He has been covering Maharashtra and Goa for more than a decade. Follow him at @mayuganapa… Read More

News india HCCB Signs MoUs With 4 Districts To Empower Rural And Tribal Communities In Maharashtra
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

GST Council Likely Adopts 2-Slab Structure, Measures Easing Refunds & Business Compliance: Sources | Economy News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The GST Council is likely to have approved measures to reduce the registration time for non-risky MSMEs and start-ups from the current 30 days to just three.

The GST Council is likely to have cleared the proposal to issue exports refunds within seven days, based on risk analysis.

The GST Council is likely to have cleared the proposal to issue exports refunds within seven days, based on risk analysis.

The GST Council, chaired by Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman and comprising ministers from all states, is likely to have approved measures to reduce the registration time for non-risky MSMEs and start-ups from the current 30 days to just three. According to CNBC-TV18 citing sources, the risk classification will be based on parameters and data analysis by GSTN, which is the IT backbone for implementing the indirect tax regime.

The GST Council is also likely to have approved two-rate GST structure, involving 5% and 18% rates, according to sources.

According to the report, the Council, in its ongoing 56th meeting, is also likely to have approved an optional simplified registration scheme with automatic approvals for businesses whose monthly tax liability does not exceed Rs 2.5 lakh.

It is also likely to have cleared the proposal to issue exports refunds within seven days, based on risk analysis, according to CNBC-TV18.

Refunds stuck under the inverted duty structure in sectors such as textiles, pharma, chemicals, and fertilisers will also be released on a provisional basis within seven days.

According to the report, small refunds up to Rs 1,000 will be facilitated through ICEGATE for faster export refund claims. Nearly 1.5 lakh shipping bills currently pending are expected to be cleared.

56th GST Council Meeting

The two-day GST Council meeting began on Wednesday, to discuss the much-awaited rate rationalisation, GST slab restructuring into two rates, and compensation cess.

The Council is expected to cut rates on a large number of items from 28% to 18% and from 12% to 5%. However, the final decision of the GST Council will be announced by Sitharaman tomorrow, Thursday, September 4.

Currently, the GST regime has four slabs — 5%, 12%, 18% and 28%. Apart from this, there is a 3% slab for jewellery items.

The 56th GST Council will, over the next two days, discuss the Centre’s ‘next-gen’ GST reform proposal of having just two tax rates of 5 and 18 per cent. A special 40 per cent rate has been proposed to be levied on a select few items.

If the Council agrees to the Centre’s GST reform proposal, most of the common use food items like ghee, nuts, drinking water (20 litre), non-aerated drinks, namkeen, certain footwear and apparel, medicines and medical devices are likely to move from a 12 per cent to a 5 per cent tax slab.

Common use items, ranging from pencils, bicycles, umbrellas, to hairpins, may also move to a 5 per cent slab. Prices of electronic items like a certain category of TV, washing machine and refrigerator are likely to fall because of being taxed at a lower rate of 18 per cent, as against 28 per cent currently.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

News business economy GST Council Likely Adopts 2-Slab Structure, Measures Easing Refunds & Business Compliance: Sources
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

8.25% vs 16% Per Annum: Can Your EPF Returns Beat Equity? CA Explains | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Apart from retirement planning and pension, the EPF scheme also offers tax benefits, which are not available under mutual fund equity investments.

For FY 2024-25, the EPF interest rate has been set at 8.25 per cent.  (Photo Credit: Instagram)

For FY 2024-25, the EPF interest rate has been set at 8.25 per cent. (Photo Credit: Instagram)

The Employees’ Provident Fund (EPF) scheme offers an opportunity to salaried workers in the private sector to build a retirement corpus. The government-backed scheme has been designed to offer financial protection to the private sector employees in their retirement years. Under the scheme, an employee contributes 12% of the basic salary and dearness allowance every month. An equal amount is also contributed by the employer.

It offers a secure and fixed interest rate, which has been set at 8.25 per cent per annum for FY 2024-25.

On the other hand, there are equity assets, such as stocks and mutual funds, that come with the potential of delivering much higher long-term returns than most fixed-rate investment options.

However, the question here is, can 8.25% EPF returns beat a potential 16 per cent annual return from equity schemes over a horizon of 5 years?

CA Compares EPF and Equity Returns

In a recent LinkedIn post, Chartered Accountant Nitesh Buddhadev explained how the EPF investments can beat the equity schemes despite lower returns.

He took the example of two employees having a gross income of Rs 26 lakh and a basic pay of Rs 1 lakh each. Both of these individuals began their employment after September 1, 2014, with a base wage and dearness allowance (DA) of more than Rs 15,000 per month. Both have opted for the new tax regime for filing their income tax returns (ITRs).

Adding to this, he shared that if the first employee chooses a 12 per cent EPF limit, the monthly EPF contribution will be Rs 12,000. As the employer matches the amount and pays Rs 12,000, the total monthly contribution to EPF will be Rs 24,000.

For the employees who joined after September 1, 2014, and get a basic salary of more than Rs 15,000, the entire 24 per cent goes to EPF, as they are not eligible for the Employees’ Pension Scheme (EPS).

Contrary to this, the CA uses the example of another employee who decided to opt out of EPF and instead invests Rs 24,000 in equity. New employees who join after September 1, 2014, and have a base salary of more than Rs 15,000 have the option to opt out of the EPF.

Now, according to the CA, since this employee is liable to pay tax on the increased portion of salary of Rs 12,000 (which would have been the employer’s EPF contribution), the effective equity investment will be Rs 20,256 rather than Rs 24,000.

The CA estimated a total of Rs 3,744 per month as tax liability, which included a 30 per cent flat tax rate and a 4 per cent health and education cess.

How Does Taxation Impact Overall Returns

The CA estimated the first employee’s EPF corpus at an interest rate of 8.25 per cent over a five-year period to grow into Rs 17.75 Lakh.

However, at an estimated 11 per cent return on equity investments during the same 5-year period, the corpus for the second employee (after capital gain tax) would grow into Rs 15.75 lakh.

Result? Even though the equity investments provided higher returns of 11 per cent, PF outperformed them with only 8.25 per cent returns due to the tax advantage.

Going by the calculation, the CA suggested that in order to reach a corpus of Rs 17.75 lakh, the equity investor must receive a 16 per cent (post-tax) annualised return over 5 years.

Though it may sound surprising, EPF can help you get higher returns compared to equity investments due to tax benefits.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

News business 8.25% vs 16% Per Annum: Can Your EPF Returns Beat Equity? CA Explains
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

PPF vs SIP: Rs 1,25,000 Per Annum For 10 Years, Which Investment Will Deliver A Bigger Corpus | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Both the PPF and SIPs are popular investment instruments for long-term wealth accumulation.

PPF offers steady returns, while SIPs come with market-linked growth.  (Representative Image)

PPF offers steady returns, while SIPs come with market-linked growth. (Representative Image)

Long-term wealth creation needs thorough planning and consistent investment. For investors, looking forward to long-term wealth accumulation, mutual fund Systematic Investment Plans (SIPs) and Public Provident Fund (PPF) are the two most popular options. While SIPs offer market-linked returns, government-backed PPF scheme ensures secure growth of your money.

Both investment instruments are popular choices among Indian instruments for long-term goals, but they differ significantly in terms of returns, risks, tenure and other aspects.

Choosing between the two should be based on the investment goal, risk appetite and tenure as per the financial position of the investor. While SIPs allow better flexibility in terms of investment amount and tenure, PPF comes with a fixed lock-in period. Investors can choose the tenure and amount in SIP schemes as per their needs and ability to invest money every month. There is no upper limit to the amount you can invest in an SIP scheme. On the other hand, under PPF, the maximum deposit is capped at Rs 1.5 lakh per annum.

Investors can start their SIP journey with a minimum sum as low as Rs 500. On the other hand, the minimum amount to invest in the Public Provident Fund is Rs 500 per financial year.

The PPF provides a fixed interest rate of 7.1 per cent per annum, whereas market-linked SIPs are subject to risks and fluctuations and therefore come with no fixed returns on investments. However, the recent market trends indicate equity mutual fund SIPs offer an average return of 12-14 per cent per annum.

SIP vs PPF: Investing Rs 1,25,000 Per Annum For 10 Years

If you are planning to invest Rs 1,25,000 per annum for 10 years, choosing between the SIP and PPF for this investment should be decided based on your risk appetite and financial goals.

The government-backed PPF could be a suitable choice for risk-averse investors looking for steady returns through a secure scheme. On the other hand, SIPs could be a suitable choice for investors eyeing high returns from a market-linked instrument despite the risks.

Let’s see how your investment could grow in 10 years under both schemes:

PPF Investment:

Amount: Rs 1,25,000 per annum

Interest Rate: 7.1%

Tenure: 15 Years

Total Investment: Rs 18,75,000

Estimated Returns: Rs 15,15,174

Total Corpus: Rs 33,90,174

Here, the investments and total corpus have been calculated for a tenure of 15 years, as per the lock-in period under the PPF scheme.

SIP Investment:

Amount: Rs 1,25,000 per annum

Interest Rate: 12%

Tenure: 10 Years

Total Investment: Rs 12,50,000

Estimated Returns: Rs 12,06,823

Total Corpus: Rs 24,56,823

Here, mutual fund SIP clearly emerges more rewarding as your corpus fund would grow into more than Rs 24.5 lakh in 10 years, and in 15 years, the amount would grow into more than Rs 52 lakh. On the other hand, the PPF investments would grow into nearly Rs 34 lakh in 15 years. However, choosing an option between PPF and SIPs should depend on your risk appetite and financial objectives.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

News business PPF vs SIP: Rs 1,25,000 Per Annum For 10 Years, Which Investment Will Deliver A Bigger Corpus
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

This Bengaluru Proofreader Is Class 10 Pass, But Managed To Save Rs 1 Crore Despite Low Salary | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

A Bengaluru man with a Class 10 degree saved over Rs 1 crore through discipline and a simple lifestyle, securing his family’s future without loans or credit cards over 25 years

For 25 years, he has lived in rented accommodation across the city, changing homes only four times. (News18 Hindi)

For 25 years, he has lived in rented accommodation across the city, changing homes only four times. (News18 Hindi)

Financial independence may be a dream for many, but one proofreader from Bengaluru has shown that it does not require a fancy degree or a high-paying job. With nothing more than discipline, patience, and a simple lifestyle, the 53-year-old has built savings of over Rs 1 crore, securing his family’s future.

His journey began in 2000, when he left his small village with just Rs 5,000 in hand and arrived in the city. Armed with only a Class 10 degree, he landed a job as a proofreader with a modest starting salary of Rs 4,200. Over the years, through consistency and dedication, his income gradually rose to Rs 63,000. Remarkably, he stayed in this one profession throughout his career, never seeking alternate ways to earn money.

At a time when most households rely heavily on loans and credit cards, he made a conscious choice to avoid both. He never borrowed from anyone, never owned a credit card, and always lived within his means. This discipline became the foundation of his financial success. By the time of his retirement, he had accumulated about Rs 1.01 crore in fixed deposits and an additional Rs 65,000 in equities. Today, those savings bring him a passive monthly income of Rs 60,000, while his family’s expenses remain limited to around Rs 25,000.

For 25 years, he has lived in rented accommodation across the city, changing homes only four times. He currently resides in a modest 1BHK apartment, paying a rent of Rs 6,500. His reputation as a reliable tenant comes from his habit of paying rent on time. A minimalist at heart, he sold off his scooter years ago and now prefers walking. Despite suffering from high myopia, he maintains good health and is capable of running 5 kms without difficulty.

His wife has never worked, and his daughter has only recently started earning. Yet, his lifestyle choices ensured that the family never felt deprived. He holds a firm belief that the true assets in life are “education, health, time, patience, and discipline”. With retirement on the horizon, he plans to return to his ancestral village, but for now, continues to live in Bengaluru, where his life stands as proof that financial freedom is not about luxury cars or sprawling bungalows, but about living debt-free and content.

News business This Bengaluru Proofreader Is Class 10 Pass, But Managed To Save Rs 1 Crore Despite Low Salary
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Gold Rates In 2015 Vs 2025: How Gold Has Outperformed Nifty & Sensex Over The Last Decade From Rs 25,000 to Rs 1,05,000 | Savings and Investments News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Gold Rates In 2015 Vs 2025: Bullion, which was earlier believed to be a slow mover when it comes to the return on investment, has surprised investors by outperforming markets.

Gold Vs Sensex Returns.

Gold Vs Sensex Returns.

Gold Rates In 2015 Vs 2025: Gold prices have surprised investors this year after they have delivered more than 35% returns in just nine months of 2025. Moreover, the yellow metal has outperformed the Nifty and the Sensex in the past 10 years, with the yellow metal surging from nearly Rs 25,000 a decade ago to above Rs 1,05,000 now.

Gold & Silver Historical Returns

Gold prices had stood at Rs 25,000 per 10 grams a decade ago in 2015. It has surged 320% since then to currently trade at Rs 1,05,000 per 10 grams in India.

Year Gold Price (per 10 gm)
2005 Rs 7,700
2010 Rs 20,700
2015 Rs 25,000
2020 Rs 50,000
2025 (So Far) Rs 1,05,000

Silver prices have also given an impressive return of 270% between 2015 and 2025, as its prices have increased from Rs 33,300 a decade ago to Rs 1,23,000 now.

Sensex, Nifty Historical Returns

The Sensex had stood at 25,700 in September 2015. It has risen by 210% till now, as the BSE benchmark currently trades near the 80,000 level.

Also Read: Gold, Silver Prices Hit All-Time Highs On MCX: Why Is Bullion Shining, Is It Right Time To Invest?

Similarly, the Nifty had stood at nearly 7,800 a decade ago, which has increased to 24,500 currently, registering a growth of about 215% during the period.

Gold & Silver Vs Sensex & Nifty: Returns Comparison

The bullion market, which was earlier believed to be a slow mover when it comes to the return on investment, has surprised investors in the past decade by outperforming the equity market. Gold’s 320% and silver’s 270% returns turn out to be way higher than the Sensex’s 210% and the Nifty’s 215% returns over the past decade.

Why Has Gold Outperformed Sensex Over The Decade?

The precious metal prices have surged amid geopolitical and global economic uncertainties, especially the COVID-19 pandemic, the Russia-Ukraine war, the Middle East tussles, and the global economic slowdown amid supply chain disruptions. However, these factors have dragged the equity market returns over the period amid weak economic outlooks.

Analysts also cite a weakening rupee as a key factor behind the continued rise in precious metal prices in India.

Are Gold Prices Expected To Rise Further?

Experts say gold is expected to rise further during the upcoming festive and wedding seasons.

“Gold prices remain near record highs amid ongoing uncertainty surrounding US President Trump’s reciprocal tariffs following a recent court ruling, as well as concerns about the central bank’s independence. With US markets closed for a holiday, global cues are limited, shifting the focus to the Indian rupee. Its continued depreciation has led to elevated domestic gold prices. Meanwhile, domestic buying is expected to pick up ahead of the Shraddh period, which begins on September 7,” said Darshan Desai, chief executive officer of Aspect Bullion & Refinery.

Renisha Chainani, head of research at Augmont, said that if macroeconomic risks remain elevated, gold prices could feasibly target $3700 (Rs 1.10 lakh) in the next few weeks in September and $4000 (Rs 1.20 lakh) in the next few months by the end of 2025.

Gold: A Technical View

“Gold has support at $3420-3395, while resistance at $3465-3480. Silver has support at $39.35-39.10, while resistance is at $40.05-40.35. In rupee terms, gold has support at Rs 1,03,340-1,02,940 while resistance at Rs 1,04,450-1,04,750. Silver has support at Rs 1,19,450-1,18,850, while resistance at Rs 1,20,950-1,21,650,” Rahul Kalantri, vice-president (commodities) of Mehta Equities.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Tata Capital To Launch Rs 17,200 Crore IPO, Market Debut Likely On Sept 30 | Ipo News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Tata Capital plans a USD 2 billion IPO in late September, with Tata Sons and International Finance Corporation selling stakes, marking the Tata Group’s second major listing.

Tata Capital IPO is expected to open in the last week of September.

Tata Capital IPO is expected to open in the last week of September.

Tata Capital IPO: The wait is finally over. Tata Capital, an NBFC, is set to launch its much-awaited USD 2 billion (Rs 17,200 crore) IPO in the last week of September, with a likely market debut on September 30, according to a report of PTI citing people familiar with the matter.

The proposed IPO of 47.58 crore shares comprises a fresh issue of 21 crore equity shares and an offer for sale (OFS) of 26.58 crore shares, according to the updated draft red herring prospectus (DRHP) filed in August.

Under the OFS component, Tata Sons will offload 23 crore shares, while the International Finance Corporation (IFC) will divest 3.58 crore shares.

Currently, Tata Sons holds an 88.6 per cent stake in Tata Capital, while IFC owns 1.8 per cent holding, the PTI report said.

Proceeds from the IPO will be used to strengthen the company’s Tier-1 capital base, supporting future capital requirements, including onward lending.

If successful, this IPO will become the largest public issue in India’s financial sector. It will also mark the Tata Group’s second public listing in recent years, following the debut of Tata Technologies in November 2023.

Earlier, IPO-bound Tata Capital launched a series of institutional roadshows to engage both global and domestic investors.

Investor sentiment turned bullish amid optimism that the Tata Capital IPO could unlock value and strengthen the Tata Group’s presence in the listed financial services segment.

The move is in line with the Reserve Bank of India’s directive requiring all ‘upper layer’ non-banking financial companies (NBFCs) to go public by September 2025.

Tata Group’s financial services firm Tata Capital has reported strong financial performance ahead of the listing. In the March 2025 quarter, the company’s consolidated profit after tax (PAT) surged 31% year-on-year to Rs 1,000 crore, while revenue from operations jumped nearly 50% to Rs 7,478 crore. For the full FY25, PAT rose to Rs 3,655 crore from Rs 3,327 crore in FY24, and total revenues climbed to Rs 28,313 crore from Rs 18,175 crore.

In April 2025, Tata Capital filed draft papers with markets regulator Sebi to launch its initial public offering. The draft papers for the $2-billion IPO was filed through a confidential pre-filing route.

Tata Capital’s decision to opt for the confidential pre-filing route is part of a growing trend among Indian companies. This route allows companies to withhold public disclosure of details under the draft red herring prospectus (DRHP) until later stages.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

News business » ipo Tata Capital To Launch Rs 17,200 Crore IPO, Market Debut Likely On Sept 30
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

ITR Filing 2025 Deadline: Only 15 Days Left; Why You Shouldn’t Wait Anymore To File It | Tax News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Income Tax Department extended the ITR filing deadline for FY2024-25 to September 15, 2025, for non-audited taxpayers. Audited accounts must file by October 31, 2025.

Income Tax Filing Deadline 2025

Income Tax Filing Deadline 2025

ITR 2025 Deadline: Individual taxpayers who don’t require audit must hurry up to file their income tax return (ITR) filing for FY2024-25 (Assessment year 2025-26) as only 15 days are left for the deadline, September 15, 2025. Once it’s over, they need to pay a penalty and can’t avail some benefits like offset of losses or carry forward.

The Excel utility for ITR forms from 1 to 7 is now available. Moreover, taxpayers can choose ITR forms depending on requirements and eligibility to complete their tax duties on the income tax portal.

The income tax department has extended the deadline for the ITR filing for FY2024-25 (Assessment Year 2025-26) for 45 days to September 15, 2025, from July 30, 2025. This new due date applies to individuals, Hindu Undivided Families (HUFs) and other taxpayers whose accounts don’t require auditing.

The CBDT ascribed the extension to the extensive changes implemented in the notified ITRs, citing the time needed for system readiness and the rollout of Income Tax Return (ITR) utilities for Assessment Year (AY) 2025–26.

Why Taxpayers Shouldn’t Wait For Last Date/Week?

It is prudent to file ITR before the last date. Near the end of the deadline, the portal may witness a surge in filing by taxpayers, as those who have been delaying the filing will turn to do so before the deadline.

During that time, the portal may face technical glitches, outages, and longer buffering due to overload. Thus, it’s better to complete your tax duties as soon as possible.

Read More: ITR Filing 2025 Deadline: CCTAX Seeks Extension Amid Technical Glitches, Heavy Workload

September 15 Deadline For Those Who Don’t Require Audit

The tax department has extended the deadline for those taxpayers who don’t require audit to file the taxes. The changes in income tax forms, new slabs under new income tax and capital gain taxes have prompted the department to extend the dates.

Who Can File ITR By October 31, 2025?

Taxpayers whose accounts need to be audited—such as companies, proprietorships, and working partners in firms—have until October 31, 2025, to file their income tax returns (ITR) for the financial year 2024-25 (assessment year 2025-26).

Before they can do that, they must ensure their audit report is submitted by September 30, 2025. As of now, the Income Tax Department has not announced any extension to this deadline.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

News business » tax ITR Filing 2025 Deadline: Only 15 Days Left; Why You Shouldn’t Wait Anymore To File It
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

‘We Shine Out’: Piyush Goyal Says India Committed To Economic Growth Amid Trump Tariffs | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal had reaffirmed that India is open to trade talks with the United States but will never succumb to pressure amid a tariff hike.

Union Minister Piyush Goyal. (File Photo: PTI)

Union Minister Piyush Goyal. (File Photo: PTI)

Union Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal on Saturday assured that the Indian government is committed towards sustainable economic growth, after India’s GDP grew at 7.8% in the first quarter ending on June 30, 2025, as per official data.

“We are committed to working with all of you, and we would like to ensure that this GDP growth of 7.8% is sustainable,” he was quoted as saying by NDTV at an event organised by the Confederation of Indian Industry in Mumbai.

“It can happen, as in adversity, we Indians shine out. We all have the ability to put that little extra,” Goyal said. His remarks came after US President Donald Trump imposed 50% tariffs on Indian imports as a penalty for purchasing Russian oil, impacting key trade sectors such as textiles and shrimp.

India has condemned the tariffs as “unfair and unreasonable”, citing the US and Europe’s own imports from Russia. The Finance Ministry has said that the immediate impact of recent US tariffs on Indian exports may appear limited but their secondary and tertiary effects on the economy pose challenges that must be addressed.

‘India Will Never Back Down’

On Friday, Goyal said India was open to trade talks with the US, but would never succumb to pressure or appear weak in the face of punitive tariffs. “We are always ready if anyone wants to have a free trade agreement with us,” he said at the curtain raiser event of Bharat Buildcon in Delhi.

“However, any form of discrimination affects the self-respect of India’s 140 crore Indians, and we will neither bow down nor ever appear weak. We will continue to move together and capture new markets,” he added.

Goyal also expressed confidence that the recent trade agreements with various countries will help the Indian economy to grow. He also assured that the government will soon introduce various measures to expand the domestic outreach and boost exports.

He also said there was “no need to fear”, citing India’s management of nuclear sanctions and the Covid-19 pandemic. “The government is committed to make sure that all of you do not face any stress or difficulties in managing the current situation emanating from some unilateral actions,” he said.

authorimg

Aveek Banerjee

Aveek Banerjee is a Senior Sub Editor at News18. Based in Noida with a Master’s in Global Studies, Aveek has more than three years of experience in digital media and news curation, specialising in international…Read More

Aveek Banerjee is a Senior Sub Editor at News18. Based in Noida with a Master’s in Global Studies, Aveek has more than three years of experience in digital media and news curation, specialising in international… Read More

News business ‘We Shine Out’: Piyush Goyal Says India Committed To Economic Growth Amid Trump Tariffs
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

How Costly A House Should You Buy & How Much EMI Is Best? The 5-20-3-40 Formula Will Guide You

No Comments

Jio IPO, AI Push, Google & Meta Tie-Ups: Full Text Of Mukesh Ambani’s Speech At 48th RIL AGM | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Here’s Reliance Chairman Mukesh Ambani’s Full Address To Shareholders During 48th RIL AGM.

Mukesh Ambani speaks at 48th RIL AGM.

Mukesh Ambani speaks at 48th RIL AGM.

Mukesh Ambani’s Full Speech At RIL AGM 2025: Reliance Industries Chairman Mukesh Ambani on Friday announced key growth initiatives at the company’s 48th AGM, including a timeline for Jio’s IPO, the launch of a new AI-focused subsidiary ‘Reliance Intelligence’, and partnerships with Google and Meta to accelerate India’s artificial intelligence ecosystem.

Here’s Mukesh Ambani’s Full Address To Shareholders During 48th RIL AGM.

“My Dear Shareowners,

Namaste, and a very warm welcome to the 48th Annual General Meeting of Reliance Industries Limited.

We meet today on the most auspicious occasion of Ganesh Chaturthi. Lord Ganesh has arrived in our homes and in pandals on our streets. Let us begin this meeting by seeking the blessings of Bhagwan Ganesh – for you, your families, the entire Reliance Parivar, and for all the people of India and the world.

Friends,

The global economy today is navigating through an era of great uncertainty. Geopolitical tensions are rising, volatility is persistent, and predictability is scarce.

The world is realising that conflict produces no winners, whereas co-operation ensures shared prosperity. When nations co-operate, trade flows freely, investments flourish and everyone wins.

In today’s inter-dependent world, the prosperity of each country is inseparably linked to the prosperity of all. Paradoxically, while uncertainty surrounds us, humanity also stands at the threshold of a golden age in the 21 century – an age defined no longer by scarcity, but by super-abundance and super-affordability for all eight billion people on this planet.

This has become possible because of the convergence of three powerful technological transformations:

· Breakthroughs in Clean Energy are unlocking a future of abundance, sustainability, and security, raising hopes for overcoming the climate crisis.

· Breakthroughs in Genomics promise dramatic improvements in cure of diseases, longevity, and overall health.

· Breakthroughs in Artificial Intelligence and allied Deep Technologies have already begun to boost productivity, efficiency and human potential to unimaginable levels.

Owing to its miraculous power, AI can now be called the new Kamdhenu – the divine wish-fulfilling cow of our age.

At Reliance, we see these three convergent transformations not as distant possibilities, but as immediate opportunities for India. Therefore, we are building the world’s most advanced Clean Energy ecosystems. We are expanding into the frontiers of Digital Health, Life Sciences and Genomics. And we are developing AI as a new growth engine, besides embedding AI across all our businesses – from retail to telecom, from energy to entertainment.

India, with its scale, talent, and entrepreneurial spirit, is uniquely positioned to lead in this new era of AI, Clean Energy, and Genomics. And Reliance has positioned itself confidently to lead our nation’s mission to ensure that abundance and affordability become the birthright of every Indian.

This is our solemn promise.

Friends,

The possibilities created by these new technologies are staggering. The global GDP, at $110 trillion today, has the potential to reach $500 trillion within the next 25-30 years.

Imagine, in our own lifetime, we can end poverty globally and ensure that every human being has access to all basic needs. For this vision to be realised, it is our hope that the world leaders choose co-operation over conflict, dialogue over discord, and win-win agreements over zero-sum rivalries.

Despite geopolitical uncertainty, one truth is crystal clear. India is on the rise, and India’s rise is unstoppable. Today, India already ranks among the world’s top four global economies.

Under the determined leadership of our visionary Prime Minister, Shri Narendrabhai Modiji, India’s GDP is growing faster than all major economies. With the right set of reforms, advanced manufacturing capabilities, and a national priority on Deep Tech, our economy can grow at 10% annually.

This will mean that the per capita income of Indians could rise 4-5 times within the next two decades, making India not just a prosperous nation but also a more equal nation.

More importantly, India need not copy any foreign model. We have the ability, and the responsibility, to create an India-first model of development.

This model will use Deep Tech to bring prosperity and security to India, improve the quality of life of each and every Indian, and protect the environment. This model will also harmonise technology with democracy, economy with culture, spirituality with science, and national aspirations with friendship across all nations.

This is the collective dream of nearly 1.5 billion Indians – to build a nation that leads with both prosperity and compassion. This, my dear shareholders, is the Indian Dream.

Dear Shareholders,

As Reliance approaches the close of its Golden Decade, we rededicate ourselves to the rapid realisation of this Indian Dream. We are resolutely transforming our operating model to become a Deep-Tech company with advanced manufacturing capabilities. We are making every one of our businesses AI-native, positioning them for hyper-growth.

Our corporate philosophy of “We Care” compels us to continuously improve the quality of our products and services in ways that promote the wellbeing of both People and Planet. Our operating model is now led more by innovation than capital intensity. That is why we are attracting and empowering super-talented young leaders who will drive the next wave of value creation with bold innovations.

Reliance has never rested on its past laurels. Our Founder and Forever Guide, Shri Dhirubhai Ambani, instilled in us a DNA of relentless reinvention and reimagination. Again and again, we will reimagine and re-engineer ourselves to create greater wealth for our nation and higher value for society.

This is my solemn commitment to you.

Business & Financial Performance

Dear Shareholders,

I am happy to share with you the details of yet another stellar year of business and financial performance, achieved in spite of multiple challenges.

In FY-25, Reliance delivered record consolidated revenue of Rs 10,71,174 crore ($125.3 billion), becoming India’s first-ever company to cross $125 billion in annual revenues.

Reliance’s EBITDA stood at Rs 1,83,422 crore ($21.5 billion) and net profit grew to ₹81,309 crore ($9.5 billion).

Reliance’s exports were ₹2,83,719 crore ($33.2 billion), contributing 7.6% of India’s total merchandise exports.

Your company invested cumulatively ₹5.6 lakh crore ($65.5 billion) over the last three years.

And it remains the single largest contributor to the national exchequer, contributing Rs 2,10,269 crore ($24.6 billion) in FY-25. In the last six years, Reliance’s contribution to national exchequer has crossed Rs 10 lakh crore ($117.0 billion).

I am also proud to report that Reliance’s CSR spending in FY-25 rose to ₹2,156 crore ($252 million). Our cumulative CSR expenditure over the last three years has crossed ₹5,000 crore ($585 million).

This is a clear reflection of our unwavering commitment towards creating a societal impact.

Friends,

Employment generation for India’s talented youth is a national priority. It is also a priority for Reliance.

Globally, the dynamics of employment are undergoing a shift towards flexibility, driven mainly by AI and automation. Reliance has also adopted modern engagement formats that combine opportunities for upskilling, entrepreneurial drive, job satisfaction, and higher earning potential.

Today, our conventional and non-conventional workforce has grown to nearly 6.8 lakh people. I see this growing to more than 10 lakh people over the next few years. It gives me immense satisfaction to say that we rank among the most admired employers and largest job creators in India.

Reliance continues to lead across every key growth parameter – revenues, profitability, exports, market value, investments, contribution to the exchequer, and societal impact. I am confident that Reliance will keep breaking its own records in business performance next year and beyond.

Digital Services

Dear Friends,

Let me begin by sharing with you the impressive performance of our digital business. Just a week from now, Jio will enter its 10th year of service to the nation. Looking back, these years have been the most glorious in India’s digital history.

Today, I am proud to share with you that the Jio family has crossed 500 million customers. The 500-million milestone is a symbol of your unwavering trust and support. I offer my heartfelt gratitude to each and every one of you.

I have heard people say: “Jio changed my life”, and “I love Jio”. But I say from my heart: “Actually, each and every Indian built Jio by simply making it a part of their lives.”

Let me present a short video of our Jio journey – how 500 million Indians made Jio.

Friends,

Jio was conceived at a time when India’s road to digital transformation was blocked. Prohibitive data prices, poor connectivity, and poorer speeds had stifled the digital aspirations of Indians. That is when we said, “This must end.” And Jio ended India’s digital poverty within a few years.

Jio’s bold Deep-Tech initiatives sparked India’s technological revolution and became the backbone of our Prime Minister’s Digital India Mission. Let me mention only five major achievements of Jio, which were previously unimaginable:

· First, Jio made voice calls free from anywhere to everywhere in India.

· Second, Jio made it a habit for common Indians to watch videos on their mobile and do digital payments, also through mobiles.

· Third, Jio laid the foundation for India’s Digital Public Infrastructure such as Aadhaar, UPI, Jan Dhan, Direct Bank Transfer, and empowered a confident new generation.

· Fourth, Jio enabled creation of the world’s third-largest startup ecosystem in India comprising over 100 unicorns.

· Fifth, Jio’s nationwide 5G rollout, the fastest in the world, has laid the foundation for the AI revolution in India.

Dear Shareholders,

As a result of these achievements, the financial performance of Jio is scaling new heights with every passing year.

Jio’s revenue was Rs 1,28,218 crore ($15.0 billion), a growth of 17% YoY in FY-25; and EBITDA was Rs 64,170 crore ($7.5 billion). These figures are a testimony to the enormous value Jio has already created, and even greater value it is destined to create.

Today, it is my proud privilege to announce that Jio is making all arrangements to file for its IPO. We are aiming to list Jio by the first-half of 2026, subject to all necessary approvals.

I assure you that this will demonstrate that Jio is capable of creating the same quantum of value like our global counterparts. I am sure that it will be a very attractive opportunity for all investors.

Friends,

Jio’s plans for the future are even more ambitious. They rest on five assurances:

· One: Jio will connect every Indian on mobile and home broadband.

· Two: Jio will equip every Indian home with digital services such as Jio Smart Home, JioTV+, Jio TV OS, and seamless automation.

· Three: Jio will digitise every Indian business and enterprise with simple, scalable, and secure platforms.

· Four: Jio will herald the AI revolution in India. Our motto is AI Everywhere for Everyone.

· Five: Jio will expand its operations outside India, taking our home-grown technology to people around the world.

I am extremely confident that the path ahead for Jio is even brighter than its journey so far…

We are proud of Akash and the entire Jio leadership team for their achievements. I am sure that you will surpass your successes in the future.

Dear Friends,

Disney, which is amongst the largest entertainment companies globally, has partnered with Reliance to form JioStar…

We look forward to a very strong partnership with Disney.

Dear Shareholders,

Let me update you on our news and current affairs business.

Network18 is pioneering disruptive models with a sharp focus on credible journalism, creative content, and innovation.

Moneycontrol has consolidated its leadership as India’s largest platform for business news, financial markets data, and investment analytics.

With over one million paid subscribers, Moneycontrol Pro ranks among the top 15 subscription platforms globally, alongside The Wall Street Journal and The New York Times.

Firstpost is growing rapidly as India’s digital-first global view of the world, with a strong presence across platforms. In May this year, it recorded over 400 million video views, becoming the most-viewed Indian English news channel on YouTube globally. It is now India’s first truly global news brand for geopolitics, strategic affairs, culture, and lifestyle. In the coming year, Firstpost will expand further with new bureaus in key world capitals.

Network18 continues to lead with CNN-News18, the No. 1 general news channel for three consecutive years.

CNBC-TV18 has retained its leadership in business news for more than two decades, with an overwhelming market share. With CNBC-TV18 Prime and CNBC-TV18 Access, it is delivering premium content to CXOs and decisionmakers nationwide. It is now looking beyond India for global mindshare, market share, and revenue share, delivering delight across screens and platforms.

I am counting on the leadership team at Network18 to carry the flag of Indian journalism around the world.

Reliance Intelligence

Dear Shareholders,

I am proud that Artificial Intelligence is already at the heart of Reliance’s transformation into a Deep-Tech enterprise. To bring even more focus and speed to this agenda, today, it is my great pleasure and privilege to announce the formation of a new wholly-owned subsidiary called Reliance Intelligence.

This new company is conceived with four clear missions:

· First, to house India’s next-generation AI infrastructure. Reliance Intelligence will build gigawatt-scale, AI-ready data centres, powered by green energy and engineered for training and inference at national scale. Work has already begun on the gigawatt-scale, AI-ready data centres in Jamnagar. These facilities will be delivered in phases aligned to India’s growing needs, powered by Reliance’s new-energy ecosystem, and custom-made for AI training and inference.

· Second, to house global partnerships. Reliance Intelligence will bring the world’s best tech-companies and open-source communities together with Reliance’s deep-domain expertise and execution strength, to deliver performance leadership, resilient supply, and India-first compliance for AI.

· Third, to build AI services for India. Reliance Intelligence will deliver trusted, easy-to-use AI services for consumers, small businesses, and enterprises, and solutions for sectors of national importance such as Education, Healthcare, and Agriculture. The services will be reliable at scale and affordable for every Indian.

· Fourth, to house talent for AI. Reliance Intelligence will create a home for world-class researchers, engineers, designers, and product builders, combining the speed of research with the rigour of engineering, so that ideas become innovations and applications, providing solutions to India and the world.

Friends,

Today, I am delighted to announce a deeper, holistic partnership for AI with our long-standing partner, Google. Through this partnership, we are marrying Reliance’s proven capability to build world-class assets and execute at India’s scale with Google’s leading cloud and AI technologies, so that developers, start-ups, and enterprises can innovate faster, operate more securely, and reach every corner of India…

Dear Shareholders,

Today, I am also pleased to unveil a new, India-focused AI joint venture with our close partner, Meta. Together, we want to pair the power of open-source AI with Reliance’s deep domain knowledge across industries.

That is why, we are forming a dedicated joint venture with Meta to combine open models and tools with our execution in Energy, Retail, Telecom, Media, and Manufacturing, and to deliver sovereign, enterprise-ready AI for India…

Our joint venture with Meta is a game-changer for Indian enterprises and for sectors of national importance. It will bring transparency, portability, and community-driven progress; enable sovereign hosting and governance within India; and lower inference costs while raising safety and trust, so that adoption accelerates from pilot to production across the economy.

Dear Friends,

Another exciting frontier for AI is Robotics, especially Humanoid Robotics. Astonishing advances are taking place in this field. Intelligent automation will transform factories into adaptive production systems, warehouses into autonomous supply chains, and hospitals into centres of precision care.

We are investing to make India a leader in human-centric robotics powered by AI, creating new types of industries and services, new types of agriculture, new types of jobs, and attractive new opportunities for our youth.

Dear Shareholders,

A decade ago, digital services became a new growth engine for Reliance. Now, the opportunity before us with AI is just as large, if not larger.

Jio promised and delivered digital everywhere and for every Indian. Similarly, Reliance Intelligence promises to deliver AI everywhere for every Indian.

With Reliance Intelligence and our strong partnerships, green infrastructure, and India-first governance, we are building for the next decade with confidence and ambition. I am excited about what we will achieve, and I look forward to keeping you updated on our progress in the coming years.

Retail Business

Dear Shareholders,

It fills me with immense pride to stand before you today and speak about one of the most impactful growth journeys in modern India – the journey of Reliance Retail.

We have today, India’s most advanced, scalable, and inclusive retail ecosystem, delivering the highest quality and widest choice at affordable prices across the country. And it is amongst the fastest growing retailers globally, with scale and depth that is unparalleled in the world. Reliance Retail is now ready to write the next chapter of super growth

Reliance Consumer Products Limited (RCPL) had an outstanding growth in just the first year of operations. It has achieved a turnover of Rs 11,500 crore ($1.4 billion), making it the fastest-growing FMCG company ever. It is bringing some of India’s most loved brands like Campa to the consumers in a new avatar, making everyone love them once again…

Dear Shareholders,

Let us applaud Isha and the entire Retail Team for their superlative achievements. Isha has presented a truly ambitious growth path for our Retail and Consumer Products businesses. We will achieve these ambitious goals by riding India’s growth wave, powered by technology, and driven by our passion to create products that inspire loyalty and love.

Dear Shareholders,

Now we turn to our energy business…

Let me congratulate the entire leadership team of Energy Business for their operational excellence in challenging times. I am sure that they will set global benchmarks in executing all their projects, making New Energy a large growth engine for Reliance…

Reliance Foundation

What Reliance Foundation has achieved in the past 15 years is, of course, highly impressive. But you have raised the bar higher by aiming to amplify its impact five-fold by 2035, when Reliance Foundation celebrates its Silver Jubilee. More power to you and your highly motivated team.

Value Creation Roadmap

Dear Shareowners,

I shall now share with you our Value Creation Roadmap for the coming year and beyond.

It is with immense pride – and even greater humility and gratitude – that I look back on our shared extraordinary journey of value creation over the past five decades. In just one generation, Reliance has transformed itself from a Fortune 1000 company to a Fortune 40 global powerhouse, creating over $200 billion in value – all within India.

We have achieved this by staying true to the First Principles I have often shared with you:

· One, what is good for India is good for Reliance.

· Two, build businesses of the future.

· Three, build them world-class, and at mega scale – the largest and most competitive globally, with the highest standards of governance.

· Four, invest in world-class talent and cutting-edge technologies.

Faithful adherence to these principles has been our value-creation dharma.

Dear Shareholders,

As I look to the future, I see our O2C business achieving substantial growth and delivering stable returns as geopolitical tensions subside. I also see rapid, innovation-driven growth in our materials business. We are well-positioned to produce high-value green fuels and chemicals which India and the world will need.

Our New and Clean Energy business is being built with a singular purpose: to make India self-sufficient in energy, and to resolve India’s energy trilemma of security, affordability, and sustainability through world-scale giga manufacturing, through round-the-clock renewable electricity, and through green fuels and chemicals at global scale.

This goal may look impossible to achieve now. But we are laying a robust foundation for our country’s energy transition so that freedom from imports can be achieved by the time India celebrates 100 years of independence in 2047.

I am sure that our New Energy business will be a major driver of growth for many decades, with the potential to become as big as our Oil-to-Chemicals business within the next 5-7 years. In scale, ambition, and impact, it will surpass everything Reliance has done so far. It will create unprecedented, perpetual value for both India and Reliance.

Dear Shareholders,

Jio today is the largest data company globally. Its multiple inherent strengths guarantee accelerated growth. All of Jio’s 500 million – and growing – subscribers will move to 5G and eventually 6G by 2030. Jio’s home and enterprise digital services businesses are growing at phenomenal speed.

Reliance Retail, now synonymous with the consumption basket of over 300 million Indians every month, is another testament to our ability to create hyper-value. In just five years, it has leap-frogged from the Top-100 to the Top-25 global retailers – powered by an unbeatable physical-digital-B2B network that reaches every corner of India.

Retail will continue to grow in both B2B and B2C spaces with our customer-centric, omni-channel strategy. I can clearly see its revenues grow multifold in the coming years.

This year, I announced the creation of two new large growth engines –RCPL and Reliance Intelligence. Each of them has the potential to grow larger than our existing business segments.

RCPL, as a subsidiary of RIL, is a strategic move to create India’s largest FMCG company. RCPL’s phenomenal growth is guaranteed by the consumption boom in India, our world-class supply chain, and advanced manufacturing capabilities.

Our new Intelligence business will drive the AI revolution in India. This will enable Indians to adopt AI at scale and make our country a global force in AI.

Recognising these strengths, Gartner, the globally reputed technology research and advisory firm, has ranked Reliance Industries alongside Microsoft, Amazon, Google, Meta, and Alibaba, stating that these entities are the new superpowers, and are “setting the terms for the next global economy”.

Dear Shareholders,

Our value creation philosophy is deeply rooted in our work culture. The work culture of Reliance is guided by a wise principle Mahatma Gandhi propagated nearly a century ago: “A customer is the most important visitor on our premises. He is not dependent on us. We are dependent on him.”

With this principle, we have fundamentally changed the operating model of all our consumer-facing businesses – we do not sell, we serve. Our engagement with customers, suppliers, and partners is not transaction-based – it is trust-based, and therefore enduring.

The national wealth, employment, and societal impact created by our businesses and philanthropic initiatives are already so huge that they make me both humble and proud.

But the best of Reliance is yet to come. In 2022, I made a promise that we will double Reliance by the end of our Golden Decade in 2028. At that time, our EBITDA was about Rs 1.25 lakh crore ($14.6 billion). I reiterate that Reliance will more than double its EBITDAby the end of its Golden Decade.

Thank you for your trust, your partnership, and your belief in our shared vision.

Institutional Strengthening

Dear Friends,

At Reliance, we believe that institutional longevity and perpetual growth are guaranteed only by constant self-renewal.

This demands four elements:

· A deep bench of capable leadership at all levels

· Unshakable core values

· A resilient work culture

· A never-changing commitment to the original purpose of the organisation

We are strengthening all four – deliberately and decisively.

A major milestone in this journey has been the evolution of our next-generation leaders – Isha, Akash, and Anant – who have now completed two transformative years on the Board of Reliance Industries.

Fully embedded in operations and decision-making, they are shaping our businesses with energy, conviction, and clarity of purpose. Under the mentorship of senior leaders and independent directors, they are becoming the kind of leaders this era demands – agile, accountable, ambitious, empathetic, and consultative. They are supported by hundreds of young leaders in their 30s and 40s, with domain expertise and the same passion and ambition that built Reliance.

Friends,

Leadership development at Reliance is not a programme, but a foundational strategy. We have institutionalised systems to identify high-potential talent across businesses, empowering them with responsibilities, global exposure, and AI tools to lead boldly in the complex world of today.

We are also constantly perfecting our HR practices to enrich our People Capital. I want everyone at Reliance to feel the pride of being part of the Reliance Parivar, united by a commitment to serve India and the larger humanity.

As Reliance, what sets us apart – and grounds us – are the virtues of Purpose, Philosophy, Passion, and Pioneering Spirit of our Founding Chairman, Shri Dhirubhai Ambani. His legacy continues to guide us as we innovate and grow, ensuring we stay rooted in our Indian identity and values.

As India accelerates into her next horizon, so must Reliance. Expectations are rising from all quarters – our people, partners, our country, as well as the international community. We are not just preparing for that future. We are shaping it.

Conclusion

Dear Shareholders,

It has been my privilege to serve your company since its inception and to attend every single AGM of Reliance for the past 48 years. This has given me the opportunity to watch, and participate in, every phase of Reliance’s evolution.

I have also witnessed India’s incredible journey in these five decades ─ from a “Third World” country to one now on the threshold of becoming a First World Power.

The most important lesson this journey has taught us is that there is no substitute for economic strength. This lesson is reinforced by recent geopolitical developments. India must gain greater economic strength ─ and do so with a sense of urgency.

Our Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi ji, rightly exhorted us in his Independence Day speech that the yardstick of aatma samman – self-respect is atma nirbharata – self-reliance. India must become self-reliant to the maximum extent in key technologies, critical industries, and other vital sectors of the global economy.

Throughout our history, Reliance has contributed to this mission of building a strong India, a Balwaan Bharat. I assure our respected Prime Minister that Reliance will follow his command with redoubled efforts.

However, the magnitude of the challenge is so large that all Indian businesses must work together with unity as a grand coalition – in the spirit of cooperation, mutual learning, and mutual support.

I had made this suggestion in last year’s AGM, and I repeat it today. There is strength in unity and collective endeavour. And this is what the nation today expects from its business community.

Acknowledgements

On behalf of all our shareholders, I extend my heartfelt thanks to our Board of Directors for their guidance and oversight.

My deepest appreciation goes to all our employees – our greatest asset – whose dedication and commitment have enabled the company to reach new heights.

I also thank our business partners for their unwavering support in delivering quality solutions.

Above all, I remain profoundly grateful to India and all Indians for their enduring faith in Brand Reliance.

Thank you, Jai Hind, and Jai Shri Krishna!”

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

News business Jio IPO, AI Push, Google & Meta Tie-Ups: Full Text Of Mukesh Ambani’s Speech At 48th RIL AGM
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

‘Yardstick Of Aatma Samman Is Atma Nirbharta’: Mukesh Ambani Quotes PM Modi, Cites Geopolitics | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The RIL chairman said ‘the most important lesson this journey has taught us is that there is no substitute for economic strength’

Mukesh Ambani speaks at RIL AGM.

Mukesh Ambani speaks at RIL AGM.

Reliance Industries Chairman Mukesh Ambani on Friday quoted Prime Minister Narendra Modi to call for ‘aatma nirbharta’ [self-reliance], noting the immediate need for India to become self-reliant “to the maximum extent”.

Addressing shareholders at the 48th Annual General Meeting, Ambani said: “Our Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi ji, rightly exhorted us in his Independence Day speech that the yardstick of aatma samman [self-respect] is atma nirbharata [self-reliance]. India must become self-reliant to the maximum extent in key technologies, critical industries, and other vital sectors of the global economy.”

He added: “The most important lesson this journey has taught us is that there is no substitute for economic strength. This lesson is reinforced by recent geopolitical developments.”

Ambani’s comments come at a time when the United States has levied a 50 per cent tariff on India—among the highest in the world—including a 25 per cent penalty for the country’s transactions with Russia.

India, however, has shown no signs of going back on its purchases and has called the tariffs “unfair”, emphasising that it will choose the “best deal” on buying oil to protect its 1.4 billion people.

Touching upon the geo-political dynamics, Ambani said: “I have witnessed India’s incredible journey in these five decades—from a “Third World” country to one now on the threshold of becoming a First World Power. The most important lesson this journey has taught us is that there is no substitute for economic strength. India must gain greater economic strength ─ and do so with a sense of urgency.”

The RIL chairman also called upon all businesses to work together to overcome the challenge. “The magnitude of the challenge is so large that all Indian businesses must work together with unity as a grand coalition—in the spirit of cooperation, mutual learning, and mutual support. I had made this suggestion in last year’s AGM, and I repeat it today. There is strength in unity and collective endeavour. And this is what the nation today expects from its business community.”

Disclaimer: Network18 and TV18 – the companies that operate news18.com – are controlled by Independent Media Trust, of which Reliance Industries is the sole beneficiary.

authorimg

News Desk

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More

News business ‘Yardstick Of Aatma Samman Is Atma Nirbharta’: Mukesh Ambani Quotes PM Modi, Cites Geopolitics
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

IndiGo Gets Six-Month DGCA Extension To Operate Turkish-Leased Aircraft | India News

No Comments

Last Updated:

IndiGo welcomed the decision, citing operational stability and continuity amid ongoing global tensions.

A photo for IndiGo flight (PTI)

A photo for IndiGo flight (PTI)

The Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA) has extended the deadline to IndiGo to operate two leased Boeing 777 aircraft from Turkish Airlines. However, the extension has been granted with some conditions.

“We acknowledge the acceptance of IndiGo’s request for extension to its wet lease arrangement with Turkish Airlines, subject to conditions laid down by the regulator. This approval comes at a crucial time and will help mitigate losses to Indian aviation due to geopolitical restrictions, and greatly benefit Indian travellers during the peak travel season by ensuring a seamless, direct connection to Istanbul and points beyond,” the airline said in a statement.

According to PTI sources, DGCA has granted a six-month extension, allowing the continued operation of two Turkish Airlines aircraft under a wet/damp lease arrangement until February 28, 2026.

The wet lease arrangement involves the leasing of foreign aircraft, along with crew, maintenance and insurance. The extension has been given subject to certain conditions, including that IndiGo may consider getting these or other suitable aircraft on dry lease and operate the same on their AOC (Air Operator Certificate), the sources said.

Under dry lease, only the aircraft is leased. Beyond this extension, IndiGo may either operate the India-Turkey route with their own aircraft or any other wet/damp leased aircraft compliant with existing norms, they added.

IndiGo currently uses the Turkish-leased aircraft for direct flights between Delhi, Mumbai, and Istanbul.

In a statement issued Thursday, IndiGo welcomed the decision, citing operational stability and continuity amid ongoing global tensions.

“We are thankful to the authorities for accepting our request for extension. As always, we continue to be fully compliant with the relevant regulations and conditions of extension laid down by the authorities,” the airline said.

This development comes in the backdrop of strained diplomatic ties between India and Turkiye. In May, following Ankara’s support for Pakistan and its criticism of India’s anti-terror operations, India’s aviation security regulator BCAS revoked the security clearance of Celebi Airport Services India Pvt Ltd, a Turkish ground-handling company, citing national security concerns. In response, some travel portals and associations had even issued advisories urging Indian travellers to avoid visiting Turkiye.

(With PTI inputs)

authorimg

News Desk

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More

News india IndiGo Gets Six-Month DGCA Extension To Operate Turkish-Leased Aircraft
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Ahmedabad Tax Tribunal Clears Man In Rs 4 Lakh Cash Gift Case Linked To Son’s Wedding | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Manubhai ran into trouble with the tax department after receiving cash gifts ahead of his son’s wedding.

Authorities claimed the money was part of undisclosed income. (Representative Image)

Authorities claimed the money was part of undisclosed income. (Representative Image)

In India, cash gifts during weddings are a common tradition. But for Manubhai, receiving Rs 4.31 lakh as cash gifts before his son’s wedding led to a long tax dispute. The Income Tax Department claimed this was “unexplained income” since the money was received almost a month before the wedding, not on or after the ceremony.

Despite showing proof, including the marriage certificate, the invitation card, and even a full list of guests who gave the gifts, the tax officer was not convinced. He added the wedding gifts along with contract income, declaring a total of Rs 18.51 lakh as unexplained income.

Manubhai challenged the ruling at different levels, eventually taking the matter to the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT), Ahmedabad. On August 12, this year, the tribunal ruled in his favour, giving him relief in the case.

How the tax dispute began

The issue started when Manubhai filed his income tax return on April 11, 2018, declaring Rs 4.61 lakh as income, which included salary and presumptive taxation income under Section 44AD from contract work. During scrutiny, the Assessing Officer noticed large cash deposits, Rs 14.2 lakh in SBI and Rs 15 lakh in HDFC Bank.

When questioned, Manubhai explained the deposits came from different sources: Rs 14.2 lakh from contract work, Rs 9 lakh from selling agricultural land, Rs 1 lakh from his wife’s account, and about Rs 5 lakh from his son’s wedding gifts and savings. However, the officer rejected his explanation for both the contract income and the cash gifts, adding them as unexplained income.

Why did the ITAT Ahmedabad rule in favour of the father?

The two-member bench of ITAT Ahmedabad, comprising Dr. BRR Kumar (Vice-President) and Siddhartha Nautiyal (Judicial Member), found no strong grounds in the tax department’s arguments. They noted that Manubhai had already offered his contract income to tax under Section 44AD and had provided full details of the parties involved. The officer, however, made no independent effort to verify those claims.

On the issue of wedding gifts, ITAT observed that Manubhai submitted a complete list of people who gave cash. The tribunal said the fact that the gifts were received before the wedding date did not automatically make them invalid.

Importantly, the Assessing Officer did not highlight any specific problems in the evidence provided. Based on this, the tribunal decided that the addition of Rs 4.31 lakh as unexplained income was not justified.

What the experts say about marriage gifts and tax rules

Mihir Tanna, Associate Director at S.K. Patodia LLP, explained that two provisions were under discussion here, presumptive taxation and wedding gifts. “As per the income tax provisions, if the assessee has opted for presumptive taxation under Section 44AD, the assessee is not required to maintain the books of account as well as the details of purchases made. The assessee is required to maintain sales only,” he was quoted as saying by The Economic Times.

On wedding gift rules, he added that gifts received in excess of Rs 50,000 are generally treated as taxable income. However, gifts received on the occasion of an individual’s marriage are exempt.

The law, though, specifies that this applies only to the marriage of the taxpayer himself, not for the weddings of children or relatives. In Manubhai’s case, the main dispute was about the source of cash deposits, not the identity of the people giving gifts.

What taxpayers should learn from this ruling

Tax experts say the case highlights the importance of proper documentation.

As quoted by The Economic Times, Dr. Suresh Surana, Chartered Accountant, explained: “This judgment highlights the importance of maintaining clear and substantiated documentation for wedding gifts, especially when questioned by the tax authorities.”

To avoid such disputes, taxpayers should keep a record of all gift-givers with names, amounts, and dates, along with the wedding invitation card and certificate.

Even though wedding gifts are exempt, it is safer to declare them under “Exempt Income” while filing returns. This ensures transparency and helps avoid unnecessary litigation.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

News business Ahmedabad Tax Tribunal Clears Man In Rs 4 Lakh Cash Gift Case Linked To Son’s Wedding
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

‘Global Trade Must Be Free Of Pressure’: RSS Chief Mohan Bhagwat’s Bold Call For Ethical Commerce | India News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Bhagwat’s remarks echoed Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s call for balancing economic self-interest with the promotion of local enterprise

Beyond economics, Bhagwat also addressed the current global situation, noting that discussions on peace, environmental sustainability, and economic inequality are ongoing, yet concrete solutions look distant. File pic/PTI

Beyond economics, Bhagwat also addressed the current global situation, noting that discussions on peace, environmental sustainability, and economic inequality are ongoing, yet concrete solutions look distant. File pic/PTI

The global trade must take place and continue “voluntarily” and it should be devoid of any pressure tactics or tricks, RSS chief Mohan Bhagwat stated on Wednesday, stressing a balanced approach to global commerce. Speaking on the second day of the three-day lecture series, “100 Years of the Sangh Journey—New Horizons” in New Delhi’s Vigyan Bhawan, he elaborated on the principles of self-reliance and Swadeshi.

“International trade should happen only voluntarily, not under pressure,” said Bhagwat, adding that “self-reliance” is the key to the way forward for India.

Aatmnirbharata (self-reliance) or Swadeshi is important. Being self-reliant does not mean stopping imports. The world functions because it is interdependent. So, export-import will continue. However, there should be no pressure in it. Swadeshi means not importing goods that we already have or can easily manufacture. We should always support local businesses. Bringing outside goods hurts local vendors,” Bhagwat explained.

The RSS chief’s remarks echoed Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s call for balancing economic self-interest with the promotion of local enterprise, highlighting the need for trade policies free from coercion.

Beyond economics, Bhagwat also addressed the current global situation, noting that discussions on peace, environmental sustainability, and economic inequality are ongoing, yet concrete solutions look distant. “For this, we must think and deliberate authentically, bring sacrifice into life, and develop balanced intellect and dharmic vision,” he said, emphasising that thoughtful action and moral grounding are essential to meaningful global change.

Mentioning India’s international conduct, Bhagwat lauded the nation’s restraint in the face of adversities. “We have always exercised restraint even in our losses. Those who caused us harm were helped in their crisis. Enmity arises from individual and national ego, but beyond ego is our Bharat or Hindustan.”

He urged Indian society to serve as a model for the world, demonstrating that ethical behaviour and measured response can build credibility and trust.

Bhagwat further underlined that the Sangh’s reputation is rooted in consistent service and societal commitment. “What the Sangh says, society listens to,” he stated, reiterating that the RSS’s credibility has been earned over decades through steadfast dedication to social welfare.

By linking self-reliance with ethical engagement, Bhagwat highlighted a vision where India not only strengthens its domestic economy but also sets a global example. The stress is on voluntary participation in trade, local empowerment, and moral leadership, creating a framework where economic growth and societal responsibility go hand in hand.

authorimg

Madhuparna Das

Madhuparna Das, Associate Editor (policy) at CNN News 18, has been in journalism for nearly 14 years. She has extensively been covering politics, policy, crime and internal security issues. She has covered Naxa…Read More

Madhuparna Das, Associate Editor (policy) at CNN News 18, has been in journalism for nearly 14 years. She has extensively been covering politics, policy, crime and internal security issues. She has covered Naxa… Read More

News india ‘Global Trade Must Be Free Of Pressure’: RSS Chief Mohan Bhagwat’s Bold Call For Ethical Commerce
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Minister Kirti Vardhan Singh Slams US Tariffs, Boasts India’s Top Investor Status In Africa | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Kirti Vardhan Singh said that tariffs won’t hinder India’s economic growth while highlighting that its trade with African nations has surpassed the $100 billion milestone.

font
At the India-Africa Conclave, Union Minister Kirti Vardhan Singh said tariffs were unfair but hailed booming trade and investments that bind the two regions closer. (IMAGE: @FollowCII/X)

At the India-Africa Conclave, Union Minister Kirti Vardhan Singh said tariffs were unfair but hailed booming trade and investments that bind the two regions closer. (IMAGE: @FollowCII/X)

Union Minister of State for External Affairs Kirti Vardhan Singh on Wednesday described the recent tariff measures imposed on India as “highly unjustified and unfair,” stressing that New Delhi must prioritise actions that “serve our national interest best.” Singh was speaking with CNN-News18 on the sidelines of the 20th CII India-Africa Business Conclave in the national capital.

“The reasons cited for imposing these tariffs on our country apply equally to many others who continue importing energy from the same sources, yet they face no such restrictions,” Singh said. “This is a clear case of unjustified and discriminatory tariff imposition.”

Singh pointed out that India will always focus on ties that are mutually beneficial and take steps that serves its national interest.

“In this changing landscape, we must focus on what serves our national interest best, which is fostering linkages that are mutually beneficial rather than exploitative.”

Despite these challenges, the minister highlighted India’s economic resilience. “Our economy remains strong, capable of withstanding pressures and continuing on the path of growth,” he said.

Singh also underscored the importance of India-Africa ties. He highlighted that decision by PM Modi was to include the African Union in the G20 in a bid to give Africa its rightful voice on the global stage was a landmark decision as G20 host in 2023.

India-Africa trade has crossed USD 100 billion, with New Delhi emerging as one of the top five investors on the continent, Singh highlighted.

“India has extended concessional loans worth over USD 12 billion and USD 700 million in grant assistance for projects across Africa, apart from offering 50,000 scholarships for African youth, of which more than 42,000 have already been utilised.”

“Our trade with Africa goes back hundreds of years. It is a relationship built on trust and continuity. Africa has immense potential and resources; India sees the continent as a natural partner. The Indian diaspora has not only settled in Africa but has deeply integrated into local societies,” he said.

authorimg

Siddhant Mishra

Siddhant Mishra is a Senior Special Correspondent at CNN-News18, covering foreign affairs and international relations. With over 12 years of experience in journalism, he has also reported extensively on crime, …Read More

Siddhant Mishra is a Senior Special Correspondent at CNN-News18, covering foreign affairs and international relations. With over 12 years of experience in journalism, he has also reported extensively on crime, … Read More

News business Minister Kirti Vardhan Singh Slams US Tariffs, Boasts India’s Top Investor Status In Africa
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Trump’s 50% Tariff On India To Leave Americans Paying More, Here’s What Gets Costlier | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Donald Trump Tariffs: Trump’s 50 percent tariffs on Indian imports, sharply raises US prices on textiles, jewellery, shrimp, chemicals and more, impacting consumers, manufacturers.

font
Donald Trump India Tariffs: A person shops in a supermarket as inflation affected consumer prices in Manhattan, New York City, US. (IMAGE: REUTERS FILE)

Donald Trump India Tariffs: A person shops in a supermarket as inflation affected consumer prices in Manhattan, New York City, US. (IMAGE: REUTERS FILE)

Donald Trump India Tariffs: The United States is bracing for a wave of price increases as US President Donald Trump’s administration is set to impose sweeping tariffs on Indian imports to the country, doubling duties to 50 per cent in retaliation for New Delhi’s purchase of Russian oil. The move, covering $48 billion worth of Indian goods, is one of the most punitive tariff actions US has ever taken against an ally.

The sectors most affected include textiles, gems and jewellery, shrimp, carpets, handicrafts, furniture, leather, organic chemicals and machinery.

That means everyday items for American households, ranging from linens, rugs and apparel to jewellery, mattresses and shrimp, will now carry a sharply higher price tag. Diamonds, gold jewellery and household furnishings will attract more than 50 per cent duty, while knitted clothes face nearly 64 per cent.

A Moneycontrol report said that apparel and home textiles face particularly sharp hikes: knitted clothing could see duties near 64 percent, woven garments around 60 percent, and bed linens and towels roughly 59 percent.

Americans who love jewellery will also feel the pinch as diamonds, gold, and other Indian-made ornaments are now subject to more than 52 percent in import duties. Also burdened are leather goods and footwear, a staple in US wardrobes, the news report by the financial news outlet said.

Even non-fashion categories aren’t spared—organic chemicals now face duties up to 54 percent, while mechanical appliances and engineering goods cross the 51 percent threshold, making mid-range equipment markedly less affordable for American buyers. Seafood such as shrimp, another Indian export, will also become costlier and on top of existing anti-dumping duties, the new tariff will push the total levy beyond 33 percent.

Blow to US Manufacturers Too

Tariffs were pitched as a way to protect American manufacturing jobs, but survey data from the Dallas Fed, accessed by broadcaster CNN, shows the opposite effect. Nearly 70 per cent of manufacturers report being hurt by higher tariffs this year, with many passing on costs to industrial and military clients. One Texas furniture maker told the Fed, “We are probably going out of business within 90 days.”

Postal services in Europe and Asia are already suspending shipments to the US after the scrapping of a tariff exemption on low-value packages. That means fewer options for American online shoppers relying on e-commerce platforms like Etsy, Shopify and TikTok Shop.

American Consumers Caught in the Middle

The tariff escalation, which leaves India facing one of the highest US import duties alongside Brazil, may shift supply chains toward competitors like Vietnam, Bangladesh and Mexico. But for US shoppers, the immediate result is fewer choices and higher prices.

“Tariffs will raise input costs for American companies, strain profit margins, and disrupt supply chains with long-term inefficiencies even if the policy is reversed later,” said Professor Trilochan Tripathy of XLRI Jamshedpur while speaking to news agency PTI.

In the short term, American households are set to pay more for Indian goods they rely on.

Economists speaking to the US broadcaster CNN called it “sneakflation”, defining it as small, incremental price hikes that quietly eat into household budgets.

For lower-income Americans, already living paycheck to paycheck, such gradual increases mean tough choices: skipping groceries to pay utility bills or cutting back on healthcare to afford children’s clothes.

From toys and sporting goods to furniture and shrimp cocktails, tariff-driven inflation is expected to spread over the next year. The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta noted that both tariff-exposed and non-exposed US businesses plan to raise prices in 2025, raising fears of another inflationary impulse.

authorimg

Shankhyaneel Sarkar

Shankhyaneel Sarkar is a senior subeditor at News18. He covers international affairs, where he focuses on breaking news to in-depth analyses. He has over five years of experience during which he has covered sev…Read More

Shankhyaneel Sarkar is a senior subeditor at News18. He covers international affairs, where he focuses on breaking news to in-depth analyses. He has over five years of experience during which he has covered sev… Read More

News business Trump’s 50% Tariff On India To Leave Americans Paying More, Here’s What Gets Costlier
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

ITR Filing 2025: How To Download Form-16 And Why It’s Important Even For Non-Taxpayers | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Form-16 is a document detailing an individual’s salary, taxable income, and tax deducted. It can be downloaded conveniently from the TRACES portal

font
Employers are required to submit Form-16 by June 15 each year, with a fine of Rs 500 per day for non-compliance. (Representative/Shutterstock)

Employers are required to submit Form-16 by June 15 each year, with a fine of Rs 500 per day for non-compliance. (Representative/Shutterstock)

The deadline for filing Income Tax Returns (ITR) is nearing, and salaried employees preparing their ITR for the financial year 2024-25 must ensure they have Form-16. The Income Tax Department has extended this year’s filing deadline to September 15, 2025.

Form-16 is a document containing detailed information about an individual’s salary, taxable income, and tax deducted. It can be downloaded from the TRACES portal. The following is a guide on how to obtain Form-16 and key points to consider during the process

Two Parts Of Form-16

Form-16 consists of two parts. Part-A includes information about an individual’s salary and the tax deducted from it. Part-B details various components of the salary such as allowances, facilities, exemptions, and tax. This form is prepared based on the tax return (Form 24Q) filed quarterly by your employer on the TRACES portal.

Where To Get Form-16?

Downloading Form-16 is a straightforward process. Users must visit the TRACES website and log in using their user ID, password, and TAN number. After logging in, the download tab allows selection of the Form-16 option, which can be obtained for one or multiple PANs. The details of the authorised person and the receipt or token number of the TDS return for the fourth quarter must be entered, along with PAN and tax information for three employees. Once the download request is submitted, Form-16 is typically ready within 24 to 48 hours. The form is provided in .txt format and must be converted to PDF using TRACES’s PDF converter tool before being signed digitally or manually.

Important Points To Remember

Employers are required to submit Form-16 by June 15 each year, with a fine of Rs 500 per day for non-compliance. Employees receiving benefits such as car or house allowances must be provided Form 12BA along with Form-16, detailing these perks.

Individuals who have worked at multiple organizations within a year must obtain separate Form-16 from each employer and include them in their ITR. Form-16 serves as proof of income and is useful for financial processes like loan applications. It should be cross-checked with Form 26AS or the Annual Information Statement, and any discrepancies must be corrected promptly.

Why Is Form-16 Necessary For Non-Tax Payers?

Form-16 is essential even for individuals who do not pay tax, as it records their income and facilitates ITR filing. The document includes the certificate number, TRACES watermark, details of tax deducted and deposited each quarter, as well as the employee’s PAN and the employer’s TAN. It also outlines the salary provided by the company and any deductions claimed under sections 80C, 80D, or other applicable provisions.

News business ITR Filing 2025: How To Download Form-16 And Why It’s Important Even For Non-Taxpayers
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

‘This Is Business, Not Personal’: Dream11 CEO Harsh Jain Says Company Won’t Challenge Ban | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Dream11 has shut down all its paid gaming contests following the government’s recent ban on real-money gaming (RMG)

font
Dream11 CEO Harsh Jain. (Image via X/@harshjain85)

Dream11 CEO Harsh Jain. (Image via X/@harshjain85)

Harsh Jain, Co-founder and CEO of Dream Sports, has said that the company will not challenge the government’s ban on real-money gaming (RMG), stating that while the move has dealt a major blow to the industry, the company will continue to comply with the law.

Dream11, India’s largest fantasy sports platform and until recently the jersey sponsor of the Indian cricket team, shut down all its paid gaming contests after the Promotion and Regulation of Online Money Gaming Bill, 2025 was passed by both houses of Parliament last week.

“I don’t think this is personal. This is business, and the government has to make decisions for the country,” Jain said in an interview with Storyboard18, adding that Dream11, despite losing nearly 95% of its revenue due to the ban, respects the decisions made by lawmakers in a democracy.

“India is a democracy, and lawmakers decide what’s best. As a businessman, I want to protect my company and industry, but we’ve always been law-abiding,” he added.

He explained that while Dream11’s business model was constitutionally protected earlier, the company immediately complied with the new law even before the ban was formally signed. “And I can say clearly: Dream11 will not challenge this law in court,” he said.

When asked if the company was walking away from any legal fight, Jain Jain noted, “Not at all. It’s about respecting the law. When GST was raised, we complied without going to court, even though it hurt us. Similarly, today’s law prohibits RMG, so we won’t challenge it.”

“However, if someone tries to retroactively claim our past operations were illegal gambling, we will defend ourselves, because back then we were constitutionally protected,” the CEO clarified.

Meanwhile, following the passage of the bill, Dream11 also ended its sponsorship deal with the BCCI. On Monday, BCCI secretary Devajit Saikia confirmed the development, stating that the board “will not indulge with any such organisations” in future.

“BCCI and Dream 11 are discontinuing their relationship after the Promotion and Regulation of Online Gaming Bill, 2025, was passed. BCCI will ensure not to indulge with any such organisations ahead in future,” Saikia said.

authorimg

News Desk

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More

News business ‘This Is Business, Not Personal’: Dream11 CEO Harsh Jain Says Company Won’t Challenge Ban
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Will Gold Prices Rise Or Fall In September? Experts Share Key Predictions | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Experts warn there is no straightforward answer. Gold prices could stay volatile through September, with multiple global events pulling them in different directions

font
If the Fed cuts rates as expected, gold prices could edge up further. But if tariffs rise or inflation worsens, the Fed may hold off, potentially stabilising prices. (AI-generated image)

If the Fed cuts rates as expected, gold prices could edge up further. But if tariffs rise or inflation worsens, the Fed may hold off, potentially stabilising prices. (AI-generated image)

As September approaches, investors and buyers in the country are keeping a close watch on gold prices. With major global economic events lined up, especially the US Federal Reserve meeting on September 16-17, the big question is: Will gold get costlier, or are prices likely to cool down?

Gold has always been more than just a metal for Indians. It is a cultural symbol of wealth and security, something families invest in during weddings, festivals, and times of uncertainty. Globally, too, gold is viewed as a safe-haven asset, a fallback when markets turn volatile. So, when its prices fluctuate, it impacts everyone from large-scale investors to middle-class families planning to buy jewellery for Diwali.

Why September Matters For Gold Prices

The US Federal Reserve (Fed) meeting is the key event that traders are keenly watching. Experts say gold prices in the short term will depend on:

  • US economic data: Inflation, job growth, and economic recovery numbers.
  • Geopolitical factors: The Russia–Ukraine peace talks and global trade tensions.
  • Interest rate decisions: Any rate cut or delay by the Fed can directly influence gold prices.

Currently, gold prices (24-carat/ 10 gm) in Mumbai are Rs 1,01,637, Hyderabad around Rs 1,01,510, Delhi Rs 1,01,783, and Bengaluru Rs 1,01,625.  But analysts warn this could change quickly based on the Fed’s decisions.

What Experts Are Saying

Pratamesh Mallya, research analyst at Angel One, says there is growing optimism that the Fed will cut interest rates in September, with a second cut likely by the end of the year.

Such rate cuts often weaken the US dollar, making gold cheaper for investors holding other currencies, and this usually pushes gold demand and prices higher.

At the Jackson Hole Symposium, Fed Chair Jerome Powell hinted at the possibility of a rate cut but added a caveat: If US tariffs under the Donald Trump administration push domestic inflation higher, the Fed could delay the cut to avoid worsening price pressures.

Meanwhile, Manav Modi, a precious metals analyst at Motilal Oswal Financial Services, points out that global uncertainty—be it geopolitics or trade tariffs—means gold will continue to attract buyers looking for safety.

The Factors Driving Gold Prices

US Fed Decisions: A rate cut lowers the opportunity cost of holding gold, making it attractive.

Dollar Strength: A weaker dollar usually pushes gold prices higher.

Global Tensions: Wars, trade disputes, and sanctions often drive investors toward safe assets like gold.

Inflation: High inflation generally boosts gold demand as a hedge.

But experts warn there is no straightforward answer. Gold prices could stay volatile through September, with multiple global events pulling them in different directions.

What This Means For Indian Buyers

For Indian households planning to buy gold this festive season, analysts suggest keeping an eye on global cues before making big purchases.

If the Fed cuts rates as expected, gold prices could edge up further. But if tariffs rise or inflation worsens, the Fed may hold off, potentially stabilising prices.

In short, September will be a make-or-break month for gold investors.

authorimg

News Desk

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More

News business Will Gold Prices Rise Or Fall In September? Experts Share Key Predictions
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
img

Scan the QR code to download the News18 app and enjoy a seamless news experience anytime, anywhere

Digital Economy In India: ‘BharatNetra’ Fintech Hub Launched In Bhubaneswar To Boost Financial Tech | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Odisha will play a central role in making India a global economic leader, says Chief Minister Mohan Charan Majhi.

font
The hub has been launched by the Odisha government in collaboration with GFTN, National University of Singapore, and the Asian Institute of Digital Finance.

The hub has been launched by the Odisha government in collaboration with GFTN, National University of Singapore, and the Asian Institute of Digital Finance.

Odisha Chief Minister Mohan Charan Majhi has launched an Integrated Global Financial Technology Capability Hub, called the BharatNetra Initiative, in Bhubaneswar. Describing it as a transformative step that will shape the future of finance in Odisha, Majhi said it would strengthen India’s global leadership in the digital economy.

“Odisha will play a central role in making India a global economic leader,” he added.

The hub has been launched by the Odisha government in collaboration with Global Finance & Technology Network Singapore (GFTN), the National University of Singapore, and the Asian Institute of Digital Finance, according to an official statement.

Union Education Minister Dharmendra Pradhan, Odisha Electronics & IT Minister Mukesh Mahaling, and Global Finance & Technology Network (GFTN) CEO Sopnendu Mohanty were also present at the event.

Speaking on the occasion, Majhi said the initiative would skill more than 7,000 students across all 30 districts of Odisha. It will run certification programmes designed by the Asian Institute of Digital Finance at the National University of Singapore.

The chief minister said the collaboration had been forged during the historic visit of Singapore President Tharman Shanmugaratnam to Odisha in January this year.

Majhi added that the state would nurture start-ups and entrepreneurs by establishing a dedicated Centre of Excellence within the hub. In addition, the project will also establish a Global Capability Centre (GCC), which will act as a strong foundation for attracting global financial institutions and new investments into Odisha.

Highlighting efforts to improve digital infrastructure, Majhi announced that a cable landing station connecting Bhubaneswar to Singapore is being established.

Noting that Odisha is the first state to formulate an AI Policy, he said preparations are underway to launch a dedicated FinTech Policy and GCC Policy to attract global investments.

The CM further said that the initiative is aligned with the vision of the Prime Minister, who during his Independence Day speech this year had envisioned skilling three crore youth with an investment of ₹1 lakh crore. “Odisha is ready to contribute to this grand vision,” he remarked.

Underscoring the state’s talent pool, he said Odisha produces around 1.8 lakh graduates annually in engineering, polytechnics, and IT streams, along with skilled youth from 950 ITIs.

Emphasising the importance of research, Majhi noted that in addition to skilling, Odisha has established a Deep Neural Network Laboratory and other Centres of Excellence. “Our vision is to make Odisha the ‘Research Capital of the East’,” he underlined.

He also thanked the Prime Minister for central government approval of two semiconductor fabrication units in Odisha. “Semiconductors are the building blocks of the digital economy, and Odisha is proud to play a leadership role in this national mission,” he said.

On the occasion, Majhi launched the BharatNetra Hackathon website, and a GCC+ overall programme was also announced.

Union Education Minister Dharmendra Pradhan said Odisha’s vision aligns with India’s national priority of skilling youth for the global digital economy. “The BharatNetra Initiative will not only open pathways for employment and entrepreneurship but also strengthen India’s leadership in financial inclusion and innovation,” he added.

Odisha Minister for Electronics & IT, Dr Mukesh Mahaling, said the state is emerging as India’s innovation frontier, outpacing national growth and securing over $23 billion in new investments this year. “With progressive IT and AI policies, we are creating an ecosystem where advanced infrastructure, world-class talent, and start-up energy converge,” he added.

GFTN Group CEO Sopnendu Mohanty said: “The BharatNetra Initiative and the Integrated Global Financial Technology Capability Hub will redefine Odisha’s role as India’s strategic gateway to the Asia-Pacific financial technology corridor. This partnership with GFTN will empower talent, foster innovation, and connect Odisha to the world’s most dynamic financial ecosystems.”

It may be noted that the I-GFTCH in Odisha will focus on four pillars: Global Learning, Global Mindshare, Global Innovation, and Global Capability Hub — developed in partnership with Singapore-based GFTN.

Over the next five years, the initiative will equip 7,000 students across the state with critical skills in technology, regulation, and business for careers in financial technology.

The programme has already selected its first batch of 375 students from more than 3,800 applicants representing over 60 colleges across all districts of Odisha. The first batch is set to graduate by January 2026.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

News business Digital Economy In India: ‘BharatNetra’ Fintech Hub Launched In Bhubaneswar To Boost Financial Tech
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

India’s 28 Listed Realty Firms Sell Properties Worth Rs 53,000 Crore In April-June; Prestige Group Leads | Real Estate News

No Comments

Last Updated:

In terms of sales bookings, Bengaluru-based Prestige Estates Projects Ltd emerges as the leading listed player in the April-June quarter of FY26, with pre-sales of Rs 12,126 crore.

font
DLF Ltd, the country's biggest realty firm in terms of market capitalisation, stood at the second position, with pre-sales of Rs 11,425 crore, driven by the Gurugram luxury home market.

DLF Ltd, the country’s biggest realty firm in terms of market capitalisation, stood at the second position, with pre-sales of Rs 11,425 crore, driven by the Gurugram luxury home market.

India’s 28 listed real estate companies have together sold properties worth nearly Rs 53,000 crore in the April-June quarter, with Prestige Estates achieving the highest sales bookings. According to the data compiled from regulatory filings, the total combined sales bookings of these 28 listed realtors stood at Rs 52,842 crore in the first quarter of the current financial year.

In terms of sales bookings, Bengaluru-based Prestige Estates Projects Ltd emerged as the leading listed player in the April-June quarter of FY26, with pre-sales of Rs 12,126.4 crore.

DLF Ltd, the country’s biggest realty firm in terms of market capitalisation, stood at the second position, with pre-sales of Rs 11,425 crore, driven by the Gurugram luxury home market.

Mumbai-based Godrej Properties clocked sales bookings of Rs 7,082 crore, while Lodha Developers sold properties worth Rs 4,450 crore during the June quarter.

Delhi-NCR-based Signature Global achieved sales bookings of Rs 2,640 crore in the June quarter.

Notably, these top five developers contributed 71 per cent to the total combined sales bookings achieved by the 28 listed realty firms.

The bulk of these sales bookings pertained to residential properties, whose demand has surged post-COVID pandemic. Big branded real estate developers have benefited most from this strong revival, both in volume and value terms, in India’s housing market, as homebuyers have become risk-averse.

Among other listed players, Bengaluru-based Sobha Ltd and Delhi-based Omaxe Ltd sold properties worth Rs 2,079 crore and Rs 2,001 crore, respectively.

Mumbai-based Oberoi Realty Ltd and Kalpataru Ltd posted sales bookings of Rs 1,639 crore and Rs 1,249 crore, respectively.

Bengaluru-based Puravankara Ltd and Brigade Enterprises Ltd sold properties worth Rs 1,124 crore and Rs 1,118 crore, respectively.

Sales bookings of Mumbai-based Keystone Realtors, which markets under the Rustomjee brand, stood at Rs 1,068 crore.

In the below-Rs 1,000 crore pre-sales category, there were many players.

Mumbai-based Sunteck Realty sold properties worth Rs 657 crore, while Pune-based Kolte-Patil Developers Ltd clocked Rs 616 crore in pre-sales numbers.

Mahindra Lifespace sold properties worth Rs 449 crore, and Bengaluru-based Shriram Properties Ltd pre-sales stood at Rs 441 crore.

Sales bookings of Delhi-based Ashiana Housing Ltd were Rs 430.97 crore.

Mumbai-based Aditya Birla Real Estate Ltd and Raymond Realty Ltd reported pre-sales at Rs 422.5 crore and Rs 306 crore, respectively.

Delhi-NCR-based TARC Ltd sold properties worth Rs 225 crore, while Lucknow-based Eldeco Housing & Industries Ltd did Rs 221.11 crore worth pre-sales and Max Estates Ltd nearly Rs 220 crore.

Bengaluru-based Embassy Developments Ltd sold properties worth Rs 198 crore in the April-June period of this fiscal.

Ahmedabad-based Arvind Smartspaces Ltd’s sales bookings were Rs 175 crore.

Sales bookings of Mumbai-based Arihant Superstructures Ltd, Arkade Developers Ltd, Ajmera Realty & Infrastructure Ltd and Suraj Estate Developers Ltd stood at Rs 150.6 crore, Rs 142 crore, Rs 108 crore and Rs 81 crore, respectively.

Some of the listed players have not reported their sales bookings numbers, an important metric to evaluate their performances.

Revenue recognition of sales bookings achieved by these developers takes time, as it is linked to the completion of real estate projects.

Real estate developers, which are not listed on stock exchanges, generally do not report their quarterly and annual sales bookings.

During the 2024-25 financial year, the country’s 26 major listed real estate firms sold properties valuing Rs 1.62 lakh crore.

Godrej Properties Ltd was the largest player last fiscal in terms of sales bookings as it sold properties worth nearly Rs 30,000 crore.

(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)

News business » real-estate India’s 28 Listed Realty Firms Sell Properties Worth Rs 53,000 Crore In April-June; Prestige Group Leads
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Vikram Solar IPO Listing Price Prediction: Booked 54.63x, GMP Jumps Ahead Of Debut | Ipo News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Vikram Solar IPO saw 54.63 times subscription, listing on BSE and NSE expected at Rs 373 with a 12.35 percent premium. FY25 revenue rose 37 percent to Rs 3,459.53 crore.

font
News18

News18

Vikram Solar IPO GMP: The initial public offering of Vikram Solar Limited, a solar photovoltaic modules manufacturer, opened between August 19, 2025 to August 21, 2025. The mainboard issue received a total bids for 2,47,81,57,965 shares, against the offered shares of 4,53,61,650, reflecting a total subscription of 54.63 times.

The allotment of unlisted shares of Vikram Solar IPO was completed on Friday, August 22, 2025. Investors who have been allotted the lot/lots are looking forward to the listing on the BSE and NSE on Tuesday, August 26, 2025. Meanwhile, they are keenly watching the GMP of Vikram Solar IPO to gauge the expected listing.

Vikram Solar IPO Listing Price Prediction

Shares of Vikram Solar IPO are trading at Rs 373 apiece, over the cap of the price band of Rs 332 apiece. It reflects a GMP of Rs 41, with the expected listing at 12.35 per cent premium.

How To Check Allotment Status Of Vikram Solar IPO

Method 1: Through Registrar (MUFG Intime India Pvt. Ltd.)

  1. Visit the registrar’s website: MUFG Intime India IPO allotment page.

  2. Select Vikram Solar Limited from the dropdown list of IPOs.

  3. Choose one of the identification options:

    • PAN number

    • Application number

    • DP/Client ID (with NSDL/CDSL details)

  4. Enter the details correctly, fill the captcha, and click Submit.

  5. The allotment status will be displayed on the screen.


 Method 2: Through BSE Website

  1. Go to the BSE IPO Allotment page.

  2. Select Equity under issue type.

  3. From the dropdown, select Vikram Solar Limited.

  4. Enter your Application Number or PAN.

  5. Click Search to view your allotment status.

Vikram Solar IPO: More Info

The IPO is a combination of a fresh issue of 4.52 crore shares worth Rs 1,500 crore and an offer for sale (OFS) of 1.75 crore shares aggregating to Rs 579.37 crore. The price band has been fixed at Rs 315-332 per share, with a lot size of 45 shares. At the upper price band, the minimum investment for retail investors is Rs 14,940.

The company has already raised Rs 620.81 crore from anchor investors on August 18 by allotting 1.87 crore shares. Half of these will be under a 30-day lock-in, while the rest will be locked in for 90 days.

Proceeds from the fresh issue will be used to partially fund capital expenditure for Phase-I (Rs 769.73 crore) and Phase-II (Rs 595.21 crore) projects, besides meeting general corporate purposes. JM Financial is the book running lead manager, while MUFG Intime India Pvt. Ltd. is the registrar to the issue.

For FY25, the company reported a revenue of Rs 3,459.53 crore, up 37% year-on-year, while net profit surged 75% to Rs 139.83 crore. Post-issue, promoters’ holding will reduce from 77.64% to 63.11%.

With a market capitalization of about Rs 12,009 crore at the IPO price, Vikram Solar is betting big on India’s clean energy transition and rising demand for high-efficiency solar modules.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

News business » ipo Vikram Solar IPO Listing Price Prediction: Booked 54.63x, GMP Jumps Ahead Of Debut
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

India Office Leasing Up 40% In H1 2025; Bengaluru, Pune Lead | Real Estate News

No Comments

Last Updated:

India’s office real estate surged 40 percent in H1 2025, led by Bengaluru and Pune.

font
News18

News18

India’s commercial office real estate sector achieved exceptional growth in the first half of 2025, with net office leasing surging 40% year-on-year to 26.8 million square feet across the top 7 cities. Bengaluru maintained market leadership with 6.55 million square feet of absorption, while Pune emerged as the fastest-growing market with 188% growth.

Peush Jain, MD – Commercial Leasing & Advisory, ANAROCK Group, says, “New office supply increased 25% to 24.51 million square feet, creating balanced market dynamics. Vacancy rates improved marginally to 16.3%, and average rentals grew 4% to INR 88 per square foot per month. The IT-ITES sector dominated with 29% market share, followed by co-working spaces at 22%.”

Market fundamentals remain healthy, supported by Global Capability Centre expansion and sustained corporate confidence, positioning the sector for continued growth through 2025.

• Net Office Absorption: 26.8 million square feet in H1 2025, representing a robust 40% year-on-year increase from 19.08 Mn sq ft in H1 2024

• Top Markets: Bengaluru leads with 64% growth, Pune rockets 188% in office absorption & 533% in new supply

• New Office Supply: 24.51 Mn sq ft delivered in H1 2025, marking a 25% growth compared to 19.65 Mn sq ft in the previous year

• Average Office Rentals: INR 88/sq ft per month in H1 2025, reflecting a steady 4% increase and demonstrating stable pricing dynamics despite strong demand

• Office Vacancy: Dips to 16.3%, rentals rise 4% amid strong demand in India’s top cities

• Tech Sector:  Drives 29% of leasing share, co-working & BFSI also strong performers

• Market Vacancy Rate: 16.3% in H1 2025, showing marginal improvement from 16.7% in H1 2024, indicating healthy market equilibrium

• Large Transaction Dominance: 57% of all office deals exceeded 0.1 Mn sq ft, up from 52% in H1 2024, reflecting corporate preference for larger consolidated spaces

• Global Capability Centres: GCCs drove office demand in H1 2025, leasing 5.45 Mn sq ft in Bengaluru, 2.81 Mn sq ft in NCR, 2.77 Mn sq ft in Pune, 0.95 Mn sq ft in Chennai, and 1.93 Mn sq ft in Hyderabad

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

RBI Invites Bids To Sell Three Lonavala Bungalows At Base Price Of Rs 6.55 Crore | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Reserve Bank of India is selling three Lonavala bungalows near Lonavala Lake for Rs 6.55 crore, with bids open until September 9, 2025, managed by Cushman and Wakefield India.

font
Representative Image. (AI Generated)

Representative Image. (AI Generated)

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has put three bungalows in Lonavala up for sale, inviting bids at a base price of Rs 6.55 crore. Situated close to the scenic Lonavala Lake, the ground-plus-one structures were earlier used by the RBI as holiday homes for its staff.

According to the tender document, the properties will be sold on an ‘as is, where is’ basis. The three bungalows are on a freehold land on a plot measuring over 3,800 sq meters.

As per the tender notice issued on August 18, 2025, the bungalows can be inspected until September 8, 2025, while the deadline for submitting bids is September 9, 2025.

The RBI has kept the reserve price for the three bungalows at Rs 6.55 crore and an earnest money deposit (EMD) for submission along with the bids at Rs 10 lakh, the Hindustan Times reported.

The tender notice noted that the prospective buyers will be responsible for clearing all pending taxes with the local authorities.

According to sources, the RBI wants to sell the bungalow to liquidate its assets.

In the tender notice, the RBI stated that it has appointed property consultant Cushman and Wakefield India to conduct and manage the sale process through sealed offer bidding.

Lonavala, a hill station located 100 km from Mumbai and 60 km from Pune, is one of the most frequented hill stations during the weekends, especially during the monsoon and winter.

Lonavala is largely known as a second-home destination, attracting buyers interested in villas, farmhouses, and bungalows. Most second-home investors in the area come from Mumbai, Pune, and Gujarat, while many Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) have also purchased properties there.

Local brokers say villa prices in Lonavala can exceed Rs 15,000 per sq ft, with 3–4 BHK villas and serviced apartments typically priced upwards of Rs 2–3 crore. The gross rental yield in the area is estimated at around 10%–15%.

News business RBI Invites Bids To Sell Three Lonavala Bungalows At Base Price Of Rs 6.55 Crore
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Who Is Avadhut Sathe? Sebi Raids Finfluencer’s Trading Academy Over ‘Illegal Gains’ Of Rs 500 Crore | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Avadhut Sathe is a financial influencer and trading educator known for his flamboyant teaching methods — dancing mid-lecture, using giant charts, and motivational sessions.

font
Avadhut Sathe.

Avadhut Sathe.

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Sebi) conducted a meticulously planned two-day raid on Pune-based financial influencer Avadhut Sathe’s Karjat-based academy from August 20 to 21, according to Business Standard. The operation, led by a deputy general manager and supported by prior court permissions and reconnaissance, resulted in the confiscation of digital devices, trading records, and other materials for forensic analysis.

Sathe has come under Sebi’s lens due to unregistered advisory services, according to NDTV Profit citing sources. It added that illegal gains from his operations is likely to be in the range of Rs 400-500 crore

This move is part of a broader Sebi crackdown on unregistered “finfluencers” providing investment advice under the guise of education, and potentially engaging in manipulative practices such as promoting penny stocks.

Sebi has emphasised that giving stock recommendations or guaranteed returns without proper registration is strictly prohibited — even under educational pretences.

Who Is Avadhut Sathe?

Avadhut Sathe is a financial influencer and trading educator known for his flamboyant teaching methods — dancing mid-lecture, using giant charts, and delivering motivational stock market sessions. He heads the Avadhut Sathe Trading Academy (ASTA) and commands a strong retail following through his YouTube channel with over 900,000 subscribers.

Sathe claims to have three decades of trading experience and has turned his ASTA programmes into a national training network.

ASTA did not just stop at training. Sathe also advised students on penny stocks and provided other tips over private WhatsApp groups, according to Moneycontrol.

Sathe’s dramatic rise — marked by theatrical teaching, live stock market sessions, and motivational coaching — had earned him popularity but also regulatory attention. Sebi’s intensified oversight reflects increasing concern about retail investors being misled by unregulated influencers.

Avadhut Sathe Case: All You Need To Know

The operation was meticulously planned, with Sebi securing court approvals beforehand and conducting surveillance to track activity patterns. Authorities seized digital devices, trading records, and other relevant data for forensic examination, according to sources cited by Moneycontrol.

Although Sebi has not publicly named anyone, Kamlesh Chandra Varshney, Sebi’s whole-time member, confirmed at a FICCI event that the regulator had executed “a major search operation targeting a prominent figure in this industry.” He said the action is part of Sebi’s ongoing efforts to crack down on market influencers who mislead retail investors under the pretext of education.

Varshney highlighted that promising guaranteed returns, providing trading calls in classroom settings, and using live trading data without proper Sebi registration is illegal, as reported by CNBC-TV18. He added that the regulator is stepping up enforcement against such practices.

Media reports indicate that Sebi is also investigating claims that some trading academies may be colluding with market operators to manipulate penny stocks, with influencers allegedly promoting these low-value shares during training sessions to artificially boost prices.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

News business » markets Who Is Avadhut Sathe? Sebi Raids Finfluencer’s Trading Academy Over ‘Illegal Gains’ Of Rs 500 Crore
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Kenstar Launches India’s First 5-Star Rated Energy-Efficient Coolers, Prices Start At Rs 6,000 | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Kenstar launched India’s first 5 Star BEE-rated air coolers, offering up to 35 percent energy savings and a five-year warranty, aiming for 45 percent growth.

font
Kenstar Bets on Efficiency: New Range of 5-Star Coolers Promises 30–35% Power Savings

Kenstar Bets on Efficiency: New Range of 5-Star Coolers Promises 30–35% Power Savings

Kenstar, the consumer appliances manufacturer, has launched India’s first range of 5-star BEE-rated energy-efficient air coolers. The new range was unveiled on Thursday in Gurugram, Haryana, where the company’s headquarters is located.

The line-up is designed to cater to diverse customer segments, with prices starting at Rs 6,000 for entry-level models and going up to Rs 20,000 for premium variants.

Under the ‘Power of 5’, these coolers come with BLDC Maxx Technology, Quadra Flow Technology for powerful air delivery, Hydro Dense Mesh Honeycomb Cooling Pads for better cooling and durability, and a Heavy Duty Double Ball Bearing Motor for long-lasting performance.

This new range of air coolers offers the perfect blend of energy savings and modern technology, giving customers superior cooling while also reducing electricity bills.

Speaking at the launch event, Sunil Jain, CEO of Kenstar, explained the timing of the launch despite the summer season being over. “Generally, coolers are a summer product, but for us July to December is crucial. Nearly 50% of our annual sales come during this period. That is why we start production in July and introduce new technology and product ranges in the market,” he said.

“This new range of coolers, which are energy efficient laced with cutting-edge technology, can cut down the customers’ electricity bills by 30-35 per cent in comparison to normal coolers,” said Jain during the conversation.

In addition to the efficiency upgrades, Kenstar is offering an industry-first five-year warranty on motors and pumps, the core components of a cooler. “The motor and pump are the heart of a cooler. With this warranty, consumers can enjoy peace of mind and reliability for five years,” Jain noted.

Kenstar has set an ambitious 45 per cent growth target for FY2025-26 with the existing products and the new energy-efficient range.

“The new range gives consumers not only cost savings but also a quality-oriented product. Our mantra is clear—quality with affordability,” said Jain.

Santosh Bhamre, National Sales Head of Kenstar.

Moreover, the company has already started taking bookings for the new range of energy-efficient coolers from July. “I am happy to share that we have already received bookings equal to 50% of what we sold in the entire last year,” he said.

At the event, Santosh Bhamre, National Sales Head at Kenstar, explained that affordability will not compromise efficiency. “Whether it is the entry-level model or the higher-end one, every product in this range carries the 5-star BEE rating,” he said.

On concerns about misleading claims of energy savings in the market, Bhamre stressed Kenstar’s credibility. “Some gimmicks do exist, but what we are saying translates into real benefits for customers. With BLDC Maxx technology, our coolers deliver up to 60% energy savings compared to regular coolers. And with the newly launched 5-star rated coolers, consumers can immediately save around 30% on electricity bills compared to non-rated models,” he said.

New range of coolers pricing starting from Rs 6000.

He further added that the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), a Government of India body, independently certifies these ratings. “When you see a BEE 5-star label, you can trust that the product delivers the promised efficiency,” Bhamre noted.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
News business Kenstar Launches India’s First 5-Star Rated Energy-Efficient Coolers, Prices Start At Rs 6,000
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Checking Zero At Petrol Pumps Isn’t Enough, The Real Game Lies In The Density Meter | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

During refuelling, both the meter reading and fuel density should be monitored. Density updates occur in the morning, and values outside the standard range must be questioned

font
Petrol pump employees sometimes alter the density while customers are distracted, leaving them unaware of the tampering. (Representative/PTI)

Petrol pump employees sometimes alter the density while customers are distracted, leaving them unaware of the tampering. (Representative/PTI)

Many motorists who commute daily to work or the market by car or bike are familiar with the routine of refuelling at petrol pumps. After requesting petrol or diesel from the pump attendant, they see a zero on the meter and are reassured that everything is in order. However, this assurance often masks a deeper issue. Fraud at petrol pumps is more common than one might think.

Zero On The Meter Isn’t Enough

Merely seeing zero on the meter is insufficient. The real trick lies in the density meter, an aspect that many customers overlook. Density indicates the purity of the fuel, revealing whether the petrol or diesel being dispensed into the vehicle is adulterated.

Petrol pump machines have screens displaying data on price, quantity, and density. Yet, attendants usually only ask customers to check the zero, rarely advising them to pay attention to the density. This is where fraud can occur.

What Is Petrol Density

Density refers to the thickness or purity of the fuel. The government has established standards for this: petrol should have a density of 730 to 800 kg per cubic metre, and diesel should have a density of 830 to 900 kg per cubic metre. Deviations from these ranges may indicate adulteration, which can affect both finances and the vehicle’s engine. Employees sometimes alter the density while customers are distracted, leaving them unaware of the tampering.

Additional Precautions When Refuelling

While refuelling, it is important to monitor both the meter reading and the fuel’s density. Petrol pumps update density early in the morning as prices fluctuate daily. If the density falls outside the specified range, it should be questioned immediately. Even with stable petrol and diesel prices, vigilance can prevent financial loss. Attendants can be asked to check the density, and if there is doubt, the pump manager can be consulted.

This small step helps protect both the vehicle’s health and finances. Simply checking the meter is not enough; verifying the fuel density ensures that money is not wasted.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
News business Checking Zero At Petrol Pumps Isn’t Enough, The Real Game Lies In The Density Meter
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

What Is The Jackson Hole Conference And Why Did Indian IT Stocks Jump Just Before It? | Explained | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Jackson Hole Conference, formally known as the Jackson Hole Economic Symposium, has been organised annually since 1978 by the Kansas City Federal Reserve

font
Infosys, TCS and Mphasis saw gains up to 4% in a single day.

Infosys, TCS and Mphasis saw gains up to 4% in a single day.

Indian IT stocks, which had been sluggish for much of the past year, suddenly lit up the markets on Wednesday, August 20. Leading players such as Infosys, TCS and Mphasis rallied sharply, with gains of up to 4% in a single day. The unexpected surge left many investors asking, what changed so suddenly for a sector that had been under pressure for months?

The trigger lies not in Bengaluru or Mumbai, but in a quiet valley thousands of miles away in Jackson Hole, Wyoming, in the United States. The annual Jackson Hole Economic Symposium, a meeting of the world’s top central bankers, economists and policymakers, has begun there this week. And the expectations from this gathering have fueled a wave of optimism for IT companies.

IT Stocks That Gained The Most

On Wednesday, the Nifty IT index posted its sharpest single-day jump in months, rising 2 percent. Here’s how the majors performed:

  • Infosys rose 3.90% to Rs 1,496.20
  • TCS gained 2.73% to Rs 3,098.60
  • Coforge surged 3.37% to Rs 1,708.40
  • Mphasis added 3.39% to Rs 2,835.50
  • Persistent Systems climbed 2.07% to Rs 5,345.00
  • Tech Mahindra, HCL Tech, Wipro, LTIMindtree and Oracle Financial Services also ended in the green.

Why Does Jackson Hole Matter?

The Jackson Hole Conference, formally known as the Jackson Hole Economic Symposium, has been organised annually since 1978 by the Kansas City Federal Reserve. For global markets, it has become one of the most closely watched events of the year. What makes it influential is the keynote address by the US Federal Reserve Chair, currently Jerome Powell.

Every word of the Fed Chair’s speech is dissected by investors, as it often signals the direction of interest rates in the world’s largest economy. Lower US interest rates mean cheaper borrowing costs for American companies, which in turn boost spending on outsourcing and technology services, a direct advantage for Indian IT exporters who earn the bulk of their revenues from US clients.

Powell is scheduled to speak on August 22 at this year’s symposium, which runs from August 21 to 23. Markets are already betting that the Fed will cut interest rates by 0.25% in September. That expectation alone has been enough to send Indian IT stocks rallying ahead of the event.

Historically, whenever the Fed has lowered rates, sectors such as technology and pharmaceuticals have seen the sharpest gains. With IT valuations having cooled off over the past year, many stocks were already looking attractive, and the Jackson Hole factor gave investors the final push.

Just on August 20, the IT index jumped 2 percent, its strongest showing in several months. Despite the optimism, nothing is guaranteed. If Powell signals that inflation remains high or that the US job market is still too strong, the Fed may delay any rate cut. A cautious or data-dependent tone could also keep markets on edge, leaving investors in a wait-and-watch mode.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
News business What Is The Jackson Hole Conference And Why Did Indian IT Stocks Jump Just Before It? | Explained
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

EPFO Records Highest-Ever Net Addition Of 21.9 Lakh Members In June 2025; Details Here | Economy News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The jump in new subscribers is due to growing job opportunities, more awareness of employee benefits, and EPFO’s outreach programmes, says the labour and employment ministry.

font
EPFO enrolled 10.62 lakh new members in June, a 12.68% month-on-month increase and a 3.61% rise year-on-year.

EPFO enrolled 10.62 lakh new members in June, a 12.68% month-on-month increase and a 3.61% rise year-on-year.

The Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO) registered its highest-ever net addition of 21.89 lakh members in June 2025, marking the strongest payroll growth since the retirement fund body began releasing such data in April 2018, according to an official statement.

The June figure reflects a 9.14% increase in net payroll additions compared to May 2025 and a 13.46% rise year-on-year from June 2024, underscoring rising employment opportunities and growing awareness of employee benefits, said the Ministry of Labour & Employment in the statement.

Surge in New Subscribers

EPFO enrolled around 10.62 lakh new subscribers in June 2025, representing a 12.68% increase over May 2025 and a growth of 3.61% compared to June 2024, it said.

“This increase in new subscribers can be attributed to growing employment opportunities, increased awareness of employee benefits, and EPFO’s successful outreach programs,” according to the statement.

A majority of these new subscribers were young entrants, with the 18-25 age group contributing 6.39 lakh new members, or 60.2% of total enrolments. Net payroll addition in this age bracket reached 9.72 lakh, reflecting an 11.41% increase over May 2025 and a 12.15% rise from June 2024, highlighting the entry of first-time job seekers into the organised workforce.

Rejoining Members and Female Participation

Around 16.93 lakh members, who had exited earlier, re-joined EPFO in June 2025, a 5.09% increase from May 2025 and a sharp 19.65% jump from June 2024, according to the latest data.

“These members switched their jobs and re-joined the establishments covered under the ambit of EPFO and opted to transfer their accumulations instead of applying for final settlement thus safeguarding long-term financial well-being and extending their social security protection,” the ministry said.

Female participation also showed strong momentum. EPFO added 3.02 lakh new female subscribers in June, a 14.92% increase over May. Net female payroll additions stood at 4.72 lakh, marking a 10.29% year-on-year rise, reflecting a broader shift towards an inclusive workforce.

State and Industry Trends

Maharashtra led the state-wise tally, accounting for 20% of net payroll additions. Along with Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Gujarat, Haryana, Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, and Telangana, these states together contributed 61.5% of the total additions in June.

Sub-Classification of Expert Services Net Payroll (June 2025)
Expert Services (Not Classified) 1,26,903
Manpower Suppliers 4,73,277
Miscellaneous Activities 1,30,925
Normal Contractors 90,104
Security Services 1,01,241
Total 9,22,450

On an industry basis, establishments engaged in schools, construction, engineering, trading, financing, and expert services recorded significant growth. The expert services category—which includes manpower suppliers, contractors, and security services—accounted for 42.1% of the total net membership addition, with manpower suppliers alone contributing nearly half.

Continuous Update of Payroll Data

EPFO noted that the payroll data is provisional, as records are continuously updated with late filings, modifications, and exit declarations. Since April 2018, EPFO has been publishing monthly payroll data, covering membership trends from September 2017 onwards.

With June 2025 setting a new benchmark in member additions, the trend points to robust formal job creation and deeper penetration of social security coverage across India’s workforce.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
News business » economy EPFO Records Highest-Ever Net Addition Of 21.9 Lakh Members In June 2025; Details Here
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

8,700% Jump In Hours: Little-Known Australian Stock Turns Market Into A Gold Rush | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Analysts calculated that an investment of around $11,000 at the start of the rally would have been worth close to $1 million by the end of the day

font
Kaili Resources’ stock surged from 36 cents to a peak of $3.18, hitting its highest level in 52 weeks.

Kaili Resources’ stock surged from 36 cents to a peak of $3.18, hitting its highest level in 52 weeks.

Investors and market watchers were left stunned on Monday after a little-known Australian mining company, Kaili Resources, saw its stock price explode by an unprecedented 8,700% in a single trading session. The rally was so dramatic that the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) was forced to halt trading in the company’s shares to contain the frenzy.

According to market data, Kaili Resources’ stock surged from 36 cents to a peak of $3.18, hitting its highest level in 52 weeks. For perspective, the company’s 52-week low had been just $0.006, making Monday’s performance one of the most extraordinary price swings in the exchange’s recent history.

The sudden boom instantly turned modest investments into staggering sums. Analysts calculated that an investment of around $11,000 at the start of the rally would have been worth close to $1 million by the end of the day.

The trigger behind the meteoric rise was an announcement made on August 15, in which Kaili Resources confirmed it had secured government approval to drill for rare earth minerals in South Australia’s limestone coast region. The company plans to carry out exploration across three separate sites. Rare earth metals, crucial in the manufacture of high-end technology and electric vehicles, have been in rising demand globally, making the announcement a magnet for investors.

The surge, however, raised immediate concerns about speculative trading. On August 18, the company itself wrote to the exchange requesting a suspension of its stock, citing the need to issue a formal clarification over the unusual trading activity. ASX later confirmed that trading would remain suspended until Wednesday, August 20, 2025.

Market experts have cautioned that while such eye-popping returns draw headlines, the risks in sudden spikes are equally steep. “When a stock multiplies this fast without fundamental financial backing, it often attracts speculative bubbles that can burst quickly,” one analyst told Australian media.

For now, Kaili Resources’ overnight transformation has become one of the most talked-about stories in Australia’s financial markets, sparking both excitement and unease among investors worldwide.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
News business 8,700% Jump In Hours: Little-Known Australian Stock Turns Market Into A Gold Rush
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Patel Retail IPO Opens Today: Issue Booked 6x So Far, Check Latest GMP, Price Band & More; Should You Subscribe? | Ipo News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Patel Retail IPO GMP: Patel Retail IPO opens today, August 19, aiming to raise Rs 242.76 crore. The issue closes on August 21, 2025.

font
Founded in 2008, Patel Retail operates a chain of supermarkets under the brand “Patel’s R Mart,” largely in tier-III cities and suburban Maharashtra.

Founded in 2008, Patel Retail operates a chain of supermarkets under the brand “Patel’s R Mart,” largely in tier-III cities and suburban Maharashtra.

Patel Retail IPO GMP Today: Patel Retail IPO opens today, August 19 for a three-day subscription. The mainboard issue is aiming to raise Rs 242.76 crore through a mix of fresh equity issuance and an offer for sale (OFS). The issue will close on August 21, 2025.

The IPO proceeds will be used for debt repayment (Rs 59 crore), working capital needs (Rs 115 crore), and general corporate purposes.

Patel Retail IPO witnessed a strong response from investors on the first day of bidding, with the issue subscribed 6.19 times overall till 4:30 pm. In total, against 78.15 lakh shares on offer, Patel Retail IPO received bids for 4.83 crore shares.

Patel Retail IPO Price Band

The IPO comprises a fresh issue of 0.85 crore shares worth Rs 217.21 crore and an OFS of 0.10 crore shares worth Rs 25.55 crore. The price band is fixed at Rs 237 to Rs 255 per share, with a face value of Rs 10. The minimum lot size is 58 shares, requiring a retail investment of Rs 13,746. For high-net-worth investors, the lot size stands at 14 lots (812 shares) for sNII and 68 lots (3,944 shares) for bNII.

Fedex Securities Pvt Ltd is acting as the book-running lead manager, while Bigshare Services Pvt Ltd is the registrar.

The company’s shares are proposed to be listed on both BSE and NSE with a tentative listing date of August 26, 2025.

Patel Retail IPO Reservation

Out of the total issue, 44.76% is reserved for retail investors, 29.84% for QIBs, 24.87% for NIIs, and 0.54% for employees, who also enjoy a Rs 20 discount per share.

Patel Retail Financials

Founded in 2008, Patel Retail operates a chain of supermarkets under the brand “Patel’s R Mart,” largely in tier-III cities and suburban Maharashtra. As of May 2025, the company runs 43 stores across Thane and Raigad districts, with a total retail space of about 1.78 lakh sq. ft.

Financially, the company reported a revenue of Rs 825.99 crore in FY25, with a 12% rise in net profit to Rs 25.28 crore from the previous year.

Patel Retail IPO: Should You Subscribe?

Anand Rathi in its report said: 

Patel Retail Limited, headquartered in Ambernath, Maharashtra, is a value retail supermarket chain operating under the brand Patel’s R Mart, with 43 stores across Thane and Raigad and a retail space of about 1.79 lakh sq. ft. Incorporated in 2008, the company has expanded into nonretail operations, including food processing, packaging, exports, and trading, offering products under in-house brands such as Patel Fresh, Indian Chaska, Blue Nation, and Patel Essentials.

They aim to strengthen their retail presence in Maharashtra by deepening market penetration and expanding their store network. Their stores are spread across 17 cities and suburban areas in the Thane and Raigad districts of Maharashtra. Following a cluster-focused expansion strategy, they plan to strengthen their presence in the western suburbs of the MMR, including Mira Road, Bhayander, Virar, and Vasai, as well as expand into the municipal region of Pune, Maharashtra.

At the upper price band, the company is valued at a FY25 P/E of 33.6x, with a post-issue market capitalization of Rs 8,504 million. Each retail store offers over 10,000 SKUs, and the company’s strategy focuses on providing a wide product range at value-for-money prices with strong customer service, sustaining competitiveness through everyday low prices driven by efficient procurement, supply, and operations. Based on these factors, the IPO appears fully priced, with a “SUBSCRIBE – LONG TERM” recommendation.

Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.
News business » ipo Patel Retail IPO Opens Today: Issue Booked 6x So Far, Check Latest GMP, Price Band & More; Should You Subscribe?
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Dwarka Expressway Pushes 3BHK Prices From Rs 1.8 Crore To Rs 4 Crore In 4 Years | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Easy access to Delhi’s IGI Airport, plus connectivity to Cyber City, Udyog Vihar, and the Delhi-Mumbai Expressway, makes the area highly attractive to investors

Experts attribute this price surge to the excellent connectivity provided by the Dwarka Expressway. (PTI/File)

Experts attribute this price surge to the excellent connectivity provided by the Dwarka Expressway. (PTI/File)

Prime Minister Narendra Modi inaugurated the Delhi section of the Dwarka Expressway and Urban Extension Road-II (UER-II) on Sunday. These projects are expected to significantly reduce traffic congestion in the national capital and enhance connectivity with neighbouring cities. The Haryana section of the Dwarka Expressway is already operational.

Since the announcement of the Dwarka Expressway construction, property prices in the surrounding areas have surged and show no signs of slowing. Over the past four years, property values around the expressway have nearly doubled, with experts predicting a further 15-20% increase over the next two years. According to a study by PropEquity, the launch price on the Dwarka Expressway has risen from Rs 9,434 per square foot in 2020 to Rs 18,668 per square foot in 2024.

Similarly, the price of a standard 3BHK flat has escalated from Rs 1.8 crore in 2022 to between Rs 2.6 crore and Rs 4 crore this year.

Experts attribute this price surge to the excellent connectivity provided by the expressway. The easy access to Delhi’s IGI Airport, and connectivity to major economic centres like Cyber City and Udyog Vihar, along with a direct link to the Delhi-Mumbai Expressway, have made this area highly attractive to investors.

Property Demand Set To Rise

Navdeep Sardana, founder of real estate company Whiteland Corporation, describes the Dwarka Expressway as the most promising corridor of the NCR. The direct connectivity of Gurugram, Sonipat, and Panipat with UER-II is expected to create substantial opportunities for investors, with a rapid increase in demand for high-quality residential and commercial projects.

Pradeep Aggarwal, founder and chairman of Signature Global (India) Ltd, notes that property prices around the expressway have doubled in the past five years, driven by infrastructure that supports large-scale residential and retail development and connects to economic hubs like Cyber City.

Rising Demand For Commercial Projects

Other experts suggest the area’s development will extend beyond residential projects, with large-scale logistics hubs, retail spaces, and office developments emerging rapidly. Surinder Singh, director of GLS Group, highlights that the reduced travel time between Gurugram and IGI Airport, now just 20 minutes, and the direct link to the Delhi-Mumbai Expressway will make this area a prime location for corporates, retail companies, and service industries.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.

view comments

News business Dwarka Expressway Pushes 3BHK Prices From Rs 1.8 Crore To Rs 4 Crore In 4 Years
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Why Did Stock Market Rise Today? Know Key Factors Behind Sensex, Nifty Rally On August 18 | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Indian stock market witnesses a major rally in auto and consumer goods stocks, including Ashok Leyland, Voltas, Hyundai Motor India, Hero MotoCorp, and Maruti Suzuki.

The rally in the Indian stock market comes amid firm domestic signals and steady global trends.

The rally in the Indian stock market comes amid firm domestic signals and steady global trends.

The domestic equity markets on Monday started the week on a bullish note, with the BSE Sensex surging by 676.09 points or 0.84% to settle at 81,273.75 and the NSE Nifty jumping 245.65 points or 1% to close at 24,876.95. The rally in the Indian stock market came amid firm domestic signals and steady global trends.

The stock market witnessed a major rally in auto and consumer goods stocks, including Ashok Leyland, Voltas, Hyundai Motor India, Hero MotoCorp, Maruti Suzuki, and PG Electroplast.

On Nifty indices, the auto sector was up 4.18%, followed by consumer durables (3.38%), realty (2.17%), financial services (2.11%), metal (1.86%), and FMCG (1.19%).

Key Factors Behind Stock Market Rally Today

PM Modi’s Announcement On GST Reforms: Prime Minister Narendra Modi in his Independence Day Speech during the weekend announced a major overhaul in the Goods and Services Tax (GST) structure. Though he did not announce any details, reports said the Centre is considering scrapping the current 12% and 28% GST slabs, realigning most items into the 5% and 18% categories. Certain sin or luxury goods may be placed in a new 40% bracket.

The Centre is reportedly expected to lower the GST on passenger vehicles (PVs) and two-wheelers, enhancing their affordability quotient.

S&P Global’s Rating Upgrade On India: US-based rating agency S&P Global has upgraded India’s sovereign rating to ‘BBB’ after more than 18 years, citing strong economic fundamentals that are likely to support growth in the next two to three years. It also pointed out that monetary policy has become “increasingly conducive to managing inflationary expectations”.

A day after, it also upgraded the ratings of India’s 10 financial institutions, including seven Indian banks (SBI, ICICI Bank, HDFC Bank, Axis Bank, Kotak Mahindra Bank, Union Bank of India, and Indian Bank) and three finance companies (Bajaj Finance, Tata Capital, and L&T Finance).

Positive Developments On Russia-Ukraine Issue: US President Donald Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin met during the weekend in Alaska to discuss the Ukraine issue. Though the meeting remained inconclusive, India welcomed the Trump-Putin summit and said “India appreciates the progress made in the summit”.

The outcome of today’s meeting at the White House between Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky for finding a solution to the Russia-Ukraine conflict will be keenly watched by the market

Lower Crude Oil Prices: Oil prices on Monday struggled as US President Donald Trump backed away from threats to place more restrictions on Russian oil exports. Brent dropped 0.2% to $65.74 a barrel, while US crude eased 0.1% to $62.76 per barrel.

Positive Global Markets: Share markets edged higher in Asia on Monday ahead of what is likely to be an eventful week for US interest rate policy, while oil prices slipped as risks to Russian supplies seemed to fade a little. A general risk-on mood saw indices in Japan and Taiwan make record peaks, while Chinese blue chips reached their highest in 10 months.

Shares across the Asia-Pacific region traded mixed as investors assessed the outcome of the US-Russia summit, which ended without a ceasefire. Japan’s Nikkei 225 climbed 0.62 per cent, while the Topix index was up 0.42 per cent. South Korea’s Kospi slipped 1.06 per cent and the Kosdaq shed 1.44 per cent. Futures linked to Hong Kong’s Hang Seng index were at 25,214, suggesting a firm opening.

US Softens Stance On Tariffs: The Indian stock market remained positive on Monday after US President Donald Trump signalled that Washington may not impose secondary tariffs on countries continuing to buy Russian crude, easing concerns of a potential hit to India.

Rupee Gains: The rupee rose 20 paise to 87.39 against the US dollar in early trade, tracking firm domestic equities. It had closed at 87.59 in the previous session.

“There are strong tailwinds for the market with potential to take it higher. Declarations by the prime minister on the next major reforms in GST by Diwali, is a big positive. The expectation is that most of the goods and services will be in the 5% and 18% tax slabs. Sectors like autos and cement which are presently in the 28% tax slabs are expected to benefit. TVS Motors, Hero, Eicher, M&M and Maruti are likely to respond positively to the news. Insurance companies are also expected to benefit from the GST revision,” V K Vijayakumar, chief investment strategist of Geojit Investments Limited, said.

S&P 500 upgrading India’s sovereign credit rating is another major positive. But, the market ignored this announcement since the negative news flows are also strong. India-US trade talks are unlikely to happen before August 27th deadline. The ‘Trump Sword’ of 50% tariff dangling on India will restrain the market enthusiasm which can be triggered by the positive news mentioned earlier. The outcome of today’s meeting at the White House for finding a solution to the Russia-Ukraine conflict will be keenly watched by the market, he added, he added.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.

view comments

News business » markets Why Did Stock Market Rise Today? Know Key Factors Behind Sensex, Nifty Rally On August 18
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

State Finance Minister Panels To Discuss GST Rationalisation At Meeting On August 20-21 | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

PM Narendra Modi said the revised GST framework proposed by the Centre has been circulated among states. He sought their cooperation to implement the proposal before Diwali

PM Narendra Modi had announced the proposal to reform the GST law during his Independence Day speech on August 15 from the ramparts of the Red Fort. (Image for representation: News18)

PM Narendra Modi had announced the proposal to reform the GST law during his Independence Day speech on August 15 from the ramparts of the Red Fort. (Image for representation: News18)

The three panels of state finance ministers will meet on August 20 and 21 to review the draft of the next-generation GST reforms, including proposals to rationalise the tax structure.

The panels, called the Groups of Ministers (GoM), have been set up by the Goods and Services Tax (GST) Council to look into rate rationalisation, insurance, and compensation cess.  

Prime Minister Narendra Modi on Sunday said the revised GST framework proposed by the Centre has been circulated among states. He sought their cooperation to implement the proposal before Diwali.

According to a report by Money Control, the recommendations of the three GoMs will be taken to the GST Council, which is expected to meet next month to deliberate on the tax reform proposal.

WHAT DOES THE REVISED GST FRAMEWORK PROPOSE?

Modi had announced the proposal to reform the GST law during his Independence Day speech on August 15 from the ramparts of the Red Fort.

The present GST tax rates of nil/zero on essential food items, 5 percent on daily use products, 12 percent on standard goods, 18 percent on electronics and services and 28 percent on luxury and sin goods will be replaced by two tax slabs of 5 percent and 18 percent plus a special 40 percent top bracket for five to seven demerit goods.

Here’s what the proposed two-slab regime looks like:

  • If approved by the GST Council, the two-slab regime will replace the current four slabs doing away with the 12% and 28% slabs.
  • As many as 99% of items in the 12% category, such as butter, fruit juices and dry fruits, will move to a 5% tax rate.
  • Similarly, electronic items like air-conditioners, televisions, refrigerators, and washing machines, as well as other goods like cement, will be among the 90% of the items that will move from 28% to a lower 18% slab.
  • According to highly placed sources, a special tax rate of 40% — the maximum rate allowed under the GST law — will be charged for demerit and sin goods like tobacco, gutka, and pan masala, as well as online gaming.
  • About 20% of items, including packaged food and beverages, apparel and hotel accommodation, are currently taxed at 12% GST and account for 5% to 10% of consumption and 5% to 6% GST revenue. Moving them to a lower 5% slab may lead to revenue loss, but the Centre is hopeful that a boost in consumption will be able to make up for the deficit.

The move comes amid the Trump administration’s 50 percent tariff imposition on all goods India exports to the United States, so as to punish New Delhi for buying Russian oil. The tariffs are likely to impact $40 billion of non-exempt Indian exports such as gems and jewellery, textiles and footwear.

(With PTI inputs)

authorimg

News Desk

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.

view comments

News business State Finance Minister Panels To Discuss GST Rationalisation At Meeting On August 20-21
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

PM Modi Urges States To Cooperate In Implementing Proposed GST Reforms | Tax News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Prime Minister Narendra Modi says the reform in GST would benefit poor and middle-class people, as well as small and big businesses.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi in Delhi. (PMO)

Prime Minister Narendra Modi in Delhi. (PMO)

Prime Minister Narendra Modi on Sunday said the Centre has circulated the draft of the next-generation GST reforms among states and sought their cooperation to implement the proposal before Diwali.

He said the reform in GST would benefit poor and middle-class people, as well as small and big businesses.

Addressing an event here after the inauguration of two expressways, the Prime Minister said the Centre intends to make the GST law simpler and revise tax rates.

Modi had announced the proposal to reform the GST law in his Independence Day speech on August 15 from the ramparts of Red Fort.

“For us, reform means the expansion of good governance,” he said.

Therefore, Modi said the government is continuously focusing on bringing reforms.

In the coming months, the Prime Minister said, “We are going to do many big reforms so that the lives of people and businesses become easier”.

The Centre is bringing the “next generation reform” in the GST.

“This Diwali, people will get a double bonus from GST reform,” he noted.

Modi said the Centre has sent the draft proposal of the GST reform to the states.

“I hope that all states will cooperate in the initiatives of the central government,” he said, urging them to complete the process at the earliest so that the Diwali festival becomes more fabulous.

The objective of this reform is to make GST simpler and revise rates, he added.

(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)

Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.

view comments

News business » tax PM Modi Urges States To Cooperate In Implementing Proposed GST Reforms
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

From Rs 5,000 To Rs 40,000 Crore: Why Rakesh Jhunjhunwala Is Called The ‘Big Bull’ Of Dalal Street | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

In the early 2000s, he purchased Titan Company shares at Rs 30-Rs 40 apiece and the investment eventually delivered returns of over Rs 15,000 crore

Rakesh Jhunjhunwala was born on July 5, 1960, in Mumbai to a middle-class Marwari family. (PTI Photo)

Rakesh Jhunjhunwala was born on July 5, 1960, in Mumbai to a middle-class Marwari family. (PTI Photo)

Rakesh Jhunjhunwala, fondly called the ‘Big Bull’ of Dalal Street, transformed a modest investment of just Rs 5,000 into a fortune exceeding Rs 40,000 crore, leaving behind one of the most inspiring legacies in the stock market history.

Born on July 5, 1960, in Mumbai to a middle-class Marwari family, Jhunjhunwala grew up watching his father, an Income Tax Department officer, discuss the stock market with friends. Those conversations ignited his curiosity about equities. On his father’s advice, he began reading newspapers daily to sharpen his understanding of business and market trends.

Although he qualified as a chartered accountant after studying at Sydenham College, Jhunjhunwala shunned the security of a stable job. Instead, he plunged into the volatile world of stocks. His first investment, funded by borrowing Rs 5,000 from his brother, marked the beginning of a remarkable journey.

In 1986, he took a bold gamble, raising additional capital from market experts at steep interest rates. His maiden big win came with Tata Tea, bought at Rs 43 a share, it surged to Rs 143 within three months, netting him about Rs 5 lakh. He followed this with smart bets on Tata Power and Sesa Goa.

But his most iconic move came in the early 2000s, when Titan Company was struggling. Trusting the brand’s long-term potential, he purchased shares at Rs 30-Rs 40 apiece, an investment that eventually delivered returns of over Rs 15,000 crore.

“Always go against the crowd. Buy when everyone is selling and sell when everyone is buying,” Jhunjhunwala’s simple yet powerful mantra became synonymous with his investing style.

Through his firm RARE Enterprises, named after himself and his wife Rekha, he invested in several market leaders, including Star Health, Metro Brands, Tata Motors and CRISIL. From the 1992 securities scam to the 2008 global financial crisis, Jhunjhunwala demonstrated an uncanny ability to identify resilient companies during turbulent times.

In 2021, he ventured into aviation with Akasa Air, which became the world’s fastest-growing airline within a year. By the time of his passing in 2022, the Sensex had crossed the 59,000 mark, up by 150 points. In 2023, he was posthumously awarded the Padma Shri.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.

view comments

News business From Rs 5,000 To Rs 40,000 Crore: Why Rakesh Jhunjhunwala Is Called The ‘Big Bull’ Of Dalal Street
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

How Much Alimony Can Your Partner Legally Claim After A Divorce? Know Your Rights | India News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Knowing alimony, spousal, and child support rules in India is vital. Both parties should assess assets, liabilities, joint property, accounts, investments, and loans

Hiring a divorce lawyer to protect financial interests and a financial planner for post-divorce financial planning is recommended. (Representative/News18 Bangla)

Hiring a divorce lawyer to protect financial interests and a financial planner for post-divorce financial planning is recommended. (Representative/News18 Bangla)

Amid the emotional turmoil of divorce, many individuals face the added concern of alimony, which can bring significant financial implications. Courts step in to provide this support, aiming to ease the financial strain and ensure stability for the affected spouse.

In India, alimony is governed by various personal laws and the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (CrPC), ensuring that financially weaker spouses can maintain a life of minimum dignity post-separation. The form of alimony can vary based on case specifics.

Types Of Alimony:

  • Permanent Alimony: This is extended to spouses who require ongoing financial support post-divorce, ceasing only upon the recipient’s remarriage or death, as stipulated under Section 25 of the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, and other personal laws.
  • Temporary Alimony/Interim Maintenance: Provided during divorce proceedings, it covers legal fees, living expenses, and other related costs, according to Section 24 of the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, and Section 125 of the CrPC.
  • Rehabilitative Alimony: Offered for a limited period, it aims to help the financially weaker spouse become self-sufficient, often through education or employment opportunities.
  • Reimbursement/Compensatory Alimony: This compensates a spouse who sacrificed career opportunities for family obligations. Equitable principles guide its provision.
  • Lump Sum Alimony: A one-time payment that spares the recipient from monthly legal battles, allowing them to settle debts, purchase property, or fulfil other needs.
  • Nominal Alimony: A minimal amount set to preserve the legal right to claim more significant support in the future, used when immediate financial need is absent but anticipated.

Alimony Under Various Personal Laws

  • Hindu Law: The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 (Sections 24 and 25) covers interim and permanent alimony.
  • Muslim Law: Alimony is paid during the iddat period post-divorce as per Sharia law and the Muslim Women (Protection of Right to Divorce) Act.
  • Christian Law: The Indian Divorce Act, 1869 (Sections 36 and 37) governs alimony for Christian spouses.
  • Parsi Law: The Parsi Marriage and Divorce Act, 1936 provides for maintenance both during and post-divorce.
  • Special Marriage Act, 1954: Applicable to inter-religious marriages, it permits maintenance under Sections 36 and 37.

Future Earning Capacity

The ability to earn in the future, even if currently unemployed, affects alimony amounts. Courts encourage self-reliance, as seen in Kalyan De Chowdhury v. Rita De Chowdhury, (2017) 14 SCC 200.

Income Disclosure And Special Needs

In a notable case, the Jharkhand High Court increased a wife’s monthly maintenance to Rs. 90,000 after RTI findings revealed the husband’s income. The court also acknowledged the special needs of the couple’s autistic child, factoring in the mother’s full-time caregiving role.

Understanding alimony, spousal support, and child support under Indian law is crucial. Both parties must evaluate their assets and liabilities, including jointly owned property, bank accounts, investments, jewellery, and vehicles, as well as joint liabilities like loans. Removing one’s name from joint loans or credit cards is advisable to avoid future liabilities.

For financially dependent individuals, budgeting for post-divorce living expenses is essential. Opening a separate bank account, updating nominees on insurance and investment portfolios, and planning finances to manage alimony payments are important steps. Alimony received in lump sums is tax-free, whereas monthly payments are taxable. Understanding capital gains tax on donated property is also necessary.

Child support for education, health, and daily expenses must be decided, considering the custodial parent’s role. Updating wills, insurance policies, bank nominations, and property documents to exclude the ex-spouse might be necessary. Ensuring all financial settlements are documented in the divorce decree is critical.

Hiring a divorce lawyer to protect financial interests and a financial planner for post-divorce financial planning is recommended. Saving and investing for long-term security, acquiring new skills, and seeking employment or business opportunities can help rebuild a financially independent life post-divorce.

view comments

News india How Much Alimony Can Your Partner Legally Claim After A Divorce? Know Your Rights
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

GST Rejig Plan: Food Items, Medicines, Phones, Insurance—What Is Likely To Get Cheaper? | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The proposal also signals that some goods will become significantly costlier

The finance ministry has reportedly put forward a proposal to the GST Council to move from the existing four-slab system to a two-slab model, with rates of 5% and 18%. Representational image

The finance ministry has reportedly put forward a proposal to the GST Council to move from the existing four-slab system to a two-slab model, with rates of 5% and 18%. Representational image

India is on the brink of a major GST overhaul that promises to simplify the tax structure and significantly alter the cost of goods and services for millions of consumers. The finance ministry has reportedly put forward a proposal to the GST Council to move from the existing four-slab system to a two-slab model, with rates of 5% and 18%.

This strategic shift is designed to make the tax system more straightforward and, as promised by the Prime Minister, to provide a “Diwali bonanza” to citizens.

Cheaper: Processed food, phones

Under the new proposal, a vast majority of items used by the common person are slated to become cheaper. The plan outlines that 99% of commodities currently taxed at 12% would be shifted to the lower 5% bracket. This change is expected to bring down the prices of a wide range of goods, including processed food items like butter, ghee, and packaged fruit juices.

Other products, such as mobile phones, which are essential for students and the aspirational middle class, are also likely to see a rate reduction from 12% to 5%. This move would not only make these items more accessible but also boost consumption, which the government believes will fuel higher GDP growth.

Boost for rural livelihood, essential services

For sectors that are crucial to rural livelihoods, such as handicrafts and certain agricultural equipment, the new structure could mean much-needed financial relief. Essential services like medicines, health, and insurance premiums, which are currently taxed at higher rates, are also expected to see a reduction, making them more affordable for a wider population.

The simplified tax structure is also intended to streamline business operations for traders and MSMEs, with promises of benefits like quick refunds and easier calculations.

‘Sin tax’ items, luxury goods to get costlier

While many items are poised to get cheaper, the proposal also signals that some goods will become significantly costlier. The new plan introduces a “special rate” of 40% for a select few “sin items” and luxury goods, as an additional punitive tax. These products, which are considered injurious to health or are non-essential, include tobacco, cigarettes, and pan masala.

By moving these items to a much higher tax slab, the government aims to curb their consumption and generate higher revenue from them, thereby offsetting any potential revenue loss from the rate rationalisation on other goods.

authorimg

News Desk

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.

view comments

News business GST Rejig Plan: Food Items, Medicines, Phones, Insurance—What Is Likely To Get Cheaper?
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

The Price Of Love? Wife Dragged Into I-T Case Over Husband’s Rs 6.75-Cr Property Deal | Savings and Investments News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Bombay High Court quashed a tax notice to a Mumbai woman in a Rs 6.75 crore property deal, citing her lack of financial contribution.

News18

News18

The Bombay High Court has given a relief to a Mumbai woman on a tax notice following a joint ownership with her husband in a Rs 6.75 crore property deal.  According to Economic Times Wealth report, the HC set aside a tax notice issued to a Mumbai woman who was made a joint owner of a Rs 6.75-crore property bought entirely with her husband’s funds.

The court observed that the woman, a housewife with an annual income of just Rs 4.36 lakh, had made no financial contribution to the purchase, the ET Wealth report added.

The case arose after the Income Tax Department alleged possible tax evasion and sent notices under Section 148 of the Income Tax Act to both husband and wife. While the wife’s notice has been quashed, the husband’s case remains pending.

Understand The Full Case

According to the court order dated August 4, 2025, the wife’s name was added to the property documents purely for convenience. Bank statements confirmed the husband paid the entire amount from his HDFC Bank account, as per ET Wealth report.

The court cited its earlier decision in Kalpita Arun Lanjekar vs. ITO (2024), where a similar notice to a non-contributing joint owner was cancelled.

Justice B.P. Colabawalla and Justice Firdosh P. Pooniwalla noted that no income had escaped assessment in the wife’s case and that all payment details were traceable to her husband. They questioned why the Assessing Officer targeted her despite clear evidence.

Experts told ET Wealth Online that joint property ownership can raise red flags for tax authorities if not documented properly.

Chartered Accountant Dr. Suresh Surana told ET Wealth the purchase deed should record each co-owner’s financial contribution and ownership percentage. Proper records of bank transfers, receipts, and agreements must be kept.

CA Ashish Karundia advised documenting contributions made as gifts or loans, and reflecting the correct share of income in each person’s tax return.

If a co-owner hasn’t contributed any money, the agreement should declare that the entire purchase was funded by the primary owner, and all related income should be shown only in their ITR.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

‘Exhili-Rating’ For India: How S&P Upgrade Strengthens Negotiating Power In Trade Talks | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The agency has raised India’s long-term unsolicited sovereign credit ratings to ‘BBB’ from ‘BBB-‘, and its short-term ratings to ‘A-2’ from ‘A-3’

This is seen as a significant acknowledgement of India's growth story, especially given the cynicism within the Congress and Rahul Gandhi endorsing American President Donald Trump's comment that India was a dead economy.
Representational image

This is seen as a significant acknowledgement of India’s growth story, especially given the cynicism within the Congress and Rahul Gandhi endorsing American President Donald Trump’s comment that India was a dead economy.
Representational image

The mood is upbeat with the S&P rating system upgrading India. They have raised India’s long-term unsolicited sovereign credit ratings to “BBB” from “BBB-“, and its short-term ratings to “A-2″ from “A-3″. The outlook on the long-term rating is stable. This is seen as a significant acknowledgement of India’s growth story, especially given the cynicism within the Congress and Rahul Gandhi endorsing American President Donald Trump’s comment that India was a dead economy.

The global ratings agency stated, “The stable outlook reflects our view that continued policy stability and high infrastructure investment will support India’s long-term growth prospects. That, along with cautious fiscal and monetary policy that moderates the government’s elevated debt and interest burden, will underpin the rating over the next 24 months.”

This is significant considering the uncertainty over the Indian market and trade, given the face-off between India and the US. There is concern that high tariffs could impact India’s economy. However, the agency acknowledged these apprehensions and said, “Though the U.S. is India’s largest trading partner, we do not expect the 50% tariffs (if imposed) to pose a material drag on growth. India’s exports to the U.S. constitute about 2% of GDP. Factoring in sectoral exemptions on pharmaceuticals and consumer electronics, the exposure of Indian exports subjected to tariffs is lower at 1.2% of GDP. Though this may eventually result in a one-off hit to growth, we envisage the overall impact to be marginal and will not derail India’s long-term growth prospects.”

The Indian government has been appreciated for its political stability. The agency mentioned that with the BJP having a majority in Parliament, the formulation of laws and schemes becomes easier. It has predicted a GDP growth of about 6.5%. Many government schemes and initiatives by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, like Jan Dhan, push to MSMEs, Ayushman Bharat, to name a few, have helped the economy.

Additionally, the commerce ministry has released data showing that this quarter alone, trade has increased in many critical sectors like gems, mechanical goods, and auto parts. While there is concern about trade ties between the US and India, the ministry remains hopeful. The ministry stated, “Commerce ministry—negotiations with US are ongoing… talks are on… BTA talks are engaged… the US is an important trade partner for us just as we are for them.”

These ratings are also important as India is poised to sign several bilateral trade agreements with other countries. A good rating will give India more power to negotiate.

authorimg

Pallavi Ghosh

Pallavi Ghosh has covered politics and Parliament for 15 years, and has reported extensively on Congress, UPA-I and UPA-II, and has now included the Finance Ministry and Niti Aayog in her reportage. She has als…Read More

Pallavi Ghosh has covered politics and Parliament for 15 years, and has reported extensively on Congress, UPA-I and UPA-II, and has now included the Finance Ministry and Niti Aayog in her reportage. She has als… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. To Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.

view comments

News business ‘Exhili-Rating’ For India: How S&P Upgrade Strengthens Negotiating Power In Trade Talks
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

S&P Upgrades India’s Sovereign Rating To ‘BBB’ With Stable Outlook; FinMin Reacts | Economy News

No Comments

Last Updated:

A day ahead of India’s 79th Independence Day, the country’s short-term rating has also been revised to ‘A-2’ from ‘A-3’ by S&P Global.

S&P Global says the stable outlook reflects its view that "continued policy stability and high infrastructure investment will support India's long-term growth prospects".

S&P Global says the stable outlook reflects its view that “continued policy stability and high infrastructure investment will support India’s long-term growth prospects”.

Ratings agency S&P Global has upgraded India’s sovereign rating to ‘BBB’ from its earlier ‘BBB-‘ on Thursday, August 14, while maintaining the outlook as ‘stable’. The move comes a day ahead of India’s 79th Independence Day.

The short-term rating has also been revised to ‘A-2’ from ‘A-3’, and the transfer and convertibility assessment has been upgraded to ‘A-‘ from ‘BBB+’.

“India is prioritising fiscal consolidation, demonstrating the government’s political commitment to deliver sustainable public finances, while maintaining its strong infrastructure drive,” S&P said in a statement.

S&P Global said the stable outlook reflects its view that “continued policy stability and high infrastructure investment will support India’s long-term growth prospects. That, along with cautious fiscal and monetary policy that moderates the government’s elevated debt and interest burden will underpin the rating over the next 24 months”.

In May 2024, the agency had shifted its outlook on the Indian economy to positive from stable, noting it could raise the sovereign rating if the fiscal deficit narrowed sufficiently for the net change in general government debt to fall below 7% of GDP on a structural basis.

‘Govt Of India Welcomes S&P’s Upgrade’

Reacting to this, the finance ministry in a statement said, “The Government of India welcomes the decision by S&P Global Ratings to upgrade India’s long-term sovereign credit rating to ‘BBB’ from ‘BBB-’ and its short-term rating to ‘A-2’ from ‘A-3’, with a Stable Outlook. S&P last upgraded India in January 2007 to ‘BBB-’, hence, this rating upgrade comes after an 18-year gap.”

The ratings upgrade reaffirms that under Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s leadership, providing stability, India’s economy is truly agile, active, and resilient, it added.

“India has prioritised fiscal consolidation, while maintaining its strong infrastructure creation drive and inclusive growth approach, that has led to the upgrade. India will continue its buoyant growth momentum and undertake steps for further reforms to attain the goal of Viksit Bharat by 2047,” the ministry stated.

S&P’s is the second sovereign rating revision this year. DBRS had recently upgraded India to BBB status, it said.

According to S&P Global, India is prioritising fiscal consolidation, demonstrating “the government’s political commitment to deliver sustainable public finances, while maintaining its strong infrastructure drive”.

The agency also noted that the country’s robust economic expansion is improving credit metrics and that it expects sound fundamentals to sustain growth momentum over the next two to three years.

“In addition, monetary policy settings have become increasingly conducive to managing inflationary expectations,” the note stated.

S&P Global added it could consider another upgrade if fiscal deficits narrow to the extent that the net change in general government debt falls below 6% of GDP on a structural basis.

S&P Global’s ‘BBB’ rating is an investment-grade rating that indicates a country’s adequate capacity to meet its financial commitments, subject to adverse economic conditions.

“We believe the effect of US tariffs on the Indian economy will be manageable. India is relatively less reliant on trade and about 60 per cent of its economic growth stems from domestic consumption,” S&P said.

Though the US is India’s largest trading partner, S&P does not expect the 50 per cent tariffs (if imposed) to pose a material drag on growth, it added.

‘Economy is dead?’

BJP national spokesperson Shehzad Jai Hind (Modi Ka Parivar) said in a post on X, “Economy is dead? BIG: S&P upgrades India’s sovereign rating to BBB (stable outlook). Global markets are acknowledging India’s growth momentum, fiscal consolidation, and infrastructure push. So much for the ‘dead economy’ chants from Rahul Gandhi.”

According to the post, S&P noted ‘India is prioritising fiscal consolidation… while maintaining its strong infrastructure drive’. Robust economic expansion is having a constructive effect… monetary policy settings have become increasingly conducive to managing inflationary expectations. We therefore raised our sovereign credit ratings on India to ‘BBB’ from ‘BBB-‘.

“Reforms deliver,” he added.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated.

view comments

News business » economy S&P Upgrades India’s Sovereign Rating To ‘BBB’ With Stable Outlook; FinMin Reacts
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Late To Bitcoin Boom? Ethereum’s August Performance Signals A New Crypto Star Rising | Cryptocurrency News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Ethereum surged to near $4600, driven by institutional investment and ETF inflows. ETH outperformed Bitcoin with a 25% gain in August.

Crypto news: ETH jumps 25% in August, outperforming Bitcoin.

Crypto news: ETH jumps 25% in August, outperforming Bitcoin.

Ethereum Price: Ethereum, the second most popular cryptocurrency after Bitcoin, reached a near record high at $4600, driven by institutional investment, ETF inflows, positive sentiment, and increased on-chain activity.

Ethereum price jumped 9 per cent in the past 24 hours as per CoinMarketCap, with market cap rising to $560.56 billion.

In the recent market surge, Ethereum has significantly outperformed Bitcoin. ETH posted impressive gains of 25% in August alone, compared to Bitcoin’s modest 3% rise, argued Piyush Walke – Derivatives Research Analyst, Delta Exchange.

Ethereum jumped approximately 9% since yesterday, breaking past the $4,600 level—just 200 points shy of its all-time high from November 2021.

Walke added this rally is driven by strong bullish momentum fueled by institutional inflows, technical breakouts, and optimism surrounding Ether ETFs. On Monday, spot Ether ETFs recorded their highest-ever single-day net inflows, totaling $1.01 billion. This surge in capital coincides with Ethereum’s 90% gain over the past 40 days and a shift in key technical indicators to bullish territory.

With the jump of Ethereum price, its founder Vitalik Buterin has once again joined the ranks of crypto’s 10-figure holders, with his portfolio now valued at approximately $1.04 billion.

Since its inception, ETH has given an approximately 163392 per cent return to investors.

Institutions like Bitmine and SharpLink have notably increased their ETH holdings, in some cases by several hundred percent, signaling growing institutional confidence. These inflows are reinforcing bullish technical patterns and pushing prices through key resistance levels like $4,600.

Meanwhile, Bitcoin price retreated to $118,989 after jumping near its ATH. Bitcoin price is up 4.25 per cent in the past 7 days.

Vikas Gupta, Country Manager for Bybit India said, Ethereum’s recent surge is being driven by record-breaking institutional participation with the U.S. spot Ethereum ETFs, attracting over $1 billion in net inflows within one week, the largest inflows in a single week since inception. This surge shows early trends observed with Bitcoin ETFs post-approval, highlighting increasing appetite from wealth managers, hedge funds, and RIAs for ETH exposure. Leading asset managers like BlackRock, Fidelity, and Grayscale are observing institutional demand for ETH, reflecting Ethereum’s transformation from a retail-heavy asset to a mainstream institutional investment.

Edul Patel, CEO and Co-Founder of Mudrex argued that in the last 2 days alone, ETH ETFs saw about $1.5 billion in net inflows, further supporting the rally. Historically, when Ethereum rallies, it is followed by a rally in the broader market, leading to an altcoin season. If the uptrend continues, we could see capital rotation into promising assets across the market.

Ethereum is a decentralized, open-source blockchain platform that enables developers to build and deploy smart contracts and decentralized applications (dApps). Launched in 2015 by Vitalik Buterin and others, it goes beyond Bitcoin’s primary function as digital money by offering programmable blockchain capabilities. Ethereum’s native cryptocurrency, Ether (ETH), is used to pay for transaction fees and computational services on the network.

Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Cabinet Approves Four New Semiconductor Projects Worth Rs 4,600 Crore; 2,034 New Jobs Expected | Economy News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Union Cabinet, led by PM Modi, approved four semiconductor projects worth Rs 4,600 crore, creating 2,034 jobs.

India approves four new semiconductor projects.

India approves four new semiconductor projects.

The Union Cabinet, chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, has approved four new semiconductor projects under the India Semiconductor Mission (ISM), marking another milestone in India’s bid to build a robust chip-making ecosystem.

The fresh approvals, worth a cumulative Rs 4,600 crore, are expected to create 2,034 skilled jobs directly and many more indirectly. With this, the total number of projects approved under ISM rises to 10, with total planned investments of about Rs 1.60 lakh crore spread across six states.

The newly approved proposals are from 3D Glass Solutions Inc., Continental Device India Private Limited (CDIL), and Advanced System in Package (ASIP) Technologies. SiCSem and 3D Glass will set up facilities in Odisha, CDIL will expand in Punjab, and ASIP will set up operations in Andhra Pradesh.

SiCSem, in collaboration with UK’s Clas-SiC Wafer Fab Ltd., will establish India’s first commercial compound semiconductor fab in Bhubaneshwar with a capacity of 60,000 wafers and 96 million packaged units annually. The devices will cater to sectors such as defence, EVs, railways, data centres, and renewable energy.

3D Glass Solutions will also set up a unit in Bhubaneshwar to bring advanced packaging technology, producing glass interposers, silicon bridges, and 3D Heterogeneous Integration modules for high-performance computing, AI, photonics, and defence applications.

ASIP Technologies, in a tie-up with South Korea’s APACT Co. Ltd., will set up a semiconductor packaging facility in Andhra Pradesh with an annual capacity of 96 million units for use in mobile devices, automobiles, and consumer electronics.

CDIL will expand its Mohali plant to manufacture high-power devices such as MOSFETs, IGBTs, and Schottky diodes, with an annual capacity of over 158 million units.

With the approval of these projects, the semiconductor ecosystem in the country would get a significant boost as these projects include the country’s first commercial compound fab as well as a highly advanced glass-based substrate semiconductor packaging unit.

These would complement the growing world-class chip design capabilities coming up in the country, which are propelled by design infrastructure support provided by the Government to 278 academic institutions and 72 start-ups.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business » economy Cabinet Approves Four New Semiconductor Projects Worth Rs 4,600 Crore; 2,034 New Jobs Expected
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Net Direct Tax Collection Falls 3.95% To Rs 6.64 Lakh Crore On Higher Refunds | Economy News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Net direct tax collection dropped 3.95% to Rs 6.64 lakh crore this fiscal due to higher refunds.

India Net Direct Tax Collection Falls

India Net Direct Tax Collection Falls

Net direct tax collection dipped 3.95 per cent to Rs 6.64 lakh crore so far this fiscal, mainly on account on higher refunds, according to government data released on Tuesday.

Direct tax includes taxes on income paid by companies, individuals, and by professionals, and other entities.

Net corporate tax collection stood at about Rs 2.29 lakh crore, while non-corporate tax (which includes individuals, Hindu Undivided Families (HUFs) and firms) was at Rs 4.12 lakh crore. Securities Transaction Tax (STT) mop-up was Rs 22,362 crore between April 1-August 11.

Total net collections stood at about Rs 6.64 lakh crore, a 3.95 per cent fall over Rs 6.91 lakh crore collected in the same period last fiscal (2024-25).

Refunds issued so far this fiscal jumped 10 per cent to Rs 1.35 lakh crore.

Gross collections (before refunds) stood at Rs 7.99 lakh crore between April 1-August 11, a 1.87 per cent dip over Rs 8.14 lakh crore in the year-ago period.

In the current fiscal (2025-26), the government has projected its direct tax collection at Rs 25.20 lakh crore, up 12.7 per cent year-on-year. The government aims to collect Rs 78,000 crore from STT in FY26.

(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business » economy Net Direct Tax Collection Falls 3.95% To Rs 6.64 Lakh Crore On Higher Refunds
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

UPI Faces Outage, Several Users Across India Unable To Make Payments | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

UPI services experienced an outage on Thursday, causing payment difficulties for users across India.

UPI system. (Image: File Pic)

UPI system. (Image: File Pic)

UPI Outage: Unified Payment Interface (UPI) services suffered an outage as several users across India reported difficulties in making payments on Thursday.

Several users said that they were unable to use UPI apps like Google Pay, PhonePe, Paytm, and other leading platforms to complete transactions.

As per Downdetector, which tracks outages by collating status reports from several sources, including user-submitted errors on its platform, there were around 200 complaints from users with respect to the UPI outage by 8:30 pm.

Nearly 80% of these complaints cited issues while attempting payments.

The glitch disrupted transactions across major public and private banks, including HDFC Bank, State Bank of India, Bank of Baroda, Punjab National Bank, and Kotak Mahindra Bank.

Netizens Storm X

Several users took to X to share that they were unable to do transactions via mobile applications.

A X user Utkarsh Singh wrote, “Upi has been down from the past 1 hour without any scheduled maintenance note.”

Another user said, “The UPI is down since before this time mentioned. And the website site is down NOW before 7th Aug 11pm!”

What Is UPI?

The Unified Payments Interface (UPI) is a platform that integrates multiple bank accounts into a single mobile app, regardless of the bank involved. It combines various banking services, enables smooth fund transfers, and facilitates merchant payments within one unified system.

India’s real-time payment technology has emerged as the global leader, surpassing Visa, according to a recent note by the International Monetary Fund titled Growing Retail Digital Payments: The Value of Interoperability. The IMF report states that UPI has powered 85 per cent of India’s digital payments and nearly 60 per cent globally.

UPI is handling 640+ million transactions daily, head of Visa, the report stated, adding that Rs 24 lakh crore processed via 18.39 billion UPI transactions in June 2025. The transaction percentage rose 32 per cent YOY compared to the same month last year at 13.88 billion.

authorimg

Shobhit Gupta

Shobhit Gupta is a sub-editor at News18.com and covers India and International news. He is interested in day to day political affairs in India and geopolitics. He earned his BA Journalism (Hons) degree from Ben…Read More

Shobhit Gupta is a sub-editor at News18.com and covers India and International news. He is interested in day to day political affairs in India and geopolitics. He earned his BA Journalism (Hons) degree from Ben… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business UPI Faces Outage, Several Users Across India Unable To Make Payments
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Sensex Swings 925 Points From Day’s Low, Closes 80 Points Stronger A Day After Trump Tariffs | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Stock Market Today, August 7: Market sentiment remains cautiously optimistic, dampened by persistent volatility and mixed global cues, says Choice Broking in its note.

Sensex Today.

Sensex Today.

Stock Market Today, August 7: The domestic equities markets on Thursday opened in red marginally after the US’ additional 25% tariffs on India, extended losses, but then finally saw a sharp recovery towards the fag end to reclaim the green territory. The BSE Sensex recovered nearly 925 points or 1.1% from the day’s low to close at 80,623.26, which is 79.27 points or 0.1% higher than the previous close.  The NSE Nifty also recovered losses sharply and closed near the 24,600 mark, at 24,596.15, which is 21.95 points or 0.1% higher.

With this, the Indian equity market has snapped its two-day falling streak.

During the afternoon trade around 1 pm, the NSE Nifty fell below the 24,350 mark to hit the day’s low of 24,344.15 and the BSE Sensex had declined below the 80,000 mark to trade at 79,811.29.

Vinod Nair, head of research, Geojit Investments Limited, said, “Domestic equities recovered sharply from the intraday lows amid a volatile weekly expiry day. Although the earlier trade was weighed down by broad-based selling following steep US tariff hikes on India, sentiment improved toward the close as reports of potential peace talks involving Trump, Putin, and Zelensky, which raised hopes of a softer US stance on trade.”

This renewed optimism triggered a strong rebound in the auto, pharma, metals, and energy sectors and aided the market in recalling its trajectory and concluding in the green, he added.

Among the Sensex pack of 30 shares, a total of 18 stocks ended the day in green, against just five in the morning. Among the top gainers were Tech Mahindra, Eternal, HCL Tech, Axis Bank, and HDFC Bank rising up to 2.11%.

On the other hand, Adani Ports, Trent, Hindustan Unilever, Mahindra & Mahindra, and Kotak Mahindra Bank closed in red with losses up to 1.55%.

In the broader market, the BSE Midcap Index closed 0.30% higher, whereas the BSE Smallcap ended the day marginally lower by 0.18.

“Market sentiment remains cautiously optimistic, dampened by persistent volatility and mixed global cues,” Hardik Matalia, derivative analyst (research) at Choice Equity Broking Private Limited.

Stock-Specific Action

Godfrey Phillip India closed lower by 7.89% on Thursday, after surging over 24% in the previous two days. BHEL also fell 4.95%, Adani Enterprises slipped by 2.2%, and Adani Green Energy declined 2.18%.

On the other hand, Bajaj Holding jumped 1.27% following its Q1 results. Hero MotoCorp also rose 4.15% after its Q1 earnings.

IT pack saw the biggest buying during the end of the session with Coforge, Persistent, TCS, Tech Mahindra, HCL Tech closing in green with decent gains.

US President Donald Trump on Wednesday announced an additional 25% tariffs on Indian goods. This is over and above the 25% tariff plus penalty he imposed on India earlier.

Technical Analysis

“The Nifty index opened with a gap-down around the 24,460 zone and came under sustained selling pressure during the first half of the session, dragging the index lower towards 24,350. Bears remained in control for most of the day. However, in the last hour, bulls made a strong comeback, with the index recovering over 250 points from the day’s low and reclaiming the 24,600 zone,” said Chandan Taparia, head of derivatives & technical (wealth management) at Motilal Oswal Financial Services.

After sharp intraday selling, this sharp recovery brought much-needed relief for the bulls. On the daily chart, Nifty formed a Hammer candle, indicating support-based buying and a potential reversal from the lower levels. On the weekly chart, a Doji candle has formed once again, highlighting ongoing indecision and a tug of war between bulls and bears, he added.

“Throughout the week, Nifty faced selling pressure from higher levels and failed to see sustained momentum. Going forward, Nifty needs to hold above the 24600 zone to extend the recovery towards 24750 and then 24900. On the flip side, a move below 24600 could trigger weakness again with support seen at 24442 followed by 24350,” Taparia said.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.

view comments

News business » markets Sensex Swings 925 Points From Day’s Low, Closes 80 Points Stronger A Day After Trump Tariffs
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

From Textiles To Gems: India’s Key Exports In Trouble As Trump Doubles Tariff To 50% | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

US President Donald Trump announced an additional 25% import duty on goods coming from India, effectively doubling the total tariff to 50%

US President Donald Trump (Image Credit: Reuters)

US President Donald Trump (Image Credit: Reuters)

A fresh wave of US tariffs is set to severely hit several of India’s key export sectors, including textiles, gems and jewellery, leather, chemicals, footwear, and shrimp, according to industry experts.

On Wednesday, US President Donald Trump announced an additional 25% import duty on goods coming from India, effectively doubling the total tariff to 50%. The move is being seen as a penalty for India’s continued import of oil from Russia, and will take effect in two stages, the first on 7 August, and the second on 27 August.

Notably, India appears to be the only country facing such penalties over Russian oil imports. Other major buyers like China and Turkey have not been subjected to similar tariff hikes.

Indian Exports Could Fall By Nearly Half

Experts at trade think tank GTRI (Global Trade Research Initiative) warn that these steep tariffs could make Indian goods significantly more expensive in the US market, potentially slashing exports by 40–50%.

“The tariffs are expected to make Indian goods far costlier in the US, with potential to cut US-bound exports by 40–50 per cent,” GTRI said.

After the new tariff, it said, organic chemicals’ exports to the US will attract additional 54 per cent duty. The other sectors which will attract high duties include carpets (52.9 per cent), apparel – knitted (63.9 per cent), apparel – woven (60.3 per cent), textiles, made ups (59 per cent), diamonds, gold and products (52.1 per cent), machinery and mechanical appliances (51.3 per cent), furniture, bedding, mattresses (52.3 per cent).

In the financial year 2024–25, bilateral trade between India and the US stood at $131.8 billion, with Indian exports at $86.5 billion. Key sectors at risk include textiles and clothing ($10.3 billion), gems and jewellery ($12 billion), shrimp ($2.24 billion), leather and footwear ($1.18 billion), chemicals ($2.34 billion), and machinery ($9 billion).

Exporters Raise Alarm

Yogesh Gupta, MD of Megaa Moda in Kolkata, said India’s shrimp exports are already under pressure from Ecuador, which faces only a 15% tariff in the US.

“We are already facing huge competition from Ecuador as it has only 15 per cent tariff. Indian shrimp already attracts a 2.49 per cent anti-dumping duty and a 5.77 per cent countervailing duty. After this 25 per cent, the duty will be 33.26 per cent from August 7,” Gupta said.

The Confederation of Indian Textile Industry (CITI) expressed “deep concern” over the situation. “The US tariff announcement of August 6 is a huge setback for India’s textile and apparel exporters as it has further complicated the challenging situation we were already grappling with and will significantly weaken our ability to compete effectively vis-à-vis many other countries for a larger share of the US market,” it said.

Similarly, Colin Shah, MD of Kama Jewelry, said, “Many export orders have already been put on hold as buyers reassess sourcing decisions in light of higher landed costs. For a large number of MSME-led sectors, absorbing this sudden cost escalation is simply not viable. Margins are already thin, and this additional blow could force exporters to lose long-standing clients.”

(With inputs from PTI)

authorimg

News Desk

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business From Textiles To Gems: India’s Key Exports In Trouble As Trump Doubles Tariff To 50%
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Highway Infra IPO Day 2: Issue Gets 72.92x Subscription So Far: Should You Apply? Check Details | Ipo News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Highway Infrastructure IPO GMP Today: Its grey market premium currently stands at 54.29%, indicating strong listing gains for investors.

Highway Infrastructure IPO Day 2.

Highway Infrastructure IPO Day 2.

Highway Infrastructure IPO GMP: The initial public offering of Highway Infrastructure Ltd is witnessing its second day of bidding today, Wednesday, August 6. It will be closed on August 7. The price band of the mainboard IPO, which plans to raise Rs 130 crore, has been fixed in the range of Rs 65 to Rs 70 apiece. Till 5:00 pm on the second day of bidding on Wednesday, the issue received a strong 72.92 times subscription, garnering bids for 1,16,98,86,124 shares as against the 1,60,43,046 shares on offer.

The retail and NII participation stood at 73.55x and 97.90x, respectively. The QIB category has received a 7.10x subscription.

The IPO’s grey market premium currently stands at 54.29%, indicating strong listing gains for investors.

Highway Infrastructure IPO Key Dates

The IPO will remain open for public subscription between August 5, 2025, and August 7, 2025. The share allotment will likely be finalised on August 8, and the company is expected to be listed on both BSE and NSE on August 12.

Highway Infrastructure IPO Price & Lot Size

The price band of the IPO has been fixed in the range of Rs 65 to Rs 70 per share.

For investors, the minimum lot size for the IPO is 211. It means investors will have to apply for a minimum of 211 shares or in multiple thereof. So, retail investors require a minimum capital of Rs 13,715 to apply for the IPO.

Highway Infrastructure IPO GMP Today

According to market observers, unlisted shares of Highway Infrastructure Ltd are currently trading at Rs 108 against the upper IPO price of Rs 70. It means a grey market premium or GMP of Rs 38, which is 54.29% over its issue price, indicating strong listing gains.

The GMP is based on market sentiments and keeps changing. ‘Grey market premium’ indicates investors’ readiness to pay more than the issue price.

Highway Infrastructure IPO: Should You Subscribe?

The IPO of Highway Infrastructure Ltd (HIL), a company operating in the tollway collection and EPC infrastructure space, has garnered mixed recommendations from leading brokerages. While majority firms have issued a ‘subscribe’ rating, especially for long-term investors or listing gains, several have urged caution citing valuation and operational risks.

Swastika Investmart: Subscribe

Swastika Investmart is also bullish, recommending a ‘subscribe’ rating for both listing gains and long-term investment. The firm appreciated the company’s investment in advanced technologies such as ANPR for toll management and noted that its order book, primarily driven by EPC projects, provides visibility for future revenues. At 18.06x FY25 earnings, the brokerage feels the IPO is “fully priced” but sees room for upside given the sector outlook and company’s execution capabilities.

Anand Rathi Shares & Stock Brokers: Subscribe for Long-Term

Anand Rathi is optimistic about HIL’s long-term prospects, citing the government’s increased focus on road infrastructure development and the company’s efforts to strengthen its tollway and EPC businesses. The brokerage believes HIL is well-positioned to ride on this momentum. “It presents a niche opportunity in India’s tollway and EPC infrastructure space, supported by consistent growth and a robust order book,” the note said. It also highlighted HIL’s use of ANPR (automatic number plate recognition) technology as a key differentiator that improves operational efficiency. The brokerage has issued a ‘subscribe for long-term’ recommendation.

Arihant Capital Markets: Subscribe for Listing Gains

Arihant Capital took a balanced stance, recommending investors subscribe for listing gains. It acknowledged HIL’s strong presence across toll operations in 11 states and one union territory, and its diversified business model spanning toll collection and EPC infrastructure. As of May 31, 2025, the company’s consolidated order book stood at Rs 666.3 crore. “With a focus on cost optimization and project execution, HIL is well-positioned to benefit from India’s growing investment in national highway development,” the note added. The IPO is valued at a P/E of 22.41x on FY25 projected EPS of Rs 3.1.

SBI Securities: Avoid

Taking a contrarian view, SBI Securities advised investors to avoid the IPO. It pointed out that HIL is still a relatively small player in the infrastructure sector, with short-term toll collection contracts that are subject to frequent rebidding and intense competition. The brokerage raised concerns over the company’s high dependency on public sector clients, which account for 91 per cent of its revenue.

“The low margin profile, higher working capital cycle and geographical concentration fail to justify these valuations,” it noted. Based on post-issue capital, the stock is valued at 25.5x FY25 P/E and 17.8x EV/Ebitda, levels SBI believes are not justified given the company’s fundamentals.

Highway Infrastructure IPO: More Info

The Highway Infrastructure IPO, which is a book-building of Rs 130 crore, is a combination of a fresh issue of 1.39 crore shares aggregating to Rs 97.52 crore and an offer for sale of 0.46 crore shares aggregating to Rs 32.48 crore.

Highway Infrastructure Limited (HIL), established in 1995, is an Indian infrastructure development company primarily engaged in tollway collection and EPC (Engineering, Procurement, and Construction) projects, with a smaller presence in real estate. The company operates toll systems across 11 states and one Union Territory, leveraging technologies like ANPR and RFID-based ETC. As of August 31, 2024, it had completed 24 toll projects and was operating 7.

HIL has executed 63 EPC projects and is currently working on 20 more, mainly in Madhya Pradesh, covering roads, bridges, irrigation, and civil construction. Its real estate division focuses on residential and commercial developments, though it remains a minor part of the business. The company employs 398 people across its operations.

Its revenue fell 13% and profit after tax (PAT) rose 5% between the financial year ending with March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.

Pantomath Capital Advisors Pvt Ltd is the book-running lead manager of the Highway Infrastructure IPO, while Bigshare Services Pvt Ltd is the registrar for the issue.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business » ipo Highway Infra IPO Day 2: Issue Gets 72.92x Subscription So Far: Should You Apply? Check Details
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Claims For Unclaimed Shares & Dividend To Get Simpler With IEPFA’s New Integrated Portal | Savings and Investments News

No Comments

Last Updated:

IEPFA is finalizing its Integrated Portal to streamline claim processes. It urges timely data submission and reviews low-value claim documentation.

IEPFA to Roll Out One-Stop Digital Platform for Investors and Companies

IEPFA to Roll Out One-Stop Digital Platform for Investors and Companies

The Investor Education and Protection Fund Authority (IEPFA) is in the final phase of testing its Integrated Portal, a unified digital platform designed to streamline claim processes and enhance accessibility for both investors and companies. The portal will integrate key stakeholders—including depositories and the Public Financial Management System (PFMS)—to provide a seamless and efficient experience.

To ensure the accuracy of data submitted by companies and enable smooth claim processing, public notices under Rule 1(A) have been published on the official IEPFA website. These notices urge companies that have not yet uploaded their IEPF-1/7 SRNs along with the prescribed Excel template to complete the process at the earliest. Timely compliance is crucial for uninterrupted claim processing.

In parallel, IEPFA is undertaking a comprehensive review of documentation requirements for low-value claims, with the aim of introducing a simplified and faster claim settlement approach. Additionally, to strengthen its grievance redressal system, IEPFA is launching an Integrated Call Center that will offer more efficient, responsive, and stakeholder-friendly communication.

While these technological and procedural upgrades are being implemented, minor temporary disruptions may occur. IEPFA sincerely regrets any inconvenience and seeks the continued cooperation of stakeholders as it works towards building a more robust and investor-centric ecosystem.

About IEPFA

The Investor Education and Protection Fund Authority (IEPFA), functioning under the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India, is dedicated to safeguarding investor interests by facilitating the return of unclaimed shares and dividends and advancing financial literacy nationwide. Through flagship initiatives such as Niveshak Didi, Niveshak Panchayat, and Niveshak Shivir, IEPFA empowers individuals to make informed financial choices and fosters a financially aware citizenry.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Airtel Q1FY26 Results: Telecom’s Net Income Up 43% To Rs 5,948 Cr | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Airtel Q1’26 Results: Bharti Airtel’s customer base stood at 605 million across 15 countries by the end of Q1FY26.

Airtel declares Q1FY26 results.

Airtel declares Q1FY26 results.

Airtel Q1FY26 Results: Bharti Airtel on Tuesday reported that its consolidated net profit saw a growth of 43 per cent year-on-year to Rs 5,948 crore for the first quarter of the financial year 2025-26. On a sequential basis, the net profit declined by 46 per cent.

Bharti Airtel reported quarterly revenues of Rs 49,463 crore growing 28.5% YoY & 3.3% QoQ, attributed to strong performance in India and rebound in Africa on reported currency.

India business posts quarterly revenues of Rs 37,585 crore – up 29.0% YoY, up 2.3% QoQ, backed by improved realizations in mobile segment & strong momentum in Homes business.

India mobile services reported a 21.6% YoY revenue growth driven by ARPU improvement and continued strong additions of smartphone customers.

Telecom’s consolidated EBITDA stood at Rs 28,167 crore with EBITDA margin of 56.9 per cent in Q1 FY26. India business posts EBITDA of Rs 22,352 crore; EBITDA margin at 59.5%, up by 598 bps YoY.

On the Average Revenue Per User (ARPU) front, telecom saw a growth to Rs 250 in Q1’26, as compared to Rs 211 in Q1’25.

In Africa, revenue in constant currency terms rose 24.9% YoY, while the EBITDA margin improved to 48.1%.

Key highlights included the rollout of new prepaid OTT packs offering access to 25+ platforms and the launch of Business Name Display (BND) for enterprises. The company invested Rs 8,307 crore in capex during the quarter, including Rs 7,273 crore in India, to strengthen its digital infrastructure.

Bharti Airtel’s customer base stood at 605 million across 15 countries by the end of Q1FY26.

Airtel shares settled 0.82 per cent higher to Rs 1930.30 apiece, against the previous day close at Rs 1,914 apiece. The scrip opened at Rs 1920 apiece.

Operational Metrics & Capex

  • Customer base: 605 million across 15 countries

  • Mobile data consumption: 26.9 GB/month (Up 21.6% YoY)

  • Smartphone users: Added 21.3 million YoY

  • Capex: Rs 8,307 crore (Q1 FY26); India Capex: Rs 7,273 crore

  • Net Debt/EBITDAaL: 1.26x (excluding lease obligations)

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.

view comments

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Switzerland Eyes ‘More Attractive’ Offer For Donald Trump After Being Slapped With 39% Tariffs | World News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Switzerland is facing 39% US tariffs on its products, the fourth-highest amount of duties after Brazil, Syria, Myanmar and Laos.

US President Donald Trump at the Oval Office. (Reuters Image)

Switzerland says it is prepared to make a better offer for US President Donald Trump after being slapped with a whopping 39% tariffs that have shocked the country, causing ripples in the Swiss stock market.

The stock market tumbled by over 2% when it opened on Monday before paring its losses later in the day, ending the day down just 0.15%, after Trump announced one of the highest tariffs on the Alpine country among dozens of economies.

The new tariffs are expected to come into force from Thursday (June 7). Switzerland is facing the fourth-highest amount of tariffs after Brazil, Syria, Myanmar and Laos. Brazil is facing a 50% tariff on its products, Syria 41% and Myanmar and Laos have been slapped with 40% each.

Trump had originally threatened in April to slap a 31% tariff on Switzerland, which swiftly decided to negotiate with the United States. Swiss President Karin Keller-Sutter has said Trump believes that Switzerland “steals” from the US by enjoying a trade surplus of 40 billion Swiss francs ($50 billion).

Switzerland To Continue Talks

After an emergency meeting on Monday, the Swiss Federal Council said it would “continue negotiations with the aim of reaching a trade deal”, even beyond the Thursday deadline.

“Switzerland enters this new phase ready to present a more attractive offer, taking US concerns into account and seeking to ease the current tariff situation,” the council said in a statement, adding that it was at a distinct disadvantage as compared to other trading partners with similar economic profiles.

Hans Gersbach, deputy head of the KOF Swiss Economic Institute, said the tariffs could cut the country’s annual growth by between 0.3 and 0.6%. It could further rise if Trump targets the pharmaceutical industry, which has so far been exempt from tariffs.

Analysts at Swiss investment managers Vontobel said in a note that they believed “there is some hope for an agreement on US tariffs for Switzerland” that would bring them down to the 15% set for other countries.

The chocolate industry association, Chocosuisse, said the tariffs were a “tough blow” for the sector, which is already reeling from a 10% duty. “It is particularly shocking that Switzerland finds itself at a distinct disadvantage compared to all other Western industrialised countries,” it said in a statement.

Trump’s Tariffs

Trump has imposed tariffs on several economies, including 25% levies on Indian goods, that have injected a fresh dose of uncertainty for consumers and businesses worldwide. The legality of these tariffs are also under question as a US appeals court last week heard that Trump had exceeded his authority by declaring an “emergency” to charge the tariffs.

Critics have argued that Trump’s aggressive trade policy could gradually erode America’s power and prosperity and may lead to recession, a concern that initially led to Trump imposing a 90-day negotiating period with countries.

US Trade Representative Jamieson Greer warned on Sunday that “the coming days” were not likely to see changes in any duties as the “tariff rates are pretty much set”.

(with AFP inputs)

authorimg

Aveek Banerjee

Aveek Banerjee is a Senior Sub Editor at News18. Based in Noida with a Master’s in Global Studies, Aveek has more than three years of experience in digital media and news curation, specialising in international…Read More

Aveek Banerjee is a Senior Sub Editor at News18. Based in Noida with a Master’s in Global Studies, Aveek has more than three years of experience in digital media and news curation, specialising in international… Read More

view comments

News world Switzerland Eyes ‘More Attractive’ Offer For Donald Trump After Being Slapped With 39% Tariffs
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Will Banks Get All Saturdays Off? Here’s What Govt Says On 5-Day Work Week | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Indian government is considering a proposal for a 5-day work week for public sector banks. Currently, only the second and fourth Saturdays are holidays.

Will 5-day work week for banks be implemented soon?

5-day work week: The government of India has clarified that the proposal of the Indian Banks’ Association (IBA) suggesting a 5-day work week for the public sector banks (PSB) is under consideration. In a written reply in Lok Sabha on July 28, 2025, Ministry of Finance said that the IBA has proposed to declare all Saturdays as holidays in banks for PSBs, according to a report of Economic Times.

As of now PSBs follow a system where only the second and fourth Saturdays are official holidays.

The ET report added that MP K C Venugopal had asked the government about the Indian Banks’ Association (IBA) proposal, staff shortages, and possible timelines for implementation.

The government hasn’t shared any specific timeline for rolling out the 5-day banking week, according to ET report.

On the question of staffing crunch in Public sector banks, the government said each based decides its staffing based on business needs, retirement, and other factors. As of March 31, 2025, PSBs have 96% of required staff in place. The small gap is due to retirements and other normal exits.

Here’s a simplified summary of the government’s response:

Proposal Status:

The IBA has proposed making all Saturdays bank holidays, moving to a 5-day work week.

Current Situation:

Since 2015, only second and fourth Saturdays are official bank holidays, as per a government notification following the 10th Bipartite Settlement between IBA and bank unions.

Who Decides Staffing Needs:

Public Sector Banks (PSBs) are managed by their own boards. Each bank decides its staffing based on business needs, retirements, and other factors.

Staff Shortage Issue:

As of March 31, 2025, PSBs have 96% of required staff in place. The small gap is due to retirements and other normal exits.

Implementation Timeline:

The government did not share a fixed timeline for rolling out the 5-day banking week.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Will Banks Get All Saturdays Off? Here’s What Govt Says On 5-Day Work Week
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

PIB Debunks Fake Claim That India May Suspend US Agreements Over Tariffs | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Press Information Bureau dismissed false claims that India is suspending agreements with the US.

Viral posts claiming India is reviewing US ties over tariffs has been flagged as fake by PIB Fact Check. (IMAGE: X)

The Press Information Bureau’s Fact Check unit on Sunday officially dismissed social media posts which falsely claimed, citing the Ministry of External Affairs, that India is considering suspending or reviewing bilateral agreements with the United States over “hostile economic policies”.

The fact-check by the Press Information Bureau comes amid speculations over the state of India-US ties after the US administration under President Donald Trump imposed 25% tariff on Indian exports.

The social media statement by PIB clarified that no such statement was issued and labeled the claims as misinformation. “The External Affairs Ministry has not made any such statement. Stay alert and do not fall for misleading information. above is from Govt of India,” the PIB social media post on X said.

It also shared photos of the misleading post where some accounts were seen posting false information with respect to ties between Washington and New Delhi.

This rebuttal comes amid escalating tensions over US tariff actions. The MEA earlier in the week reiterated that India remains in active negotiations with Washington over a trade deal and assured the public that diplomatic ties and economic engagements are intact and ongoing, unaffected by such rumours.

On July 30, 2025, US President Trump announced a 25% tariff on Indian imports, effective August 1, citing high Indian tariffs, restrictive trade barriers and India’s continued energy and defense ties with Russia.

This move sent immediate ripples through export and import sectors of both countries — particularly in the textiles, apparel, gems, jewellery and electronics sector – where exporters and importers fear the new duties could lead to widespread disruptions.

authorimg

Shankhyaneel Sarkar

Shankhyaneel Sarkar is a senior subeditor at News18. He covers international affairs, where he focuses on breaking news to in-depth analyses. He has over five years of experience during which he has covered sev…Read More

Shankhyaneel Sarkar is a senior subeditor at News18. He covers international affairs, where he focuses on breaking news to in-depth analyses. He has over five years of experience during which he has covered sev… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business PIB Debunks Fake Claim That India May Suspend US Agreements Over Tariffs
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

8th Pay Commission: Govt Receives Inputs From Stakeholders, Notification Coming Soon | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Minister Pankaj Chaudhary has given the update on the 8th pay commission in a written reply to the Rayja Sabha.

The 8th Pay Commission is expected to fix a fitment factor between 1.92 and 2.86.

8th Pay Commission: Bringing a cheerful smile on over 1 crore central government employees and pensioners, Minister of State in the Ministry of Finance Pankaj Chaudhary in a written reply to the Rajya Sabha, said that the government has received inputs from various stakeholders and will announce the official notifications in “due course”, according to a report by Financial Express.

Chaudhary noted that the 8th pay commission will make its recommendations within the stipulated timeline that will be given in the ToR.

After an unexpected delay in the constitution of the 8th Pay Commission since the announcement in January 2025, the Central government had geared up to expedite the process by taking consultations with key stakeholders including states, the Ministry of Defence, the Ministry of Home Affairs, and the Department of Personnel and Training, as informed by the Finance Ministry in the Parliament on Monday.

He added that the chairperson and members of the 8th CPC will be appointed once the commission is formally notified by the government.

Every 10 year the government revises the basic salary of its employees and pensions of pensioners in align with the rising cost of living and other expenses.

More than six months after the Centre announced the formation of the 8th Central Pay Commission (CPC), there has been little to no progress on the ground. The expected timeline is now slipping, raising concerns among central government employees and officials alike.

The 7th Pay Commission was implemented in 2016, with revisions effective from January 1 that year. As per the 10-year cycle, the 8th CPC was expected in 2024–25, but delays have sparked concern among government staff and pensioners amid rising inflation.

This commission is set to guide future pay revisions for millions of central government employees and pensioners.

Over 1 crore central government employees and pensioners have been awaiting further details on the 8th Pay Commssion since the announcement of formation in January 2025. While the effective date of the increased income and pensions is six months away, the Centre has yet to finalized the detailed ToR.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business 8th Pay Commission: Govt Receives Inputs From Stakeholders, Notification Coming Soon
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Old vs New Tax Regime: Key Deductions For Taxpayers Earning Rs 12 LPA May End From FY26, Here’s Why | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Salaried individuals earning up to Rs 12 lakh may soon no longer need old-regime deductions, as the new tax system offers near-zero tax.

This year could be your last chance to claim those benefits. (representative image)

If you are a salaried employee earning up to Rs 12 lakh annually, this year might be the last time you benefit from deductions under the old tax regime. Starting from the next financial year (FY 2025–26 / AY 2026–27), the new tax regime will make income up to Rs 12 lakh almost tax-free, reducing the need for old-regime tax planning.

Currently, you still have the option to choose between the old and new tax regimes when filing your Income Tax Return (ITR) for FY 2024–25 (AY 2025–26). The deadline to file is September 15 this year. But with new changes coming in, many salaried individuals may shift permanently to the new regime next year.

What You Get Under the Old Regime

The old tax regime allows you to claim several deductions and exemptions:

– House Rent Allowance (HRA)

– Leave Travel Allowance (LTA)

– Interest on home loan (Section 24b)

– Deductions under Sections 80C to 80U (This includes savings in PPF, ELSS, LIC, tuition fees, etc.)

These benefits help reduce your taxable income but come with documentation and planning.

What the New Regime Offers

The new tax regime has fewer deductions but higher income thresholds for rebates. Here is how it compares:

– Rebate under Section 87A: Rs 5 lakh (old) vs Rs 7 lakh (new)

– Standard deduction: Rs 50,000 (old) vs Rs 75,000 (new)

– Maximum rebate: Rs 12,500 (old) vs Rs 25,000 (new)

While some deductions like the standard deduction (Section 16) apply to both regimes, popular ones like HRA, LTA, and home loan interest are only available under the old regime.

Under the new structure, only limited benefits such as employer contribution to NPS (Section 80CCD(2)) and Agniveer Corpus Fund (80CCH(2)) are allowed. Most other tax-saving instruments under Section 80C are excluded.

What This Means for You

The government is encouraging taxpayers to switch to the simpler new regime, which is more straightforward but doesn’t reward investment-based tax savings.

For those earning up to Rs 12 lakh, the new system will result in little to no tax, even without claiming deductions. So, if you are filing your return this year using the old regime, make sure you make the most of it, as it could be the last year these tax breaks are available to you.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Old vs New Tax Regime: Key Deductions For Taxpayers Earning Rs 12 LPA May End From FY26, Here’s Why
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

What is FASTag Annual Pass? Price, Steps To Apply And Other Key Details | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The annual pass for FASTag will be priced at Rs 3,000 per annum.

The annual FASTag pass could be beneficial for frequent travellers.

(Representative image)

Tired of stopping at every toll booth and watching your FASTag balance vanish faster than your weekend plans? The National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) is going to introduce a new annual pass that could be a game-changer for frequent travellers.

The government is rolling out the FASTag annual pass for Rs 3,000 per year, which will provide 200 toll-free travels. The annual pass will expire at the end of the validity period or the maximum limit of the total number of travels, whichever is reached earlier.

The FASTag annual pass is scheduled to be launched on August 15. Your system automatically switches back to ordinary FASTag mode after you reach 200 tolls or the expiry of the one-year validity period, unless you buy a new yearly pass.

Price of FASTag

The FASTag annual pass will be priced at Rs 3,000 per annum. If you are taking 200 trips every year, which makes it to Rs 15 per trip, compared to typical toll rates of Rs 100 or more. So, this will save vehicle owners between Rs 6,000 to Rs 7,000 every year, according to the National Highway Authority of India (NHAI).

How to get FASTag?

· You can apply through the Rajmarg Yatra app, or the NHAI website.

· Enter your registered mobile number, vehicle registration number and FASTag ID.

· Pay Rs 3,000 one time either via UPI, net banking, or debit/credit card.

· Upon successful verification, FASTag will be activated within 2 hours of verification.

· After completing 200 trips or one year, you can renew.

What counts as a single trip under the Annual Pass?

For point-based fee plazas: Each crossing of fee plaza counts as one trip. A round trip (to and fro) counts as two trips.

For Closed Tolling fee plazas: One pair of entry and exit counts as one trip.

Which toll plazas are covered?

It will allow free passage of private car/jeep/van at designated National Highway (NH) and National Expressway (NE) fee plazas. The FASTag will function as a standard FASTag at fee plazas on State Highways (SH), Expressways, etc. that are run by local or state governments.

Is FASTag annual pass mandatory?

The annual pass is not mandatory. Your current FASTag is still completely functional for making per-trip toll payments just like usual if you decide not to buy it.

Is FASTag transferable?

No, FASTag is not transferable, as it is linked to a specific vehicle registration number (VRN) and cannot be transferred from one vehicle to another. Using your FASTag in a different vehicle may result in blacklisting, penalty charges or deactivation of your FASTag.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business What is FASTag Annual Pass? Price, Steps To Apply And Other Key Details
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

‘No Fear, No Pressure’: Govt Says India In A Strong Bargaining Position With Trump On Trade Tariffs | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Commerce minister Piyush Goyal outlined the two pillars of the negotiations: one, Viksit Bharat, and two, Atmanirbhar

Several reasons support the government’s confidence, as highlighted by the commerce minister. (File photo)

No fear, no pressure—the government has made it clear that when it comes to dealing with the United States on trade tariffs, this will be the mantra. Commerce minister Piyush Goyal outlined the two pillars of the negotiations: one, Viksit Bharat, and two, Atmanirbhar.

The US negotiating team is expected to arrive for a scheduled meeting on August 25. While New Delhi aims for a favourable deal with one of its biggest trade partners, it has made clear to American negotiators that India does not make deals under pressure or deadlines.

Several reasons support the government’s confidence, as highlighted by the commerce minister. India is a trillion-dollar growing economy and has risen to be the world’s fifth-largest. This growth has captured the attention of global economies and economic experts, giving India a strong bargaining position. Additionally, the recently concluded trade agreement with the United Kingdom sends a strong message to the US and the world: India will negotiate deals that align with its national interest.

Even regarding oil, India refuses to succumb to American pressure. Despite Trump imposing a 10% penalty for buying Russian oil, India has made it clear that it will buy from the supplier offering the best rate to benefit consumers. The ministry of external affairs echoed this stance, stating, “In securing our energy needs, we are guided by what is on offer in the markets and by the prevailing global circumstances.”

According to government sources, Trump has also offered low tariffs to Pakistan and Bangladesh, but this does not concern India, as their trade is negligible. India remains powerful, strong, and resilient. Unlike other heads of state who have sought to persuade the American president to reduce tariffs, the Indian side has refused to compromise. In upcoming meetings with American negotiators, Indian representatives will firmly state their positions: no concessions in the agro sector, no easy access for American products to Indian markets, no GM foods, and no harm to the labour-intensive sector. The government believes American consumers could suffer from these stances since Indian products have flooded the market. Moreover, Tim Cook, the Apple CEO, has publicly praised Indian manpower for its unmatched excellence.

With this high stance, the commerce minister has made it clear that India has nothing to worry about.

authorimg

Pallavi Ghosh

Pallavi Ghosh has covered politics and Parliament for 15 years, and has reported extensively on Congress, UPA-I and UPA-II, and has now included the Finance Ministry and Niti Aayog in her reportage. She has als…Read More

Pallavi Ghosh has covered politics and Parliament for 15 years, and has reported extensively on Congress, UPA-I and UPA-II, and has now included the Finance Ministry and Niti Aayog in her reportage. She has als… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business ‘No Fear, No Pressure’: Govt Says India In A Strong Bargaining Position With Trump On Trade Tariffs
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Sri Lotus Developers IPO GMP: Issue Receives 74.10x Subscription On Final Day Of Bidding | Ipo News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Sri Lotus Developers IPO GMP Today: Its grey market premium currently stands at 28%, indicating strong listing gains for investors.

Sri Lotus Developers IPO GMP.

Sri Lotus Developers IPO GMP Today: The initial public offering of Sri Lotus Developers has been closed today, Friday, August 1. The price of the mainboard issue, which aims to raise Rs 792 crore, has been fixed at Rs 150 per share. On the final day of bidding on Friday, the issue received a 74.10 times subscription, garnering bids for 2,74,25,55,800 shares as against the 3,70,13,726 shares on offer.

The retail and NII participation stood at 21.77x and 61.82x, respectively. The QIB category has received a 175.61x subscription.

The IPO’s grey market premium currently stands at 28%, indicating strong listing gains for investors.

Mumbai-based Sri Lotus Developers, founded in 2015, focuses on luxury and ultra-luxury residential and commercial redevelopment projects, with a developable area of 0.93 million sqft as of June 30, 2025.

Sri Lotus Developers IPO Allotment And Listing Date

The IPO will remain open for public subscription between July 30 and August 1. Its basis of allotment will be finalised on August 4, while its listing is scheduled to take place on August 6, 2025.

Sri Lotus Developers IPO Price & Lot Size

The price band of the mainboard IPO, which plans to raise Rs 792 crore, has been fixed at Rs 150 apiece.

For investors, the minimum lot size for the IPO is 100. It means investors will have to apply for a minimum of 100 shares or in multiple thereof. So, retail investors require a minimum capital of Rs 14,000 to apply for the IPO.

Sri Lotus Developers IPO GMP Today

According to market observers, unlisted shares of Sri Lotus Developers Ltd are currently trading at Rs 192 against the upper IPO price of Rs 150. It means a grey market premium or GMP of Rs 42, which is 28% over its issue price.

The GMP is based on market sentiments and keeps changing. ‘Grey market premium’ indicates investors’ readiness to pay more than the issue price.

Sri Lotus Developers IPO Quota

Sri Lotus Developers said half of the IPO (49.86%) has been reserved for qualified institutional buyers, 34.9% for retail investors and the remaining 14.96% for non-institutional.

Sri Lotus Developers IPO: Should You Apply?

The IPO of Sri Lotus Developers and Realty Ltd, a Mumbai-based real estate developer focused on luxury and ultra-luxury redevelopment projects in the city’s western suburbs, has received positive feedback across brokerage houses. Analysts cite the company’s asset-light business model, strong financials, and premium positioning in high-barrier micro-markets as key strengths.

SBI Securities

Rating: Subscribe

SBI Securities underscored the company’s asset-light model and net debt-free status, with industry-best EBITDA and PAT margins in FY25.

“We recommend investors to ‘subscribe’ to the IPO at the cut-off price,” the brokerage said.

Reliance Securities

Rating: Subscribe

Reliance Securities noted the company’s significant financial growth, stating that “revenue grew 3.4 times and PAT expanded nearly 7.5 times over FY23–FY25.” The brokerage highlighted improvements in EPS and fixed asset turnover as signs of efficient capital deployment.

“Strong pricing power, a premium brand image, and robust project visibility position it well for sustained growth. Overall, Lotus presents a high-margin, capital-efficient play on Mumbai’s luxury housing boom. Owing to such developments, we recommend to subscribe,” it added.

Anand Rathi Shares & Stock Brokers

Rating: Subscribe for long-term

Anand Rathi emphasised the company’s presence in premium micro-markets like Mumbai’s western suburbs and its customer-centric approach.

“Their asset-light model executed through development agreements with landowners and housing societies minimises capital outlay, supports financial flexibility, and ensures robust operating cash flows,” the brokerage said.

Angel One

Rating: Subscribe (for long-term)

Angel One found the post-issue P/E of around 32.2 times to be reasonable, given the company’s focus on Mumbai’s high-entry-barrier luxury redevelopment space.

“We recommend a ‘subscribe’ rating for long-term investors,” it stated, while also flagging risks such as geographic concentration, regulatory dependence, and execution challenges.

Canara Bank Securities

Rating: Subscribe (for long-term)

Canara Bank Securities highlighted the company’s in-house execution model and unique ‘Blue & Green’ strategy combining prime locations with serene surroundings.

“The brand commands a 20–22 per cent pricing premium, backed by high customer satisfaction and a celebrity client base… we recommend subscribing to the issue for the long term,” it said.

KR Choksey Finserv

Rating: Subscribe

KR Choksey acknowledged that the IPO is priced higher than peers (at 24.5x FY25 EBITDA vs. peer average of 20.7x), but believes it is justified.

“Given its strong growth, asset-light business model, and superior return profile… we assign a ‘subscribe’ rating to its initial issue,” it said.

Mehta Equities

Rating: Subscribe for long-term

Mehta Equities cited expansion into high-value micro-markets like Prabhadevi and Nepean Sea Road, along with strong demand fundamentals.

“We recommend ‘subscribe’ to the issue for long-term,” it said, while noting the premium valuation and high expectations set by notable pre-IPO investors, including Bollywood personalities.

Sri Lotus Developers IPO: More Info

The IPO is entirely a fresh issue of shares worth Rs 792 crore with no Offer For Sale (OFS) component.

Proceeds from the fresh issue will be used for investment in its subsidiaries, Richfeel Real Estate Pvt Ltd, Dhyan Projects Pvt Ltd and Tryksha Real Estate Pvt Ltd for part-funding the development and construction cost of its ongoing projects, Amalfi, The Arcadian and Varun, respectively; besides, a portion will be used for general corporate purposes.

The Anand Kamalnayan Pandit-promoted company is a real estate developer engaged in the construction of residential and commercial premises in Mumbai, Maharashtra, with a focus on redevelopment projects in the ultra luxury and luxury segments in the western suburbs.

Monarch Networth Capital and Motilal Oswal Investment Advisors are the book-running lead managers of the public issue.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business » ipo Sri Lotus Developers IPO GMP: Issue Receives 74.10x Subscription On Final Day Of Bidding
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

‘Financial Freedom Should Feel Like Oxygen’: Women In Investment At News18 SheShakti | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Both the investment experts and fund managers said if women are financially independent, it is the first step to investing more

Bajaj Finserv group president designate (investments) Lakshmi Iyer and HDFC MF senior fund manager (equities) Roshi Jain speak during their session at News18 SheShakti in Mumbai on July 31. (Image: News18)

One should be in so much control of their finances that it feels like oxygen or independence day, said investment experts who advised women to achieve financial freedom before anything else. 

“Financial freedom is like oxygen. For women, it should be like independence day. The goal is to be in so much control of your finances that you can say it feels like oxygen to you,” said Bajaj Finserv group president designate (investments) Lakshmi Iyer during her session on ‘The ROI of being she’ at the first-ever Mumbai edition of News18 SheShakti.

Her co-panelist for the session, HDFC MF senior fund manager (equities) Roshi Jain, said if women are financially independent, it is the first step to investing more.

“Investing is all about risk and reward and women inherently have the ability to assess risk a lot better. They know it’s not only about reward but also risk mitigation,” Jain said.

On whether women find it more difficult to navigate personal finance and rely on their male counterparts for it, Iyer said managing money is “gender agnostic”.

“When I started, there was barely one woman in the room. Navigation is all in the mind, you should just go ahead and do it,” she said.

Sharing a light moment, both the women said there are studies to show that women are “better fund managers” than men. 

“Emotional quotient (EQ) and intelligence quotient (IQ), coupled with digital quotient (DQ) these days, are required for this job and women are better at balancing all three and, hence, have a small edge over males,” Iyer said, who enjoys food and films and gave plenty of Bollywood-style advice when it comes to making the right investment.

“Like Vidya Balan said in Dirrty Picture, entertainment-entertainment-entertainment, my mantra for investment is compounding, compounding, and compounding,” she said.

Jain, meanwhile, stuck to asset allocation and equities for all ages.

“Equities is like the Red Bull to your portfolio, gives you the kicker while debt is like ‘nimbu paani’. If you want a kick in your portfolio, you can have equity and if you want stability, you can have nimbu paani any season,” Iyer quipped.

Jain said while there was plenty of financial advice going around when it comes to investment, her father gave her some basic advice.

“Just be yourself and do whatever you want. We don’t realise but this translates into a lot of stuff we do and helps build the confidence we need,” she said.

She also said Indians start investing late in life. “The best time for investment was the last 30 years. We would’ve come very late to the equity market,” she said, adding her only tip for budding investors would be, “mutual funds sahi hai.”

ABOUT SHESHAKTI

The Mumbai edition of SheShakti sets the stage for the grand national celebration in Delhi on August 21. The theme for this year, ‘From Breaking Barriers to Building Bharat’, captures the journey of Indian women.

The event features a diverse line-up of trailblazers, including diplomats, policymakers, business leaders, sportspersons, artists, and media voices. Key dignitaries include Maharashtra Chief Minister Devendra Fadnavis and Ashwini Bhide, Principal Secretary to the CM and MD, Mumbai Metro Corporation from the government; foreign dignitaries like H.E. Ambassador Chavanart Thangsumphant, Thailand Ambassador to India; celebrities like actors Nimrat Kaur, Shriya Pilgaonkar, and Renuka Shahane; sportspersons like Olympian Anjali Bhagwat among others.

News18 SheShakti 2025 celebrates the women who are building India’s future, not just by breaking barriers, but by building the Bharat of tomorrow. The theme of this year, “From Breaking Barriers to Building Bharat,” spotlights women making real change on the ground- creating jobs, driving innovation, transforming communities, and making systems more inclusive. From rural change-makers to tech trailblazers, the initiative brings to life how women are not just disrupting the status quo but building the very framework of a stronger, self-reliant Bharat.

authorimg

News Desk

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business ‘Financial Freedom Should Feel Like Oxygen’: Women In Investment At News18 SheShakti
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Meta’s AI Ambitions Hit Wall As Mira Murati’s Team Says No To $1B Offer | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Despite billion-dollar offers from Meta, not a single employee from Mira Murati’s Thinking Machines Lab has accepted.

Her team remains loyal, driven by purpose over paychecks. (Photo Credit: X)

Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg has been on a high-stakes hiring spree, trying to bring the brightest minds in AI under the Meta Superintelligence Lab. But his latest target, Mira Murati’s Thinking Machines Lab, isn’t budging. Despite Meta offering massive financial packages, not a single employee from Murati’s startup has accepted the deal.

According to Wired, Murati confirmed, “So far at Thinking Machines Lab, not a single person has taken the offer.” These weren’t just generous offers; some employees were reportedly offered between $200 million and $500 million, and in one case, as much as $1 billion spread over multiple years.

Murati’s Team Chooses Mission Over Money

Thinking Machines Lab, founded by the former OpenAI Chief Technology Officer (CTO), has become one of the most-watched startups in AI. What makes it unique is that the company has achieved a $12 billion valuation, all without launching a single product.

Murati’s long-term vision and leadership have been praised in the tech world, and it seems her team is fully aligned with her.

Insiders suggest that employees are staying because of the strong mission and the creative freedom that comes with being in a small, independent company.

Many researchers feel that Meta, despite the money, can’t offer the same sense of purpose or impact. Thinking Machines Lab employees reportedly value the opportunity to help shape AI from the ground up, without being tied to a giant tech firm’s priorities.

Meta Pushes Back, But Concerns Remain

As per the Times of India, Meta’s communications director, Andy Stone, challenged the claims, saying, “We made offers only to a handful of people at TML, and while there was one sizeable offer, the details are off.” Stone’s comment also hinted at tensions over how the story is being portrayed in the media.

Another sticking point may be Meta’s choice to bring in ScaleAI founder Alexandr Wang to lead the Superintelligence Lab. Some Thinking Machines Lab staff reportedly have concerns about his leadership style and experience. There is also a belief that Meta’s AI roadmap focuses more on “AI slop” for platforms like Facebook and Instagram, rather than groundbreaking research.

In the end, it seems money isn’t everything, at least not for Murati’s team.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Meta’s AI Ambitions Hit Wall As Mira Murati’s Team Says No To $1B Offer
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Trump Keeps Door Open For Negotiations On India Tariffs: ‘We Will See…’ | World News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Indian government said it is studying the implications of Trump’s announcement to impose 25 per cent tariffs on Indian goods, along with a penalty from August 1

US President Donald Trump (AP/File)

After announcing 25% tariffs on Indian goods, US President Donald Trump appeared to have softened his stand and kept the doors open for negotiations with India over the trade agreement.

Trump referred to the BRICS grouping and the “tremendous” trade deficit with New Delhi for announcing the 25 per cent tariff.

Calling Prime Minister Narendra Modi his friend, Trump said India doesn’t do much business in terms of business with the US. He also pointed out that India is a part of the BRICS, which he referred to as “a group of countries that are anti the United States.”

When asked if he is open to negotiating with India on the tariffs, Trump said, “We are talking to them now. We will see what happens. India was the highest or just about the highest-tariff nation in the world…We will see. We are negotiating with India right now. They sell a lot to us, but we don’t buy from them…Because the tariff is so high. They have one of the highest tariffs in the world. Now, they are willing to cut it very substantially. But we will see what happens. We are talking to India now. We will see what happens. It doesn’t matter too much whether we have a deal or we charge them a certain tariff. But you will know at the end of this week…”

“Well, we’re negotiating right now, and it’s also BRICS. You know, they have BRICS, which is basically a group of countries that are anti-US, and India is a member of that… It’s an attack on the dollar, and we’re not going to let anybody attack the dollar,” Trump said in the White House.

Trump has said in the past that the BRICS group of Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa wanted to try and take over the “dominance of the dollar”, and he threatened to impose 10 per cent tariffs on the group’s member nations if they did so.

Trump Announces 25% Tariff On Indian Goods

Earlier on Wednesday, Trump announced to impose a 25 per cent tariff on all goods coming from India starting August 1, plus an unspecified penalty for buying Russian crude oil and military equipment.

The surprise announcement came a day after Indian officials said that a US trade team would visit from August 25 to negotiate a trade deal.

“India is our friend, but we have… done relatively little business with them because their tariffs are far too high… and they have the most strenuous and obnoxious non‑monetary trade barriers of any country,” Donald Trump wrote.

He further criticised India’s defense and energy relationship with Russia, saying, “They have always bought a vast majority of their military equipment from Russia, and are Russia’s largest buyer of ENERGY, along with China, at a time when everyone wants Russia to STOP THE KILLING IN UKRAINE- ALL THINGS NOT GOOD!”

Studying Implications of Trump’s Tariff: India

The government on Wednesday said it is studying the implications of US President Donald Trump’s announcement to impose 25 per cent tariffs on Indian goods, along with a penalty from August 1.

“The Government has taken note of a statement by the US President on bilateral trade. The Government is studying its implications,” an official statement said.

India and the US have been engaged in negotiations on concluding a fair, balanced and mutually beneficial bilateral trade agreement over the last few months.

“We remain committed to that objective,” the statement said.

“The government attaches the utmost importance to protecting and promoting the welfare of farmers, entrepreneurs, and MSMEs. The Government will take all steps necessary to secure our national interest, as has been the case with other trade agreements, including the latest Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement with the UK,” it added.

(with inputs from agencies)

authorimg

Saurabh Verma

Saurabh Verma covers general, national and international day-to-day news for News18.com as a Senior Sub-editor. He keenly observes politics. You can follow him on Twitter –twitter.com/saurabhkverma19

Saurabh Verma covers general, national and international day-to-day news for News18.com as a Senior Sub-editor. He keenly observes politics. You can follow him on Twitter –twitter.com/saurabhkverma19

view comments

News world Trump Keeps Door Open For Negotiations On India Tariffs: ‘We Will See…’
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Here’s How Much P&G’s First India-Born CEO Will Earn

No Comments
Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

US May Impose 20-25% Tariff On India, Donald Trump Says: ‘Not Final But…’ | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The US may impose a 20-25% tariff on India, as stated by Trump. Trade talks between the two countries are ongoing, following a Reuters report on US tariffs.

US President Donald Trump. (AP file photo)

The United States may impose a 20-25 per cent tariff on India. However, the trade talks between the two countries have not concluded yet.

When asked to comment on a report in Reuters that India is preparing to face higher US tariffs likely between 20% and 25%, Trump said, as reported by Bloomberg, “Yes, I think so.”

When the reporter asked if the deal with India had been finalised, the US president said: “No, it’s not.”

Speaking to reporters aboard Air Force One, Trump also called India a “good friend” but said it charges more tariffs than any other country.

Trump said on Monday that most partners that do not negotiate separate trade deals would soon face tariffs of 15% to 20% on their exports to the United States, well above the broad 10% tariff he imposed in April. His administration will notify some 200 countries soon of their new “world tariff” rate.

India-US Trade Talks

Union Minister Piyush Goyal has recently said India will secure a good trade agreement with the US by November this year.

Goyal has said negotiations for a trade deal between India and the US are underway at a very fast pace and “in the spirit of mutual cooperation so that we can come out with a win-win trade complementing agreement with the United States.”

“India today negotiates from a position of strength, a position of confidence. It is this very confidence that continuously encourages us to make good free trade agreements… In the future as well, whether it is New Zealand, Oman, the United States, or the 27-nation European Union, India’s agreements will be made with a well-thought-out strategy. Our discussions with the United States are progressing very well. I am fully confident that by the October-November 2025 timeline, we will secure a good agreement, as decided by Prime Minister Modi and US President Trump for a bilateral trade agreement,” he had said.

Meanwhile, US Trade Representative Jamieson Greer told CNBC on Monday that talks with India required more negotiations as Trump was more interested in good deals than quick deals.

India has shown “strong interest in opening portions of its market” though its trade policy had long focused on protecting domestic interests, Greer said.

(with inputs from agencies)

authorimg

Saurabh Verma

Saurabh Verma covers general, national and international day-to-day news for News18.com as a Senior Sub-editor. He keenly observes politics. You can follow him on Twitter –twitter.com/saurabhkverma19

Saurabh Verma covers general, national and international day-to-day news for News18.com as a Senior Sub-editor. He keenly observes politics. You can follow him on Twitter –twitter.com/saurabhkverma19

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business US May Impose 20-25% Tariff On India, Donald Trump Says: ‘Not Final But…’
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Read More

Apple To Close Retail Store In China For First Time; Details Here | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

iPhone maker Apple says its Parkland Mall store, located in the Zhongshan District of Dalian City, will shut its doors on August 9.

Apple says, “Given the departure of several retailers at the Parkland Mall, we have made the decision to close our store there.”

iPhone maker Apple is closing one of its retail stores in China for the first time, signalling a rare retreat in a crucial market where the company has been working to revive its sales momentum. The company said its Parkland Mall store, located in the Zhongshan District of Dalian City, will shut its doors on August 9.

Citing shifts at the shopping complex, Apple said, “Given the departure of several retailers at the Parkland Mall, we have made the decision to close our store there.”

The Parkland Mall store is one of two Apple locations in Dalian. The other, situated in the Olympia 66 shopping centre about 10 minutes away, will continue operating. Apple added that employees from the closing store will be offered roles at other locations.

In a statement, the company said, “We’re always focused on providing an exceptional experience for all of our customers both online and at more than 50 Apple Store locations across Greater China.”

Apple currently operates about 56 stores in the region, accounting for over 10% of its global retail presence.

The move comes at a time when China’s economy is under pressure from deflationary trends, weakening consumer demand, and declining home prices. Retail sales have underperformed expectations, and global tariffs continue to strain the country’s export-led growth model.

Apple’s sales in China fell 2.3% year-on-year to $16 billion in the quarter ended March 29, falling short of analysts’ estimates of $16.8 billion. Still, the company is continuing to invest in the Chinese market. A new store is set to open at Uniwalk Qianhai in Shenzhen on August 16, with more planned in Beijing and Shanghai over the next year. A location in Anhui province was inaugurated in January.

Apple’s global retail strategy remains in flux. While it continues to expand in key markets such as India, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, and the United States, the company is becoming more selective about its physical presence. Recent global closures include stores in Bristol (UK), Partridge Creek (Michigan), and Hornsby (Australia). Apple has also been emphasising online expansion, launching e-commerce operations in new markets like India and Saudi Arabia.

The Parkland Mall exit mirrors a broader exodus by major international retailers. Brands such as Coach, Sandro, and Hugo Boss have reportedly not renewed their leases at the mall in recent years. Earlier this year, the majority shareholder of the complex assumed full operational control.

While Apple continues to grow in select regions, the Parkland Mall closure underscores the company’s evolving approach to retail, shaped by shifting market realities and changing consumer behaviour.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Apple To Close Retail Store In China For First Time; Details Here
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Trump Hints Global Baseline Tariff Likely To Be 15% To 20%: ‘I Want To Be Nice’ | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Trump’s remark comes days before the August 1 deadline that he has set for countries to finalise bilateral trade agreements with Washington

US President Donald Trump with British Prime Minister Keir Starmer and his wife Victoria Starmer in Scotland. (Reuters file)

US President Donald Trump on Monday said his administration will impose a blanket tariff between 15% and 20% on imports to the United States from countries that have not negotiated separate trade agreements.

“For the world, I would say it’ll be somewhere in the 15% to 20% range … I just want to be nice,” Trump said in Scotland, alongside United Kingdom Prime Minister Keir Starmer.

“I would say in the range of 15% to 20% probably one of those two numbers,” he continued, as reported by CNBC.

Trump’s remark comes days before the August 1 deadline that he has set for countries to finalise bilateral trade agreements with Washington. If this 15% to 20% tariff range is imposed by the US, it would be a hefty increase from the 10% baseline tariff Trump announced in April of this year.

The United States has accelerated negotiations with key trading partners as it prepares to impose steeper tariffs starting August 1, targeting dozens of economies with significant trade surpluses.

These tariff hikes stem from a package first announced in April under former President Donald Trump’s directive, introducing a 10 per cent “baseline” levy on most U.S. trade partners. However, the administration has since outlined plans to raise duties further, with new rates exceeding 10 per cent for many nations.

The deadline for these increases — initially set for July 9 — was postponed twice, and is now firmly scheduled for Friday, August 1.

Washington has since expanded the list of countries facing higher tariffs, while simultaneously striking deals to mitigate or cap rates with several partners. Notable agreements have been reached with the European Union, the United Kingdom, Japan, Vietnam, Indonesia, and the Philippines.

One such agreement, unveiled on Sunday, will see a 15 per cent tariff applied to certain EU exports — significantly lower than the 30 per cent rate Trump originally threatened.

Despite these deals, a host of countries, including South Korea and Taiwan remain in line for higher tariffs, with reciprocal rates set to rise beyond the initial 10 per cent. Brazil, which was not on the original list, is also expected to face increased duties following a special directive from Trump citing its trade imbalance with the U.S.

The upcoming tariff increases — imposed under controversial emergency powers — mark a sharp escalation in U.S. trade policy as the administration pushes for more “reciprocal” treatment in global commerce.

authorimg

Saurabh Verma

Saurabh Verma covers general, national and international day-to-day news for News18.com as a Senior Sub-editor. He keenly observes politics. You can follow him on Twitter –twitter.com/saurabhkverma19

Saurabh Verma covers general, national and international day-to-day news for News18.com as a Senior Sub-editor. He keenly observes politics. You can follow him on Twitter –twitter.com/saurabhkverma19

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Trump Hints Global Baseline Tariff Likely To Be 15% To 20%: ‘I Want To Be Nice’
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Omaxe Secures Rs 500 Crore Funding From Oaktree To Speed Up Project Delivery | Real Estate News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Omaxe Group secured Rs. 500 crore from Oaktree Capital to boost project delivery in New Chandigarh, Lucknow, and Faridabad.

In the last two financial years, Omaxe has repaid net Rs. 1285 crore to lenders as principal payment, reducing overall net debt to Rs 300 Crores.

Omaxe Group has secured Funding of Rs. 500 crore from funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management L.P. (“Oaktree), a Leader among global investment managers specializing in alternative investments.

The funding will strengthen the company’s core and accelerate delivery timelines for residential, commercial, and public-private partnership (PPP) developments, including its infrastructure, commercial, and residential projects. It will also provide growth capital for Omaxe’s ongoing projects across key markets such as New Chandigarh, Lucknow, Ludhiana, and Faridabad, along with flagship developments like Omaxe State in Dwarka, the upcoming integrated township in Amritsar, and a new township project in Indore, to name a few.

“This partnership with Oaktree marks an important milestone in Omaxe’s growth journey. The confidence that a global investor like Oaktree places in our business is a reflection of the strength of our delivery record and our long-term vision. This Fund infusion enables us to move faster on construction, reduce Market Dependence, and strategically invest in new opportunities that align with our core markets. We believe this partnership will enable us to enhance our geographical presence in many more growth cities, multiplying value for both of us.” said Mr. Mohit Goel, Managing Director, Omaxe Ltd.

Mr. Atul Banshal, Director – Finance, Omaxe Ltd., added, “We have taken meaningful steps to strengthen our balance sheet and improve financial flexibility in the last few years, repaying significant debt while delivering consistent sales growth and creating easily monetisable projects funnel. With no immediate liability to repay, most of the funds would be used for faster execution and create additional headroom to explore expansion in select markets. We would like to thank Team Oaktree, for Partnering with us in this Growth Journey”

In the last two financial years, Omaxe has repaid net Rs. 1285 crore to lenders as principal payment, reducing overall net debt to Rs 300 Crores. The company sold properties over Rs. 3000 crore in FY25, further demonstrating its operational momentum and ability to generate strong cash flows.

Omaxe has delivered over 140.17 million sq. ft. of real estate and construction contracting projects to date as of March 31, 2025, with presence in 8 states and 31 cities. Its portfolio includes integrated townships, group housing, shopping malls, office spaces, and infrastructure-led developments, with a focus on timely delivery and long-term value creation for customers and investors alike.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

TCS To Cut 2% Workforce Over Next Year, Impacting 12,000 Employees: Report | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) will reduce its workforce by 2%, impacting over 12,000 employees, to become more agile and future-ready, according to CEO K Krithivasan.

TCS to cut 2% of its workforce over next year.

TCS Layoffs 2025: Tata Consultancy Services (TCS), Indian IT giant, will trim 2% of its workforce, affecting roughly over 12,000 employees at middle and senior levels over the next year, as informed by CEO K Krithivasan in an interview with Moneycontrol.

The move aims to make the IT giant more agile and future-ready amid rapid disruptions in technology.

TCS will cut the employees across the globe where the company has a presence through the fiscal year 2026 (April 2025 to March 2026).

When asked the rationale behind the move, TCS CEO K Krithivasan told Moneycontrol that ways of working are changing and there’s a requirement to be future-ready and agile. He added that they have been calling out new technologies like AI and operating model changes.

Krithivasan said that they have been deploying AI at scale and evaluating skills they will be requiring for the future. “We have invested a lot in associates in terms of how we can provide them with career growth and deployment opportunities,” he added.

Krithivasan argued that they found that there were roles where redeployment hasn’t been effective. “This will impact roughly 2 per cent of our global workforce, primarily at middle and senior levels,” he added in the interview with Moneycontrol.

India’s largest IT services company added 6,071 employees during the April-June 2025 quarter. With this, the total number of TCS employees stood at 6,13,069 as of June 30, 2025. On a net basis, TCS’ headcount increased by 5,090 employees in the first quarter of the fiscal, according to a regulatory filing. Its IT services attrition rate (last twelve-month basis) inched up to 13.8 per cent in Q1 FY26, compared with 13.3 per cent in the previous quarter. The attrition had stood at 13 per cent in the December 2024 quarter.

According to reports, Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) is expected to roll out lower salary hikes this year between 4 per cent and 8 per cent. This hike will be the lowest in the past four years. TCS had rolled out a salary increment of 10.5 per cent in FY22, 6-9 per cent in FY23, and 7-9 per cent in FY24.

The company’s largest IT services company on July 10 reported a 5.98 per cent rise year-on-year (YoY) in its net profit to Rs 12,760 crore for the first quarter ended June 30, 2025 (Q1 FY26). On a quarter-on-quarter (QoQ) basis, the net profit grew 4.38%.

It had reported a net profit of Rs 12,040 crore a year ago and Rs 12,224 crore in the previous quarter.

However, its revenue from operations during April-June 2025 stood at Rs 63,437 crore, which is 1.13 per cent higher as compared with the Rs 62,613 crore reported last year. On a sequential basis, the revenue fell 1.61%.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business TCS To Cut 2% Workforce Over Next Year, Impacting 12,000 Employees: Report
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

SGB 2017-18 Series II Matures On July 28; Investors To Get 250% Return | Savings and Investments News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The RBI set the final redemption price for the Sovereign Gold Bond 2017-18 Series II at Rs 9,924 per gram, maturing on July 28, 2025, offering a return of 250.67%.

While the bond tenure is 8 years, investors can choose to redeem their bonds prematurely after 5 years from the issue date on any coupon payment date.

SGB 2017-18 Series II: The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has declared the final redemption price for the Sovereign Gold Bond (SGB) 2017-18 Series II, which is due for maturity on Monday, July 28, 2025. This tranche of the gold bond was originally issued in July 2017 and carries an 8-year maturity period.

As per the RBI press release dated July 25, 2025, the final redemption price has been fixed at Rs 9,924 per gram, calculated based on the simple average of closing gold prices between July 21 and 25, 2025.

The original issue price for the bond in 2017 was Rs 2,830 per gram, with online investors receiving a discount of Rs 50. Ignoring interest payouts, this gives investors an absolute return of Rs 7,094 per gram over the 8-year period.

In percentage terms, the return amounts to 250.67%, excluding the semi-annual interest of 2.5% per annum offered under the scheme.

What Are Sovereign Gold Bonds (SGBs)?

SGBs are government securities denominated in grams of gold and act as a substitute for physical gold. Investors pay the issue price in cash and receive the redemption amount in cash. These bonds are issued by the RBI on behalf of the Government of India.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) on Sovereign Gold Bonds

Can I redeem my gold bond anytime?

No. While the bond has an 8-year maturity, early redemption is allowed only after 5 years from the issue date and only on coupon payment dates. The bonds are tradable on stock exchanges if held in demat form and can be transferred to eligible investors.

How can I exit my SGB investment prematurely?

Investors who wish to redeem early must approach the bank, SHCIL, Post Office, or agent 30 days before the coupon payment date. The request must be submitted at least one day prior to the coupon date. Proceeds will be credited to the investor’s bank account registered at the time of bond purchase.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

How To Analyse Stocks Before Buying? Know Basics About Fundamental And Technical Analyses | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

To analyse stocks and make informed investment decisions, one needs to know market trends, investor sentiment and the financial health of the company.

Technical analysis is often used by analysts, market experts and frequent traders. (Representative Image)

Investing in equity shares of companies could be lucrative, but it requires more than just following market trends or choosing well-known names. To make the most out of the stock market investments, investors should research every stock they want to buy in advance. The two most popular approaches are technical analysis and fundamental analysis.

Even though each serves a different purpose, understanding both could help you create a prudent financial plan.

Fundamental Analysis: Understanding The Business

The core method focuses on examining the health of the finances of a company, the quality of management, the market situation and the ability to expand. The approach supposes that the intrinsic value of the stock is determined by the performance and fundamentals of the firm.

The key things to remember are:

Financial statements: Review the firm’s income statement, balance sheet and statement of cash flows. Look for revenue expansion, profit margins, debt levels and cash reserves.

Earnings and ratios: Financial statistics like earnings per share (EPS), price-to-earnings (P/E) ratio, return on equity (ROE) and debt-to-equity ratio give information regarding profitability and valuation.

Industry position: Discover how the company is positioned versus the competition. Good market positioning and a competitive edge are key to the value of the company.

Management and governance: Transparency of corporate governance and leadership quality also play significant roles in the long-term performance of a company. Any operational issues or leadership problems could be a red flag.

Macroeconomic factors: More general economic indicators such as interest rates, inflation and government policies affecting a particular sector can also affect a company’s performance.

Long-term investors who are willing to hold on to the stock for many years and understand a company’s value could rely on fundamental analysis to assess the potential growth.

Technical Analysis: Reading Price Movements

Technical analysis relies on the examination of stock price charts and volume. Instead of examining a company’s fundamentals, it considers market psychology, trends and momentum. Technical analysis is often used by analysts, market experts and frequent traders to minimise risks and devise strategies as per emerging trends.

The things to keep in mind are:

Trend lines: They are a useful tool for determining and validating a stock’s movement direction. They serve as support or resistance levels and help traders in identifying upward or downward trends.

Support and resistance: These show the levels where there is significant buying or selling pressure. Support means a price at which further decline is prevented due to potential increases in demand. Resistance stops upward momentum by indicating a level at which selling may increase.

Volume: This indicates how aggressively a stock is traded. The strength of a trend, whether upward or downward, is confirmed by high volume.

Technical analysis is of greater value for short-term to medium-term traders who want to time their entry and exit based on the movement of prices.

Using Both To Make The Right Decision

Most investors combine both approaches. For instance, you may select a company that is fundamentally sound and apply technical analysis to determine when to buy.

Knowledge of both methods does not promise higher gains always, but minimises risks. These analyses help in devising more effective investment strategies.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business How To Analyse Stocks Before Buying? Know Basics About Fundamental And Technical Analyses
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

999 Vs 995 Gold: What’s The Difference And How To Check 24K Gold Purity | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

While 999 gold is the purest form of the yellow metal one can own, 995 gold is used as a standard for trading purposes.

Considered a safe-haven asset, gold is a preferred investment option among Indians. (Representative Image)

Buying gold on festive occasions and major life events has been an integral part of Indian culture. Apart from its cultural significance, gold is also one of the most popular investment options across the country. Gold is also often preferred as a safe-haven asset globally in case of geopolitical and economic uncertainties.

In the last few months gold price has significantly surged in India amid global uncertainties and rising domestic demand. The price of 24K gold has surged from around Rs 7,800 per gram on January 1, 2025, to nearly Rs 10,000 per gram in July.

With increasing demand, it has also become unaffordable for many potential buyers. For this reason, people are opting for lightweight gold jewellery products made of the yellow metal of lower purity.

With more options, investors also need to maintain higher caution to ensure that they are paying for the right product. Whether it’s 24-karat, also known as 999 gold, or other versions, there is a way to find out the difference.

According to the World Gold Council, gold purity is measured in two main ways: karats and fineness. Karat measures how much gold is mixed with other metals. Fineness shows purity in parts per thousand. For example, 24-karat gold has a fineness of 1.000 (24 ÷ 24) and it’s considered pure gold. On the other hand, 22-karat gold has a fineness of 0.916 (22 ÷ 24). This means that it is 91.6% gold and 8.4% other metals.

What is 999 versus 995 gold?

In simpler terms, 999 gold is also understood as 99.9% pure gold. Also known as 24-karat gold, it is considered the standard for pure gold and is typically available as coins and gold bars. In 999 gold, the remaining 0.1% refers to trace impurities, which can be tiny amounts of other metals.

On the other hand, 995 gold is also a variant of 24-karat gold with slightly more impurities. In this case, for 1,000 grams of purchase, one will get 995 grams of gold mixed with 5 grams of other metals.

While 999 gold is the purest form of gold one can own, 995 gold is used as a standard for trading purposes.

How To Check If a Product Is 999 Gold?

The government-backed Bureau of Indian Standards introduced the hallmarking scheme in 2000 to protect consumers against the adulteration of gold. This scheme was further strengthened by the BIS in 2023.

After March 2023, traders are not allowed to sell gold items without a six‑digit alphanumeric Hallmark Unique Identification Number (HUID). The BIS has also launched a BIS Care application, where consumers can share the details of the HUID embedded on any jewellery to check their authenticity. Based on HUID, the app will share the details of the item, its purity, manufacturer and other aspects.

While HUID-based hallmarking is mandatory for jewellery, the same is not the case for bars and coins. It will still come with a BIS logo and mention of purity, such as 999 or 995 gold on its surface.

You can also put the coin or bar through a vinegar test for any discolouration, which will imply impurity. Additionally, genuine gold is non-magnetic, so using a magnet can help detect the extent of mixed metals.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business 999 Vs 995 Gold: What’s The Difference And How To Check 24K Gold Purity
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

SCSS To Post Office Savings: Investment Schemes For Senior Citizens To Build Emergency Fund | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Whether it’s a sudden medical expense or any unplanned big-ticket spending, an emergency fund could help to meet such unexpected financial needs.

An emergency fund is a dedicated pool of money for unexpected expenses. (Photo Source: Freepik)

Life is full of surprises, and emergencies can occur when we least expect them. Just when you believe you have everything under control, life throws a curveball at you. This is why building an emergency fund is crucial for financial stability at any age, especially for senior citizens. Whether it’s a sudden medical expense or a family emergency, having a financial safety net can bring peace of mind and reduce stress.

An emergency fund is a dedicated pool of money set aside to take care of unexpected expenses, guarding you against potential debt. It allows you to cover unforeseen expenses without resorting to high-interest loans or going into debt. Having this financial cushion will also make sure that you don’t borrow money and be stressed with its accompanying interest payments.

For senior citizens, who have reached 60 years of age and above, building an emergency fund is of utmost importance. Here are some key investment instruments for senior citizens to consider:

National Pension Scheme (NPS)

It is a government-backed savings plan scheme for senior citizens. The National Pension Scheme provides financial security and a regular income to secure their future post-retirement. If needed, the scheme allows limited, tax-free withdrawals for specific needs like medical expenses. This scheme also offers tax benefits under Section 80C of the Income Tax Act, 1961, and an additional Rs 50,000 under Section 80CCD (1B).

Senior Citizen Savings Scheme (SCSS)

SCSS offers a secure, risk-free way for retirees to manage savings while earning interest, often at higher rates than standard savings accounts. Specially tailored for individuals aged 60 and above, this government-backed scheme offers secure returns. Currently, the government offers an 8.2% interest rate per annum under the SCSA scheme.

Post Office Monthly Income Scheme (POMIS)

The next savings plan you can consider is the Monthly Income Scheme by the post office. It is a reliable savings plan for senior citizens, providing a fixed income to investors every month. In this government-backed scheme, the investors can put a lump sum amount, and every month it pays 7.4 percent interest on the amount invested. After five years, the scheme matures and individuals can withdraw or reinvest the principal amount.

RBI Bonds

Another investment option, backed by the Indian government, that you can consider is RBI bonds. It offers a fixed interest rate of 8.05 percent per annum, paid semi-annually, ensuring regular income. With a lock-in period of 7 years, the scheme allows senior citizens to withdraw the money after 4 years.

Equity Linked Savings Scheme (ELSS)

Designed with equity exposure, it is a mutual fund that helps investors accumulate wealth while saving on taxes. This scheme has the shortest lock-in period among tax-saving investments, making it the most preferred during emergencies. Moreover, it offers tax benefits within the overall Rs 1.5 lakh per annum limit under Section 80C.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business SCSS To Post Office Savings: Investment Schemes For Senior Citizens To Build Emergency Fund
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Why Meta Offered Rs 10,400 Crore To This AI Genius And Still Got A ‘No’ | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The tech firm founder rose to fame in 2023 after criticising Elon Musk, who then offered him a job. His latest revelation shows the sky-high offers top AI talent is receiving today

Meta’s goal is to acquire all innovations in the technical field and build a ‘Superintelligence Lab’. (Representative/Shutterstock)

Daniel Francis, an AI expert and founder of the US-based tech firm Abel, has sparked a social media frenzy after revealing he turned down a jaw-dropping Rs 10,400 crore job offer from Meta. The four-year offer from the tech giant has raised eyebrows across the industry, leaving many wondering what made Meta so keen, and why Francis walked away.

The reason for Meta’s interest in Daniel has now been revealed. On social media, he wrote, “Friends! I was offered a salary of Rs 10,400 crore for four years. Even I have never seen this height before. What is going on?” In another post, he added, “I want to tell you that I have turned down that job offer.”

Daniel’s AI Tech Stands Apart

Daniel possesses a unique AI technology, which Meta was keen to acquire to ensure it didn’t fall into the hands of competitors. His technology includes algorithms that generate police reports from body cam footage and send call data automatically.

Daniel first gained prominence in 2023 when he publicly voiced his displeasure towards Elon Musk, who surprisingly offered him a job in one of his companies. His recent revelation highlights the immense offers AI talent is now attracting.

Meta On A Hiring Spree For Top Tech Talent

Meta is actively recruiting top technical staff, with OpenAI CEO Sam Altman stating last month that Meta plans to spend $100 million on hiring. Despite such large offers, no experts from other companies have joined Meta yet.

Meta’s goal is to acquire all innovations in the technical field and build a ‘Superintelligence Lab’, offering substantial packages to AI experts.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Why Meta Offered Rs 10,400 Crore To This AI Genius And Still Got A ‘No’
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Airbus & Rolls-Royce To Deliver Aircraft, Engines To Indian Airlines In 5-Billion GBP Deal | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The companies are among 26 other British firms that have secured new business in India under the historic free trade agreement signed by India and UK

Rolls Royce Trent XWB engines on view on the assembly line at the Rolls-Royce factory in Derby, England. (Image: AFP/File)

In a significant deal for the aviation sector under the historic free trade agreement signed between India and UK on Thursday, Airbus and Rolls-Royce will soon begin delivering aircraft and engines to major Indian airlines as part of contracts worth 5 billion GBP.

More than half of the Airbus aircraft are powered by Rolls-Royce engines. This lucrative deal will not only boost India’s aviation sector but help sustain jobs in various company sites in the UK – namely, Filton, Broughton and Derby. Airbus is headquartered at Blagnac in France, while Rolls-Royce is based out of Derby in the UK.

This deal is part of 26 British companies that have secured new business in India. Deccan Chronicle reported that the International Aerospace Manufacturing Private Limited (IAMPL) – a joint-venture between Rolls-Royce and Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL) – is expanding its manufacturing in Hosur facility with an investment of 30 million GBP.

This deal will further give India access to advanced aircraft and efficient engines like the Rolls-Royce Trent XWB, enhancing connectivity and supporting India’s ambition to expand its commercial aviation infrastructure. 

The free trade agreement (FTA) is aimed at eliminating or reducing tariffs on goods and services traded between India and the UK. This will ultimately increase bilateral trade to USD 120 billion by 2030 and create multiple jobs in both the countries. 

NDTV reported that the other British companies on the list that will now invest in India include Carbon Clean, a carbon capture service provider, which will invest 7.6 million GBP in a Mumbai office. UK-based medical technology firm Occuity, which creates handheld, non-contact optical devices for eye measurements, has signed a 74.3 million GBP export deal with India’s Remidio Innovative Solutions. Johnson Matthey, a specialty chemicals firm, has secured contracts worth more than 20 million GBP, the report said.

Global business intelligence and event management agency The Marcus Evans Group is set to open a new office in Mumbai with an export/investment pipeline of 69 million GBP over five years, NDTV said.

authorimg

News Desk

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Airbus & Rolls-Royce To Deliver Aircraft, Engines To Indian Airlines In 5-Billion GBP Deal
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Bajaj Finance Q1 Results: Net Profit Jumps 21.8% To Rs 4,765.3 Crore, Revenue Up 21.3% | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Bajaj Finance Q1 Results: Its revenue from operations increases 21.3 per cent to Rs 19,523.88 crore, compared with Rs 16,100.05 crore in the year-ago period.

Bajaj Finance Q1 Results.

Bajaj Finance Q1 Results: Non-banking financial company (NBFC) Bajaj Finance on Thursday reported a 21.81 per cent year-on-year (YoY) jump in its consolidated net profit to Rs 4,765.29 crore for the first quarter ended June 30, 2025. Its revenue from operations during April-June 2025 increased 21.3 per cent to Rs 19,523.88 crore, compared with Rs 16,100.05 crore in the year-ago period.

Its net profit had stood at Rs 3,911.98 crore in the corresponding quarter last year.

Bajaj Finance’s net interest income (NII) in Q1FY26 jumped 22 per cent to Rs 10,227 crore, against Rs 8,365 crore a year ago.

The company’s pre-provisioning operating profit rose 22 per cent to Rs 8,487 crore from Rs 6,947 crore YoY.

Its consolidated assets under management (AUM) grew 25 per cent to Rs 4,41,450 crore as of June 30, 2025, compared with Rs 3,54,192 crore a year ago. Its AUM grew Rs 24,789 crore in Q1FY26.

The NBFC’s gross NPA and net NPA saw an increase.

Bajaj Finance’s non-performing assets (NPA) stood at 1.03 per cent as of June 30, 2025, higher than the 0.86 per cent recorded a year ago. Its net NPA stood at 0.50 per cent, up from 0.38 per cent a year ago.

Bajaj Finance’s loan losses and provisions increased 26 per cent to Rs 2,120 crore during the quarter, from Rs 1,685 crore YoY.

The number of new loans booked grew 23 per cent YoY to 1.35 crore by the end of Q1FY26 from 1.1 crore by the end of Q1FY25. Customer franchise rose by 21 per cent YoY to 10.65 crore as of 30 June 2025, compared to 8.81 crore as of 30 June 2024. Customer franchise grew by 46.9 lakh in Q1FY26.

Number of new loans booked in Q1FY26 was 13.49 million as against 10.97 million in Q1 FY25, a growth of 23 percent, said the company.

Customer franchise stood at 106.51 million as of June 30, 2025, compared to 88.11 million as of June 30, 2024, a growth of 21 percent. Customer franchise grew by 4.69 million in Q1FY26.

Ahead of the results, shares of Bajaj Finance on Thursday declined by 1.2% to Rs 956.5 apiece on the BSE.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Bajaj Finance Q1 Results: Net Profit Jumps 21.8% To Rs 4,765.3 Crore, Revenue Up 21.3%
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Accredited Investor: Benefits, Eligibility And Why It Matters | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Accredited investor status in India allows wealthy individuals to invest in exclusive financial products.

Despite its perks, few use it due to a complex regulatory framework.

In today’s fast-moving financial world, new and special investment instruments have been emerging regularly. Amid a booming stock market and evolving financial services industry, the banks and non-banking financial companies are offering a wide range of products to meet the needs of customers across income groups.

The financial services industry offers an opportunity to invest across multiple asset classes like equities, bonds, government securities, FDs, mutual funds, real estate and gold, among others. However, for certain investment instruments and high-end financial products, only a limited investors qualify to put their money. This is where an accredited investor status helps.

It is a special category for people with higher income or wealth. It allows them to invest in advanced products with fewer rules and more freedom.

Let’s break down what it means and why it matters:

Who Can Be an Accredited Investor?

To become an accredited investor in India, you must meet one of these rules set by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI):

– Earn Rs 2 crore or more in a year.

– Or have a net worth of Rs 7.5 crore, with at least Rs 3.75 crore in financial assets.

– Or earn Rs 1 crore a year and have a net worth of Rs 5 crore, with Rs 2.5 crore in financial assets.

Why It Matters?

1. You Can Start Investing with Less Money

Usually, to invest in high-end services like Portfolio Management Services (PMS) or Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs), you need a lot of money—Rs 50 lakh or Rs 1 crore. But if you are an accredited investor, you can start with just Rs 10–25 lakh, depending on the product. This makes it easier to invest in different types of instruments while leveraging the liquidity.

2. You Get Access to Special Investment Options

Accredited investors can invest in products not available to regular investors—like venture capital, private equity, Special Situation Funds and even pre-IPO shares. Some of these are available with lower investment amounts, especially in GIFT City, which is India’s international financial hub.

3. More Control and Better Services

Accredited investors often get customised financial services. They may get flexible plans, lower or performance-based fees, and advice that regular investors may not receive. These investors can also be more involved in how their money is managed.

Why So Few People Use It

Even though there are benefits, very few Indians have taken this path. As per an Economic Times report, India has only around 650 accredited investors, compared to over 24 million in the US.

If you meet the criteria, becoming an accredited investor can open the door to better investment options with lower amounts, exclusive deals and more personalised services. It is a useful step for those looking to grow their money smartly.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Accredited Investor: Benefits, Eligibility And Why It Matters
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

ITR Filing 2025: How Are Debt Mutual Funds Taxed, How To Report Them In Your Income Tax Return? | Tax News

No Comments

Last Updated:

If you have invested in debt mutual funds and are unsure about the tax implications or how to report them in your ITR, here’s everything you need to know.

Debt mutual funds invest your money primarily in fixed-income securities like government bonds (G-Secs), corporate bonds, treasury bills, certificates of deposit, and other money market instruments.

ITR Filing 2025: The income tax return (ITR) filing season for the financial year 2024-25 (assessment year 2025-26) is underway. The last date for filing ITR without audit requirements is September 15, 2025. If you have invested in debt mutual funds and are unsure about the tax implications or how to report them in your ITR, here’s everything you need to know.

What Are Debt Mutual Funds?

Debt mutual funds invest your money primarily in fixed-income securities like government bonds (G-Secs), corporate bonds, treasury bills, certificates of deposit, and other money market instruments. Their main goal is to generate steady income with relatively lower risk compared to equity funds. However, they are not risk-free and are subject to interest rate fluctuations and credit risk.

It is also important to note that international mutual funds like those investing mainly in, let’s say, US market or China market, are also treated like debt mutual funds for taxation purposes.

What Is The Tax Rate On Debt Mutual Funds for AY 2025-26 (FY 2024-25)?

Before April 1, 2023, debt mutual funds enjoyed a favourable tax regime. If you held them for over 3 years, gains were considered Long-Term Capital Gains (LTCG) and taxed at 20% with indexation (indexation adjusts your purchase price for inflation, lowering your taxable profit). Gains within 3 years were Short-Term Capital Gains (STCG) taxed as per your income slab.

From April 1, 2023, the government removed the special tax status for debt mutual funds. Here’s the current tax treatment for redemptions made in FY 2024-25 (AY 2025-26):

1. All Gains Taxed as Income : Regardless of how long you hold them (even for 10 years!), any profit you make on selling units of a debt mutual fund is added to your total income.

2. Taxed at Your Slab Rate: This combined income is then taxed according to your applicable income tax slab rate (5%, 20%, or 30%, plus cess).

3. No Indexation Benefit: The crucial benefit of indexation for long-term holdings is gone for investments made on or after April 1, 2023.

4. No Distinction Between STCG & LTCG: The old concepts of Short-Term (held less than 3 years) and Long-Term (held for 3 years or more) capital gains for tax purposes no longer exist for debt funds under the new regime.

How are Equity Mutual Funds Treated?

Equity-Oriented Funds (funds investing at least 65% in Indian equities) still have special tax rates. They are treated as equity investments.

  • STCG (Held < 12 months): Gains taxed at 15% sold before July 23, 2024 and 20% if sold after July 23, 2024.
  • LTCG (Held >= 12 months): Gains up to Rs 1.25 lakh during FY25 are tax-free. Gains exceeding Rs 1.25 lakh are taxed at 10% if sold before July 23, 2025 and 12.5% if sold after July 23, 2024.

What If You Bought Before April 2023 and Sold During FY 2024-25?

You get the benefit of the old tax rules, but only if you held the units for more than 3 years.

Holding Period More than 3 Years (Long-Term): Your gain is Long-Term Capital Gain (LTCG) and is taxed at 20% on the indexed gain.

For example: Bought in January 2020 for Rs 1,00,000. Sold in May 2024 (FY 2024-25) for Rs 1,50,000. Indexed Cost (approx) = Rs 1,00,000 (CII 2024-25 / CII 2019-20). If indexed cost is Rs 1,20,000, taxable gain = Rs 30,000. Tax = 20% of Rs 30,000 = Rs 6,000 + cess.

Holding Period Less than 3 Years (Short-Term): Your gain is Short-Term Capital Gain (STCG). Added to your total income and taxed as per your slab rate (5%/20%/30% + cess). No special rate.

What If You Bought After April 2023 and Sold in FY 2024-25?

The new rules apply strictly. Holding period does not matter. Your entire profit (sale price minus purchase price, minus any exit load) is added to your total income. It is taxed as per your applicable income tax slab rate (5%/20%/30% + cess). No indexation benefit is available.

For example, you bought in June 2023 for Rs 1,00,000. Sold in February 2025 for Rs 1,10,000. Profit = Rs 10,000. If your total income (including this Rs 10,000) falls in the 30% slab, tax on this gain = 30% of Rs 10,000 = Rs 3,000 + cess.

How to Show Debt Mutual Funds in ITR-2 and ITR-3?

Gains from debt mutual funds (whether under old or new rules) are always treated as “Capital Gains” for individual investors. They are not considered “Business Income” unless you are professionally trading mutual funds (which is rare for typical investors).

Reporting in ITR-2 and ITR-3:

1. Find Schedule CG (Capital Gains): Both ITR-2 and ITR-3 have a dedicated “Schedule CG” to report capital gains from assets like mutual funds, stocks, property.

2. Separate Reporting for Each Category: Within Schedule CG, you need to report gains based on the asset type and holding period:

  • Listed Securities (Shares, Mutual Funds etc.): Report gains from debt mutual funds.
  • Differentiate STCG and LTCG (Based on Purchase Date & Holding Period):
    • Column 5a (STCG – Listed Securities): Report gains from debt funds sold within 3 years of purchase (if bought before April 2023) or gains from all debt funds bought after April 2023 (as they are effectively STCG under tax law now).
    • Column 5b (LTCG – Listed Securities): Report gains only from debt funds bought before April 1, 2023, and held for more than 3 years (eligible for 20% with indexation).

It will require details like Name of the Mutual Fund Scheme, Date of Purchase, Date of Sale/Redemption, Sale Value (Redemption Amount), and Purchase Cost.

It is always advisable to check your tax calculations with your financial advisor.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business » tax ITR Filing 2025: How Are Debt Mutual Funds Taxed, How To Report Them In Your Income Tax Return?
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Eternal Shares Surge 20% In 2 Days, CEO Deepinder Goyal’s Wealth Up by Rs 1600 Crore | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Shares of Eternal, parent company of Zomato and Blinkit, surged nearly 15% on July 22, hitting an all-time high of Rs 311.25 on the NSE.

Eternal CEO Deepinder Goyal.

Eternal Share Price: Shares of Eternal, the parent company of Zomato and Blinkit, soared nearly 15% on July 22 to hit an all-time high of Rs 311.25 on the NSE. The sharp rise extended a two-day rally, pushing the stock up over 20%, and adding nearly Rs 40,000 crore to the company’s market value in just two sessions.

The rally came on the back of a strong June quarter earnings report, which boosted investor confidence.

CEO Deepinder Goyal Sees Major Wealth Boost

The surge in share price led to a big jump in the net worth of Eternal CEO Deepinder Goyal, who owns 36.94 crore shares in the company. When the earnings were announced, Eternal shares were at Rs 266. With the stock reaching Rs 311 during today’s trade, Goyal’s wealth increased by more than Rs 1600 crore.

By the end of the session, Eternal shares closed at Rs 299.75, up 10.32% for the day. At this closing price, Goyal’s stake was valued at approximately Rs 11,071.86 crore as of July 22.

With this rally, Eternal’s market cap crossed Rs 3 lakh crore, putting it ahead of over 20 Nifty 50 companies such as Wipro, Tata Motors, JSW Steel, Nestle India, Coal India, Bajaj Auto, Asian Paints, Eicher Motors, Tech Mahindra, and Cipla.

The spike came despite the company reporting a steep 90.12% year-on-year drop in consolidated net profit for the June 2025 quarter (Q1 FY26), which stood at Rs 25 crore compared to Rs 253 crore in the same period last year.

While profits dipped sharply, revenue from operations jumped 70.4% year-on-year to Rs 7,167 crore, primarily driven by strong growth in the company’s quick commerce arm, Blinkit. Eternal’s B2C Net Order Value (NOV) surged 55% YoY to Rs 20,183 crore, with Blinkit surpassing food delivery for the first time. Consolidated adjusted revenue rose 67% YoY to Rs 7,563 crore.

Despite top-line growth, profitability was impacted by ongoing investments. Adjusted EBITDA declined 42% YoY to ₹172 crore, reflecting higher spends on Blinkit and the company’s expanding “going-out” segment. Food delivery margins held steady at 5% of NOV, despite seasonal softness.

CEO Deepinder Goyal acknowledged the challenges but expressed cautious optimism:

“I think the YoY growth is likely to bottom out now as we recover from the demand slowdown we started seeing in late 2024. For FY26, it looks unlikely that the business will deliver 20%-plus NOV growth, but we should be north of 15% and hopefully trending toward 20% in FY27.”

During the quarter, Blinkit added 243 new stores and saw its NOV rise 127% YoY. The company also began transitioning Blinkit to an inventory-led model, which is expected to enhance both margins and revenue. Profitability in smaller cities was described as encouraging.

Meanwhile, the going-out vertical — now a Rs 8,000 crore annualized NOV business — continues to expand, bolstered by recent acquisitions in ticketing and events. Eternal ended the quarter with a cash balance of Rs 18,857 crore.

Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Eternal Shares Surge 20% In 2 Days, CEO Deepinder Goyal’s Wealth Up by Rs 1600 Crore
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Paytm Turns Profitable: Rs 123 Cr PAT In Q1FY26 After Rs 840 Cr Loss Last Year | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

One97 Communications Ltd, parent of Paytm, reported a net profit of Rs 123 crore for Q1 FY 2025-26, reversing a Rs 840 crore loss from a year ago.

Paytm Shares Price:

Paytm Q1FY26 Results: In a remarkable turnaround, One97 Communications Ltd, the parent of fintech Paytm, on Tuesday reported a net profit of Rs 123 crore for the first quarter of the financial year 2025-26, compared to a loss of Rs 840 crore a year ago. It is driven by AI-led operating leverage, disciplined cost structure and higher other

income, said the company.

The fintech major’s operating revenue rose 28% year-on-year to Rs 1,918 crore during the quarter ended June 30, 2025.

The company’s contribution profit stood at Rs 1,151 crore, up 52% YoY, with a contribution margin of 60%. This growth was led by improved net payment revenues, a stronger financial services portfolio, and reduced direct expenses. Paytm also reported a positive EBITDA of Rs 72 crore — a margin of 4% — indicating early signs of sustainable profitability.

The company said its net payment revenue was up 38 per cent to Rs 529 crore, led by growth in high-quality subscription merchants and an increase in payment processing margins. Distribution of financial services revenue increased by 100% YoY to Rs 561 Cr, driven by

growth in merchant loans, trail revenue from DLG portfolio, and improved collection performance.

As of June 2025, Paytm had 1.30 crore subscription-based merchants. The company sees a long-term potential of catering to 10 crore merchants, out of which 40–50% are expected to subscribe to its services.

Its total gross merchandise value (GMV) grew 27% YoY to Rs 5.4 lakh crore. Paytm’s cash balance rose to Rs 12,872 crore, up by Rs 4,764 crore in a year, providing strong capital flexibility for future growth.

As of June 2025, Paytm had 1.30 crore subscription-based merchants. The company sees a long-term potential of catering to 10 crore merchants, out of which 40–50% are expected to subscribe to its services.

Going forward, we expect a higher share of non-DLG disbursements, which reduces upfront DLG costs and also lifetime revenue by corresponding amount. Hence, distribution of financial services revenue growth will be slower sequentially as compared to the disbursements growth (we saw revenue growth

higher than disbursement growth since start of DLG model in Q2 FY 2025), the management said in Q1FY26.

Paytm shares climbed 3.48 per cent on Tuesday to end at Rs 1053 apiece. Shares are up 19 per cent in the past one month.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.

view comments

News business » markets Paytm Turns Profitable: Rs 123 Cr PAT In Q1FY26 After Rs 840 Cr Loss Last Year
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

When Did Pensions Begin Globally And What Was The First Pension Amount In India?

No Comments
Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

Facing EPFO Site Errors? UMANG App Offers A Smart Alternative | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

A multi-utility government application, UMANG, helps EPF members register and avail of various services, including checking their EPF passbook and tracking claims submitted.

How the UMANG app helps members when the official EPF website is down

Employees’ Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO) members who are tired of facing site errors while trying to check their EPF passbook need no longer worry. You can access the EPFO services even when the official portal undergoes technical faults or downtimes by using UMANG. A government-backed mobile application, Unified Mobile Application for New-age Governance (UMANG), helps EPF members check their PF balances, submit claims and perform other essential tasks without entering the official EPFO portal.

A convenient and user-friendly platform, the UMANG application offers all EPFO-related facilities to members on their smartphones. Whether it is checking the EPF passbook, balance, raising or tracking claims, applying for Scheme Certificates or even activating your UAN. UMANG is the way to go.

EPF members seeking a full or partial claim against their UAN can do so directly from the UMANG app, with just a few taps on their mobile phones. One can also avoid the hassle of visiting the EPFO offices for pension scheme certificate applications through the app, which allows us to track the status (only the non-financial details) of the claims raised against a member ID.

The UMANG app helps members check their EPF passbooks if they are unable to do so through the online portal, providing a summarised overview of transactions done in their pension account of PF for the last 3 months. If members wish to go further back, the rest can be downloaded in PDF format.

Members of the Employees’ Pension Scheme (EPS) can download their pension payment order using the UMANG app. The application has eased the process of acquiring the order that helps you get your pension after retirement.

Additionally, EPF members can generate and activate a Universal Account Number (UAN) for first-time users via the multi-utility UMANG application. “This service leverages secure face authentication, ensuring a seamless and reliable process. Employees can quickly access their EPF accounts without requiring extensive paperwork or manual verification steps,” says the UMANG website.

The app comes with a range of other benefits, including status tracking of any grievances or requests made through the eMigrate web portal, allowing you to check whether the government has taken any prompt action on your complaints. Members can download the UMANG app from the Google Play/App Store.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Facing EPFO Site Errors? UMANG App Offers A Smart Alternative
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

ITAT Verdict: Capital Gains Exemption Under Sec 54 Allowed On Property Gifted By Spouse | Savings and Investments News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The ITAT Mumbai ruled Kavita Manoj Damani can claim capital gain tax exemption under Section 54 of the Income Tax Act, 1961, after purchasing a new flat from her husband.

Section 54 of the Income Tax Act offers exemption from long-term capital gains tax if the profit from selling a residential house is reinvested in buying another residential property within 2 years.

Kavita Manoj Damani vs AO, ITAT Mumbai: In a significant verdict, the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT) Mumbai has pronounced that a wife can claim capital gain tax exemption under Section 54 of the Income Tax Act, 1961, given the conditions and legal rules are met properly.

Section 54 of the Income Tax Act offers exemption from long-term capital gains tax if the profit from selling a residential house is reinvested in buying another residential property within 2 years, or used to construct a new one within 3 years from the date of sale.

The above verdict pronounced by the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT) Mumbai came following the appeal of Kavita Manoj Damani. Her claim for long-term gain exemption was rejected by the Income Tax Officer (AO), calling it as a ‘tax avoidance attempt’. Even the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) sided with the AO.

So, she was forced to knock on the doors of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT) Mumbai to get the tax relief as per rules and process.

What Happened In The Case?

The case revolves around a Powai property jointly purchased by a couple in 2002, as per Live Mint report. In 2017, the husband gifted his 50% stake to his wife. She sold the entire property in 2020, earning a long-term capital gain of Rs 4.21 crore. To claim exemption under Section 54, she bought a flat from her husband for Rs 3.85 crore and paid Rs 11 lakh in stamp duty—totaling Rs 3.96 crore.

Though AO rejected her claim. The Live Mint report said that the tax officer believed her husband was the real owner, and she didn’t pay for the original flats.

The Assessing Officer initially denied the exemption, arguing that the sale was a sham meant to transfer capital gains back to the husband. The Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) also sided with the AO.

However, ITAT Mumbai ruled in favour of the wife, stating that the sale was genuine. She had paid through banking channels, registered the deed, reinvested within two years, and deducted TDS.

The tribunal clarified that the relationship between the buyer and seller is irrelevant under Section 54 if the transaction is authentic.

However, the tribunal looked at the matter from a fresh perspective. It noted that the property was legally gifted in 2017 and so the new property was bought within the allowed 2-year window. Moreover, the legal process including full payment and stamp duty were done properly.

The tribunal in its verdict accepted the deal as a legally valid and allowed the claimant to take the benefits under Section 54.

What This Means for You

You can claim Section 54 exemption on capital gains from property gifted by your spouse.

But you must complete the purchase of a new property within 2 years of selling the old one.

Use a proper gift deed to transfer ownership.

Ensure the money trail and documents are clear and within legal bounds.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Indian-Origin Trapit Bansal, Hammad Syed Among 44 Picked For Meta’s Superintelligence Unit | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Meta, led by Mark Zuckerberg, is boosting AI efforts with the Meta Superintelligence team, hiring talent from OpenAI, Google Deepmind, and others.

Two Indians — Trapit Bansal and Hammad Syed — Join Meta’s Superintelligence Dream Team

The stiff competition in the gen AI has forced Mark Zuckerberg’s Meta to gear up its efforts, aiming at dominating the rising field and grabbing the largest pie of the emerging and revolutionary technology. Meta has been building its Superintelligence Team through carrots and sticks that will focus on building and developing artificial general intelligence (AGI) as known as “superintelligence”.

A total of 44 people from varied origins were part of the new elite division called Meta Superintelligence.

Meta has reportedly been poaching the employees of other AI research companies like OpenAI, Google Deepmind, Anthropic and AI startups to build this elite team. Several reports stated that Meta is likely paying between $10-$100 million per year to these 44 people in the elite team.

2 Indians Among 44 Members Team

2 India-origin were part of the Meta’s Superintelligence team. Other than Trapit Bansal, Hammad Syed also joined the elite team as a software engineer.

Who Is Hammad Syed?

Hammad Syed is the Co-Founder and CEO of Play.ht according to his LinkedIn profile, a leading AI voice generation platform that helps users create realistic, human-like speech from text using advanced AI models. With a strong focus on synthetic media, Play.ht serves thousands of content creators, developers, and businesses worldwide.

Hammad has a background in technology and entrepreneurship. He pursued his education at Sir M Visvesvaraya Institute of Technology in Bangalore, India, as per Crunchbase.

Who Is Trapit Bansal?

Indian-American Trapit Bansal is making headlines at the global level after being recruited for Meta’s upcoming Superintelligence 11 Team. The former AI researcher of OpenAI is now part of a coveted team of Meta working to develop superintelligence, which is a type of intelligence in computers that exceeds human minds in reasoning, thinking, processing, and problem-solving.

Trapit Bansal is an AI researcher. He has had Masters of Science in Mathematics and Statistics from IIT, Kanpur. He then completed another Master of Science in Computer Science from University of Massachusetts Amherts. Thereafter, he pursued PHD in Computer Science from the same University of Massachusetts Amherst. His research areas were natural language processing, deep learning and meta-learning.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Indian-Origin Trapit Bansal, Hammad Syed Among 44 Picked For Meta’s Superintelligence Unit
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

HDFC Bank Q1 Results: Net Profit Rises 12.2% YoY To Rs 18,155 Crore; Special Dividend, Bonus Issue Approved | Banking and Finance News

No Comments

Last Updated:

HDFC Bank Q1 Results: Its net interest income rises 5.4% to Rs 31,439 crore in April-June, against Rs 29,839 crore in the year-ago period.

On a consolidated basis, HDFC Bank’s net profit fell by 1.31 per cent to Rs 16,258 crore for the June 2025 quarter.

HDFC Bank Q1 Results: HDFC Bank, India’s largest private sector lender, on Saturday reported a 12.24 per cent year-on-year rise in its standalone net profit to Rs 18,155.21 crore for the first quarter ended June 2025. Its net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned and interest expended, rose 5.4% to Rs 31,439 crore in April-June, against Rs 29,839 crore in the year-ago period.

Its net profit had stood at Rs 16,174.75 crore in the corresponding period last year.

However, on a consolidated basis, its net profit fell by 1.31 per cent to Rs 16,258 crore for the June 2025 quarter. The lender had reported a net profit of Rs 16,475 crore in the year-ago period.

Its total income jumped to Rs 99,200 crore in the June quarter from Rs 83,701 crore in the year-ago period.

The total expenditure stood at Rs 63,467 crore against Rs 59,817 crore in the same period of the preceding fiscal, as per an exchange filing.

The net interest margin narrowed to 3.35 per cent from 3.46 per cent in the first quarter of FY25, it said.

The overall provisions jumped to Rs 14,442 crore from Rs 2,602 crore in the year-ago period, the bank said, adding that this includes a floating provision of Rs 9,000 crore.

On asset quality, HDFC Bank’s gross non-performing asset (GNPA) ratio marginally increased to 1.40% and its net NPA ratio inched up to 0.47% as of June 30, as percentage of total advances. The return on assets remained stable at 0.48%.

In a regulatory filing, HDFC Bank also announced a bonus issue. It said, “Issuance of Bonus equity shares in the proportion of 1:1 i.e. 1 (One) equity share of Re. 1/- each for every 1 (One) fully paid-up equity share of Re. 1/- each held by the Members of the Bank as on the Record Date (mentioned below).”

The bank also announced a special interim dividend of Rs 5 per equity for the financial year 2025-26.

“A Special Interim Dividend of Rs. 5 per equity share of Re. 1/- each fully paid up (i.e. 500%), for the FY 2025-26,” HDFC Bank stated.

The record date for determining the eligibility of Members entitled to receive the said Special Interim Dividend is Friday, July 25, 2025. The Special Interim Dividend shall be paid to the eligible Members on Monday, August 11, 2025.

Shares of HDFC Bank on Friday declined by 1.56% to close at Rs 1,959 apiece on the NSE.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business » banking-finance HDFC Bank Q1 Results: Net Profit Rises 12.2% YoY To Rs 18,155 Crore; Special Dividend, Bonus Issue Approved
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

ICICI Bank Q1 Results: Net Profit Rises 15.5% YoY To Rs 12,768 Crore | Banking and Finance News

No Comments

Last Updated:

ICICI Bank Q1 Results: Its core net interest income increases 10.6 per cent to Rs 21,635 crore.

ICICI Bank Q1 Results.

ICICI Bank, India’s second-largest private sector lender, on Saturday reported a 1.55 per cent year-on-year rise in its net profit to Rs 12,768.21 crore for the June 2025 quarter. Its standalone total income rose to Rs 51,451.81 crore, compared to Rs 45,997.70 crore in the year-ago period. Other income surged to Rs 8,504.90 crore from Rs 7,001.92 crore a year earlier.

On a consolidated basis, ICICI Bank’s net profit rose 15.9 per cent to Rs 13,558 crore in the June quarter this fiscal. The lender had reported a net profit of Rs 11,696 crore in the year-ago period.

Its core net interest income increased 10.6 per cent to Rs 21,635 crore, while the other income, excluding treasury operations, recorded a 13.7 per cent surge to Rs 7,264 crore.

The net interest margin narrowed to 4.34 per cent from 4.41 per cent a quarter ago, it said.

The overall provisions, excluding the ones for taxes, came at Rs 1,815 crore compared to Rs 1.332 crore in the year-ago period, the bank said.

The gross non-performing assets ratio improved to 1.67 per cent as of June 30 from 2.15 per cent a year ago.

ICICI Bank’s core operating profit rose 13.6 per cent year-on-year to Rs 17,505 crore, while profit before tax (excluding treasury gains) increased 11.4 per cent YoY to Rs 15,690 crore in Q1.

As of June 30, 2025, total advances rose to Rs 13.64 lakh crore, while deposits grew 12.8 percent YoY to Rs 16.08 lakh crore. The average CASA ratio stood at 38.7 percent.

The bank’s capital adequacy ratio under Basel III norms stood at 16.31 percent, slightly lower than 16.55 percent in the March quarter.

The board also approved the acquisition of ICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company Limited (ICICI PFM) from ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company, making it a wholly owned subsidiary of the bank. ICICI PFM had total assets of Rs 592.6 million and a net loss of Rs 35.4 million in FY25.

The transaction, considered a related party deal but to be executed at arm’s length, involves a cash consideration of Rs 203.5 crore and is subject to approvals from the RBI and PFRDA. The bank said this move aligns with its ‘Customer 360’ strategy and would enhance synergies in pension fund management.

Ahead of the results, shares of ICICI Bank on Friday rose 0.56 per cent to end at Rs 1,426.7 on the NSE.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

여성알바 위험한 직종은 뭔가요?

No Comments

여성알바 위험한

여성알바 위험한 직종은 뭔가요? 이 질문은 많은 여성들이 아르바이트를 시작하기 전 꼭 고민해야 할 중요한 부분입니다. 아르바이트는 학비, 생활비를 마련하거나 사회 경험을 쌓기 위한 좋은 수단이지만, 일부 여성알바는 신체적, 정서적 위험에 노출될 수 있는 직종이 존재하기 때문에 주의가 필요합니다. 특히 처음 아르바이트를 하는 경우라면 더더욱 이러한 정보를 미리 알고 현명하게 선택하는 것이 중요합니다.

여성알바에서 위험하다고 분류되는 대표적인 직종 중 하나는 유흥업소 관련 일자리입니다. 예를 들어 호스트바, 룸살롱, 도우미, 주점 등의 아르바이트는 높은 시급을 내세우지만 그만큼 신체 접촉, 술자리 동행, 심지어는 불법적인 요구가 따를 수 있어 위험성이 큽니다. 이런 업종은 미성년자는 법적으로 일할 수 없으며, 성인 여성이라 해도 정신적 스트레스와 범죄 노출 가능성이 크기 때문에 특별한 주의가 필요합니다.

또한 심야시간대에 홀로 근무해야 하는 편의점이나 주유소, 대리운전 콜센터 등의 여성알바 신중히 선택해야 합니다. 늦은 시간대에는 예상치 못한 손님 응대나 외부인의 접근 등으로 인해 불안한 상황이 발생할 수 있으며, 혼자 근무하는 환경은 긴급 상황 대처에 어려움을 줄 수 있습니다. 따라서 야간 근무는 보안 시설이 갖추어져 있거나, 근무 중 동료와 함께 있는 시스템이 마련된 곳을 우선적으로 고려하는 것이 좋습니다.

여성알바 위험한 직종은 뭔가요?

배달, 퀵서비스, 운전 대행 등의 직종도 여성알바로는 상대적으로 위험성이 높은 분야입니다. 외부에서 일하는 특성상 교통사고나 낯선 사람과의 접촉 위험이 있으며, 신체적으로 부담이 클 수 있습니다. 특히 오토바이나 차량 운전이 필요한 경우 면허 외에도 안전에 대한 충분한 교육과 장비가 갖추어져 있어야 합니다.

인터넷을 통해 모집하는 재택 아르바이트 역시 주의가 필요합니다. 단순한 여성알바처럼 보이지만 실제로는 개인정보를 노리거나 보증금 명목으로 돈을 요구하는 사기 사례도 적지 않습니다. 특히 SNS나 메신저를 통해 접근해오는 아르바이트 제안은 그 출처와 신뢰도를 반드시 확인해야 하며, 계약 내용이 불명확하거나 급여가 지나치게 높게 책정된 경우 의심해볼 필요가 있습니다.

이 외에도 지나치게 외모를 강조하는 아르바이트 공고, 면접 전에 개인 정보를 과도하게 요구하는 업체 등은 경계해야 할 요소입니다. 여성알바를 구할 때는 항상 안전을 최우선으로 생각하고, 정식 고용 절차와 근로계약서를 작성하는지 여부를 꼼꼼히 확인해야 합니다. 주변 지인이나 커뮤니티를 통해 사전 정보를 수집하는 것도 좋은 방법입니다.

결국 여성알바를 찾을 때는 단순한 시급이나 근무 조건만 보는 것이 아니라, 그 일자리가 나에게 신체적·정신적으로 안전한지까지 충분히 고려해야 합니다. 알바 경험이 좋은 기회가 되기 위해서는 위험을 피하고, 믿을 수 있는 곳에서 건강하게 일하는 것이 가장 중요한 기준입니다.

Reliance Retail Q1 Results: Net Profit Rises 28% To Rs 3,271 Crore | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The company’s consolidated gross revenue came in at Rs 84,171 crore, a 11 percent rise from Rs 75,615 crore in the corresponding quarter of the previous year.

Reliance Retail Q1 Results.

Reliance Retail, the retail arm of Reliance Industries Ltd, reported a 28 percent increase in its fiscal first quarter profit as it expanded its store network and consumer brand businesses.

Net profit rose to Rs 3,271 crore for the quarter ended June 30 from Rs 2,549 crore in the same period last year, the company said on July 18.

The company’s consolidated gross revenue came in at Rs 84,171 crore, a 11 percent rise from Rs 75,615 crore in the corresponding quarter of the previous year. On a quarter-on-quarter basis, revenue declined 5 per cent from Rs 88,620 crore in the March quarter.

Retail revenue was projected to rise 20.8 percent year-on-year and 3.1 percent quarter-on-quarter to Rs 91,380 crore, with an EBITDA margin of 7.6 percent, according to Moneycontrol survey of nine analysts.

Its EBITDA margin rose 20 basis points to 8.7 per cent from 8.5 per cent in the same quarter last year.

“Reliance Retail delivered resilient performance during this quarter driven by our relentless focus on operational excellence, geographical expansion and sharper product portfolio. Our continued investments in cutting-edge technologies and differentiated product offerings have enabled us to serve our customers better and scale with agility,” said Isha Ambani, Executive Director, Reliance Retail Ventures Ltd.

Reliance Retail has a presence across diverse categories including electronics, groceries, apparel, footwear, jewellery, eyewear, pharmaceuticals, and handicrafts. It operates stores under well-known brands like Reliance Fresh, Reliance Digital, Trends, and MyJio.

“Business continued to focus on expanding non-apparel categories like footwear, beauty and personal care and accessories to offer wider choices to customers,” RRVL said in a statement.

With its store footprint now stable, the company is focusing on high-growth segments such as premium, quick commerce, and consumer brands as it sharpens its focus on profitability and deeper market penetration.

Total store count stood at 19,592 stores in Q1, up 3.6 percent from a year earlier. Since the March quarter, the company has added 252 stores.

Reliance Retail’s registered customer base grew 13.3 percent from a year earlier to 358 million, while total transactions rose 16.5 percent to 389 million.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Reliance Retail Q1 Results: Net Profit Rises 28% To Rs 3,271 Crore
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Form 26AS Explained: A Must-Have For Hassle-Free ITR Filing | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

A critical financial tool that summarises all the tax deducted on behalf of the taxpayer, the Form 26AS can be downloaded from the Income Tax Department’s official website.

How you can download Form 26AS for your ITR filing. (Photo Source: Freepik)

Form 26AS is a consolidated Annual Information Statement for a particular financial year from the income tax department, mentioning the tax deducted on behalf of the taxpayer. Form 26AS is a critical exemption tool, helping individuals save their net income by providing a detailed account of their tax assessment. This statement helps cross-verify the deductions and refunds due to a salaried individual when they file for the ITR, summarising various details.

Apart from the Tax Deducted at Source (TDS) and Tax Collected at Source (TCS), the Form 26AS also contains advance tax/self-assessment tax/regular assessment tax deposited, the refund received during a financial year (if any), details of any Specified Financial Transactions (SFT) (if any), details of tax deducted on sale of immovable property u/s194IA (in case of seller of such property). The form also provides details of any defaults made on TDS, while featuring information related to the demand and refund and details of pending and completed proceedings.

Salaried employees check their Form 26AS to verify that the TDS deducted by their employer is correctly deposited and confirm advance or self-assessment tax payments. It helps match the income sources and prevent any tax notice. One can also avoid refund delays that may be caused by the tax credit mismatches. Here is a step-by-step guide on how you can download the Form 26AS:

Step 1: Visit the official website of the Income Tax Department (https://www.incometax.gov.in/iec/foportal/)

Step 2: Log in to the site’s e-filing portal

Step 3: Navigate to the ‘e-file’, followed by the Income Tax Returns and click on View Form 26AS

Step 4: Go through the disclaimer. Once you click confirm, you will be redirected to the TDS-CPC Portal.

Step 5: Once you enter the TDS-CPC Portal, agree to the acceptance of usage and click ‘proceed’

Step 6: Click on View Tax Credit (Form 26AS)

Step 7: Select the ‘Assessment Year’ and ‘View Type’, which could be HTML or text.

Step 8: Finally, click on View/Download

If your Form 26AS download file is password protected, use your registered date of birth or date of incorporation printed on the Permanent Account Number (PAN) card to open it. The DOB password is to be typed in ddmmyyyy format. If an individual was born on 28th November, 1996, the password will be 28111996.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Form 26AS Explained: A Must-Have For Hassle-Free ITR Filing
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Credit Card EMI: Should You Use It? Key Factors To Know | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Many credit cards allow converting large purchases into equated monthly instalments (EMIs) for an additional fee.

Interest charges and fees can increase your overall repayment amount.

Converting a large credit card transaction into Equated Monthly Instalments (EMIs) is an effective way to clear the debt without much hassle. Many credit cards offer the EMI facility, allowing cardholders to split a large purchase into smaller and more manageable monthly payments.

With the credit card EMI facility, you can spread a large amount into smaller instalments over a pre-determined period. Though many credit cards come with a zero EMI option, most card issuers levy additional fees and interest charges on EMI conversions.

To understand how the credit card EMI feature works, let’s see how you can use the facility for a transaction amount of Rs 1,00,000.

For a period of 12 months at an interest rate of 10% per annum, you have to pay Rs 8,792 per month. The total interest charges will be Rs 5,499. The credit card issuer may also levy an EMI conversion fee.

When You Should Use Credit Card EMI

A credit card EMI could be a smart and effective repayment option, but cardholders must factor in various aspects before determining whether they should use the feature or not.

Expenses: In case of an emergency like a medical bill, if you are paying a large amount using a credit card, you can later convert the amount into EMIs. You can manage your expenses without depleting your savings.

Low-Cost EMIs: Most banks and credit card companies offer their credit card users low-cost or no-cost EMIs during festive seasons or special promotions. Such a purchase helps you save money on interest charges. However, credit card holders are advised to check if there are hidden charges involved.

Liquidity: Cardholders may prefer keeping a portion of their savings liquid for unexpected expenses or investment opportunities. This is where credit card EMIs could be useful, allowing you to make high-priced purchases without draining your cash.

While there are many advantages of the credit card EMI facility, cardholders must use this on rare occasions to avoid a debt trap in the long run. Multiple EMIs can also negatively impact your credit score while making it difficult to manage your monthly expenses.

Credit Card EMIs may also leave you susceptible to impulse purchases, leading to a debt trap in the long run. So, it’s advisable to evaluate all factors carefully before opting for a credit card facility.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Credit Card EMI: Should You Use It? Key Factors To Know
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

What Is Risk Profile And Why Does It Matter In Investing | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Risk profiling evaluates an investor’s risk appetite, financial status, and goals to ensure investment choices match their tolerance and emotional capacity.

What factors influence your risk profile? (Representative Image)

A risk profile entails an assessment of an investor’s appetite for risks before making investment decisions. It helps attain the clearest possible picture of an investor’s willingness to take risks, based on their financial status, investment goals and acceptance towards market fluctuations.

The risk profile is determined by an investor’s psychological tolerance when it comes to risks on investments, their financial capacity to absorb potential losses and their persistence with plans to eventually secure the desired goals. It may also give an idea of whether an individual is being overly cautious with their investment and can take a few more calculated risks.

Why Risk Profiling Matters For Financial Planning And Investment

Risk profiling is an effective financial planning tool, as it ensures that investment choices align with an individual’s financial goals and emotional capacity to take risks. An investment profile based specifically on risk tolerance helps us avoid impulsive decision-making, which is critical during market downturns. It allows us to diversify our portfolio in the long run. Listed below are a few other advantages of risk profiling:

Investment Suitability:

Risk profiling helps ensure you only select assets that match your risk appetite and avoid future mishappenings. While aggressive investors who like plunging into risks for high returns prefer equities, conservative investors usually opt for bonds and deposits for safe and secure returns.

Eliminates Emotional Investing:

During market volatility, an investment based purely on desperation for high returns with no smart strategy is doomed to bring poor results. Risk profiling helps prevent panic-driven buying and selling.

Optimises Returns:

Investors are able to maximise their returns by balancing the risk quotient involved in an investment, which helps them achieve their objectives eventually. It is particularly effective for long-term investors looking to build their dream home, eyeing retirement security or wealth accumulation.

An individual’s risk appetite depends on various factors, including their age bracket, income and expenses, investment goals and historical market experiences. Long-term investors usually have a better understanding of the financial market and are able to manage risks comfortably.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business What Is Risk Profile And Why Does It Matter In Investing
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Parliament’s Select Committee Adopts New Income Tax Bill, Clears Way For Passage In Monsoon Session | Politics News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Notably, no opposition MP has raised any objections to the bill

The parliamentary committee, chaired by BJP leader Baijayant Panda, has made a total of 285 recommendations to the draft legislation. Pic/News18

The central government is set to introduce and seek to pass the Income Tax Bill, 2025, during the upcoming monsoon session of Parliament. The 31-member Select Committee of the Lok Sabha unanimously adopted the draft legislation on Wednesday, clearing the way for its passage.

Notably, no opposition MP has raised any objections to the bill. The parliamentary committee, chaired by BJP leader Baijayant Panda, has made a total of 285 recommendations to the draft legislation. Out of these, 250 have already been accepted by the panel and will be part of the draft report and recommendations for amending the legislation. Most of the amendments request changes or alternatives for certain terminology used.

According to sources, the 3,790-page draft legislation is likely to be tabled in the Lok Sabha on Monday, July 21, the first day of the monsoon session. This is being prepared in seven volumes.

Following the submission of the committee’s report, the government will review the recommendations and table the revised bill in the Lok Sabha for discussion and passage. The government aims to implement the new income tax law from April 1, 2026.

The objective of the new bill is to simplify the language of the Income Tax Act, eliminate redundancies, and streamline procedures to make the law more understandable and taxpayer-friendly.

Once enacted, the new law will replace the Income Tax Act, 1961, which has been in effect since April 1, 1962.

Over the years, the 1961 Act has undergone 65 amendments and more than 4,000 changes across its various sections.

The Income Tax Bill, 2025, was referred for parliamentary scrutiny in the last budget session of Parliament. The committee has held 35 meetings so far.

view comments

News politics Parliament’s Select Committee Adopts New Income Tax Bill, Clears Way For Passage In Monsoon Session
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Tech Mahindra Q1 Results: Net Profit Jumps 34% YoY To Rs 1,141 Crore, Revenue Up 2.65% | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Tech Mahindra Q1 Results: Its revenue from operations in April-June 2025 increases by 2.65 per cent to Rs 13,351.2 crore, compared with Rs 13,005.5 crore.

Tech Mahindra has announced its Q1 earnings today.

IT major Tech Mahindra on Wednesday reported a 33.95 per cent year-on-year jump in its consolidated net profit to Rs 1,140.6 crore for the first quarter ended June 2025. Its revenue from operations in April-June 2025 increased by 2.65 per cent to Rs 13,351.2 crore, compared with Rs 13,005.5 crore.

Its net profit had stood at Rs 851.5 crore in the corresponding period last year, according to a regulatory filing.

Ahead of the Q1 FY26 results, shares of Tech Mahindra jumped by 1.83 per cent to close at Rs 1,607.90 apiece on the NSE.

Tech Mahindra’s revenue from the Americas market, which accounts for nearly half of its overall topline, fell 5.9% compared to last year.

Uncertainty around US tariffs have quashed IT companies’ hopes of a revival in client confidence and spending in its biggest market. A survey in May showed two in five tech executives had deferred discretionary projects.

The company’s net new bookings rose to $809 million in the quarter from $798 million in the previous quarter and $534 million in the year-ago period.

Its net profit rose 34% in three-month period to 11.41 billion rupees, mainly on account of better operating margins, but missed estimates of 11.72 billion rupees, as per data compiled by LSEG.

Last week, bellwether Tata Consultancy Services missed revenue estimates and flagged delays in decision making and project kick-offs.

Peers Wipro and LTIMindtree report later this week.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.

view comments

News business » markets Tech Mahindra Q1 Results: Net Profit Jumps 34% YoY To Rs 1,141 Crore, Revenue Up 2.65%
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Use 90% Of Your PF For Home Down Payment; Know The Withdrawal Process Here | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Earlier, EPFO allowed housing withdrawals after 5 years, based on limited contributions. Under Para 68-BD, members can now withdraw 90% once in a lifetime with fewer rules

To withdraw PF for purchasing a house, applicants must apply online through the EPFO Member e-Sewa portal. (Representative/News18 Hindi)

In a major relief for salaried employees looking to buy a home, the government has revised the Provident Fund withdrawal rules to make the process easier. Under the updated guidelines, EPFO members can now withdraw up to 90% of their PF savings after just three years of account opening. The withdrawn amount can be used for down payments, home construction, or even EMI payments.

Previously, EPFO members could only withdraw funds for housing needs after five years, with the amount calculated based on the lower of the employer’s and employee’s contributions over 36 months plus interest.

The new rule, Para 68-BD of the EPF Scheme, 1952, eliminates these constraints, providing significant relief and convenience for members. However, this withdrawal facility can be utilised only once in a lifetime.

Why The PF Withdrawal Rules Were Changed

The changes aim to simplify withdrawal rules, reduce down payment difficulties, activate passive savings, and make home buying more convenient for EPFO members. Alongside the new housing withdrawal rule, several other significant updates have been introduced to improve the overall PF withdrawal process.

Key Changes In PF Withdrawal Rules

From June 2025, EPFO members will be able to withdraw up to Rs 1 lakh instantly through UPI and ATM in emergencies. The auto settlement limit has been increased from Rs 1 lakh to Rs 5 lakh.

Additionally, the claims process has been streamlined, reducing the number of document checks from 27 to 18 parameters. Consequently, 95 percent of claims are now settled within 3-4 days, enhancing liquidity for employees.

To withdraw PF for purchasing a house, applicants must apply online through the EPFO Member e-Sewa portal. Aadhaar, PAN, and bank details must be linked to the Universal Account Number (UAN). After logging in, navigate to “Online Services,” select “Claim (Form-31, 19 & 10C),” and choose “PF Advance (Form 31).” The purpose should be specified as “Purchase of House,” and the required amount must be entered.

Relevant documents, such as the sale agreement, may need to be uploaded. Once submitted, the application status can be tracked online, and upon approval, funds are credited to the bank account.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Use 90% Of Your PF For Home Down Payment; Know The Withdrawal Process Here
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

MTNL Loan Default Rises To Rs 8,585 Cr With 7 PSU Banks By June 2025, Shares Fall 4% | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

MTNL defaulted on Rs 8,584.93 crore in bank loans, causing shares to drop 4%.

MTNL defaulted on Rs 8,346 crore loans from seven state-run banks.

MTNL Share Price: Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited (MTNL), a Government of India enterprise, has once again informed the exchanges about a continuing default in repayment of bank loans, including both principal and interest components. In its latest regulatory filing dated July 15, 2025, the telecom PSU disclosed that the total defaulted amount now stands at Rs 7,794.34 crore in principal and Rs 790.59 crore in interest, totaling Rs 8,584.93 crore across seven banks.

Following the update, MTNL shares slumped 4 per cent on Tuesday to end at Rs 49.92 on BSE. The scrip opened at Rs 52.15 apiece. The stock’s 52-week movement indicates a high of Rs 101.88 and Rs 37.49, respectively.

The lenders include Union Bank of India, Bank of India, Punjab National Bank, State Bank of India, UCO Bank, Punjab and Sind Bank, and Indian Overseas Bank. The oldest default dates back to August 12, 2024, with Union Bank, while the most recent was with Indian Overseas Bank on February 3, 2025.

The disclosure comes under SEBI’s listing regulations, where MTNL also stated its total financial indebtedness stands at Rs 34,484 crore, which includes loans from banks, sovereign guarantee bonds worth Rs 24,071 crore, and Rs 1,828 crore loan taken to service interest on those bonds.

MTNL Earns Rs 2,134 Cr From Asset Monetisation

Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited (MTNL) earned Rs 2,134.61 crore through asset monetisation as of January 2025, according to a written reply in the Lok Sabha by Minister of State for Communications, Pemmasani Chandra Sekhar in March 2025. The state-run telecom firm has primarily monetised land, buildings, towers, and fibre assets that are no longer essential to its operations.

Sekhar clarified that the monetisation process is being carried out in line with the government’s approved policy, and the impact on public sector undertakings like MTNL and Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited (BSNL) is being closely monitored.

In terms of telecom infrastructure, MTNL earned Rs 258.25 crore specifically from monetising its towers and fibre assets up to January 2025. In comparison, BSNL monetised assets worth Rs 8,204.18 crore under the same category.

However, the financial inflow from monetisation hasn’t prevented the two telecom PSUs from losing market presence. According to the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI), BSNL and MTNL together lost over 12.13 lakh wireless subscribers, with their combined wireless market share dropping to 8.08%, as private operators now command 91.92% of the market.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business MTNL Loan Default Rises To Rs 8,585 Cr With 7 PSU Banks By June 2025, Shares Fall 4%
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Raghuram Rajan On Why Global Brands Like Toyota Or Sony Can’t Come Out Of India | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Raghuram Rajan questions India’s absence of global giants like Toyota or Sony, criticising corporate complacency and protectionist policies, urging innovation and competitiveness

According to Raghuram Rajan, Indian companies are cushioned to the point of stagnation. (PTI Photo)

Former RBI Governor Raghuram Rajan has posed a blunt question about India’s growth story: Why doesn’t the country produce global giants like Toyota, Sony, or Mercedes? Despite being on track to become the world’s third-largest economy, Rajan warns that without serious innovation, this milestone may be hollow.

In his article published in the Times of India, Rajan criticised the complacency of India’s corporate sector and the protectionist mindset of the government. “India does not have one company that is known across the world for its products – no Nintendo, Sony, or Toyota, no Mercedes, Porsche, or SAP,” he wrote, arguing that India’s so-called major companies remain confined within domestic borders, with little global presence or brand value.

He pointed to the automobile sector as a clear example. While India protects its carmakers with tariffs and policies, not a single Indian car is seen on the roads of developed markets like the US or Europe. The real problem, Rajan argued, is the illusion of growth under the shelter of “riskless capitalism”.

According to Rajan, Indian companies are cushioned to the point of stagnation. “Yet, Indian car exports are modest, focused on niche markets in Latin America, West Asia and Africa, where the durability and affordability of Indian models are prized,” he wrote, describing how policymakers often react to competition. The result? A system where firms are never forced to take real risks. No need to innovate. No urgency to compete globally. Just easy profits at home.

And with India’s domestic market booming, the temptation to remain inward-looking is even stronger. When you are getting enough profit from the domestic market itself, then why should you take the risk of making new products or exporting, Rajan asked.

Rajan did not just point fingers, he laid out a path forward. The slogan “Make in India” isn’t enough, he said. What India needs is “Invest in India”, with a deliberate push for innovation, global competitiveness, and openness to challenge.

Rather than offering companies blanket protection, the government must create an environment where competition thrives and firms are forced to think beyond borders. Only then, he argues, can Indian companies build brands the world respects.

At the heart of Rajan’s argument is a simple idea: economic size means little without the creative muscle to back it up.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Raghuram Rajan On Why Global Brands Like Toyota Or Sony Can’t Come Out Of India
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

‘She Is A Bully’: McDonald’s Worker Ranted Online Before ‘Stabbing’ Manager 15 Times | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Afeni Muhammad allegedly attacked her manager, Jennifer “Jamma” Harris, after being sent home due to work performance issues.

The employee reportedly stabbed her manager at least 15 times inside the restaurant. (Photo Credits: Instagram)

A tragic incident unfolded at a McDonald’s outlet in Eastpointe, Michigan, on Thursday, July 10, where a 26-year-old employee allegedly stabbed her manager following an argument. The manager later succumbed to her injuries.

According to a report by the Daily Mail, the accused, Afeni Muhammad, attacked her manager, Jennifer “Jamma” Harris, after being sent home due to work performance issues. Muhammad allegedly stabbed Harris at least 15 times inside the restaurant, located in the Detroit area.

Police said Harris had sent Muhammad home on Thursday morning after a disagreement. As per witness accounts cited in the report, Muhammad told Harris, “I’ll be back,” before stepping out and heading to her car. She then returned to the restaurant wearing a mask and armed with a kitchen knife.

The violent assault was witnessed by a drive-thru customer who, in an attempt to stop the attack, fired a shot into the air. Though no one was injured by the bullet, the customer managed to detain Muhammad as she tried to flee the scene. The Eastpointe Police Department later arrived and placed her under arrest.

As per the report, the incident came just a day after Muhammad had posted a video on Instagram where she accused Harris of mistreatment at work. In the footage, Muhammad expressed her anger about being sent home early two days in a row and voiced her frustration with her supervisor.

“I got sent home early yesterday. I got sent home early today by the same person,” she said in the reel.

“I’m telling you, she’s a bully. This sh** isn’t funny… She needs to understand that just because she’s a mother and got children, that doesn’t mean she can come in the store disrespecting people, talking like everybody is beneath her. She has no respect and it isn’t funny at all,” she added.

“>

Muhammad, who goes by the name Risen Phoenix on social media, continued the video with more accusations against Harris.

“Like, seriously, man, I got sh** I need to take care of and she keeps sending me home early… she’s playing games,” she said.

In the video, Muhammad further alleged Harris of “playing racial sh**, spreading negative energy and gossiping about people. That sh** gonna have to stop.”

She also added, “Then she tells me I am snapping at people. No, no, no, that’s false, I don’t snap at people. I don’t go doing that. No, I make peace. I’ve been creating peace.”

Jennifer Harris, 30, who had worked at McDonald’s for 15 years, was a single mother of six. Following the attack, she was transported to a nearby hospital, where she died from her injuries.

As per the reports, Muhammad was arraigned in court the following day. She is charged with first-degree murder and carrying a dangerous weapon with unlawful intent. The court set her bond at $25 million.

Her attorney stated that she is a high school graduate currently enrolled in online classes for physical therapy. “There are disturbing facts in this matter, but other facts have not been brought out yet,” the lawyer told the court, The Detroit News reported.

Prosecutors also revealed that Muhammad had a prior conviction related to another stabbing incident that occurred in a different state.

McDonald’s franchise owner Yusef Alcodray issued a statement expressing grief over the incident.

“We are deeply saddened by this tragic incident, and our hearts go out to the victim’s family and loved ones. The violence of any kind is unacceptable in my restaurants, and we are taking this matter extremely seriously, as the safety and well-being of our employees and customers is our top priority,” the statement read.

The restaurant has been closed and will remain shut until further notice as authorities continue their investigation.

authorimg

Buzz Staff

A team of writers at News18.com bring you stories on what’s creating the buzz on the Internet while exploring science, cricket, tech, gender, Bollywood, and culture.

A team of writers at News18.com bring you stories on what’s creating the buzz on the Internet while exploring science, cricket, tech, gender, Bollywood, and culture.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business ‘She Is A Bully’: McDonald’s Worker Ranted Online Before ‘Stabbing’ Manager 15 Times
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Gold Inflows Hit Rs 2,080 Cr In June; Here’s Why Investors Are Rushing Back | Savings and Investments News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Rising gold prices, geopolitical tensions, and volatility in equity and debt markets have all contributed to gold’s growing appeal.

Gold BeES ETFs are traded on the NSE and BSE during market hours on all trading days.

Gold ETF: Gold Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) witnessed a sharp resurgence in investor interest in June 2025, with net inflows touching Rs 2,080.85 crore—the highest monthly inflow since January—according to data from the Association of Mutual Funds in India (AMFI).

The sharp rebound in June month followed by an outflow of Rs 5 crore in April month.

The surge comes after relatively subdued activity earlier in the year, with March and April registering marginal outflows. Experts attribute the renewed enthusiasm to a combination of global and domestic factors.

“Gold ETFs experienced a robust comeback in June…a demonstration of investor appetite for gold as a tried and tested safe-haven,” said Aksha Kamboj, Vice President of the India Bullion & Jewellers Association (IBJA). She added that the turnaround from April’s decline signals a regained faith in gold as a reliable hedge against ongoing trade and economic uncertainties.

The inflows also follow a modest recovery in May, which saw Rs 291.91 crore in net investments. “The inflow may be a result of investors coming back to gold after booking profits earlier between March and May,” noted Satish Dondapati, Vice President and Fund Manager at Kotak AMC.

Nehal Meshram, Senior Analyst at Morningstar Investment Research India, pointed out that two new Gold ETFs were launched in June, raising Rs 41 crore. While the mobilisation from new launches was modest, she said it added to the broader trend of rising flows. “With net inflows crossing Rs 8,000 crore in the first half of 2025, Gold ETFs are increasingly being used as part of long-term asset allocation strategies,” she said.

Rising gold prices, geopolitical tensions, and volatility in equity and debt markets have all contributed to gold’s growing appeal. As Meshram observed, “The robust inflows in June indicate a decisive shift in sentiment.”

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

5 Small-Cap Stocks That Delivered Up To 100% Returns In 3 Months | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Small-cap stocks ASM Technologies, Intellect Design Arena, Concord Control Systems, Sirca Paints India, and Pearl Global Industries have given up to 100% returns in three months.

These small cap stocks gave up to 100 per cent in past three months.

Small cap Stocks: What’s common in between the following stocks: ASM Technologies, Intellect Design Arena, Concorn Control Systems, Sirca Paints India and Pearl Global Industries.

These all small caps stocks have given good returns up to 100% to investors in the past three months. They range from electronics to paints to IT.

Despite operating in different sectors—ranging from electronics and automation to textiles and fintech—these stocks share one thing in common: strong price momentum backed by niche market focus and rising investor interest.

ASM Technologies Share Price

ASM Technologies Ltd. is an IT services company specializing in software development, engineering services, and digital transformation solutions, particularly in the semiconductor and automotive sectors. It serves global clients with a focus on niche technology solutions.

Shares of ASM Technologies are up 100 per cent on a year-to-date basis. The last trading price is Rs 2730 apiece. Market cap approximately Rs 1,500–2,000 Cr

Concord Control Systems Share Price

Concord Control Systems Ltd. manufactures and supplies control systems, transformers, and power electronics, primarily for industrial applications. It caters to sectors like renewable energy, railways, and industrial automation.

Market cap approximately Rs 800–1,200 Cr. The stocks are up 72 per cent in the past three months. The last trading price is Rs 1810 apiece.

Intellect Design Arena Share Price 

Intellect Design Arena Ltd. is a global financial technology (FinTech) company offering digital platforms and products for banking, insurance, and financial services. Its solutions include core banking, wealth management, and AI-driven financial tools.

Intellect Design Arena’s shares are up 74 per cent in the past three months. The last trading price is Rs 1153 apiece. Market cap approximately Rs 13,000–15,000 Cr

Sirca Paints Share Price

Sirca Paints India Ltd. is a manufacturer and distributor of premium wood coatings, decorative paints, and wall finishes, operating under brands like Sirca, Unico, and San Marco. It focuses on luxury and mass-market coatings, with a strong presence in India and exports to Nepal, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka.

In the past three months, the stocks are up 67 per cent. Market cap Rs 2,042.45 Cr as of July 13, 2025.

Pearl Global Industries Share Price 

Pearl Global Industries Ltd. is a leading textile and apparel manufacturer, specializing in ready-made garments for global brands. It focuses on exports to markets like the US and Europe, leveraging India’s textile industry growth.

The stocks are up 50 per cent in the past three months. The last trading price is Rs 1509 apiece. Market cap approximately Rs 4,000–5,000 Cr

Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.

view comments

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

How To Analyse Mutual Funds | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Mutual fund analysis is a critical part of financial strategy and investment planning, helping align the fund’s benefits and risk with your goals.

How can you do the mutual fund analysis before investing?
(Representative Image)

Evaluating a fund’s past performance, risk profile and investment strategy falls under Mutual Fund analysis, done to ascertain if your mutual fund aligns with your financial goals and risk tolerance. Undertaking proper mutual fund research and analysis is considered a critical exercise in your financial planning and investment journey.

While individuals are free to decide when and how much they wish to invest in mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) suggests that investors should opt for the right mutual funds using correct data analysis. Mutual funds come in different forms for investors to purchase. Those willing to plunge into risks can opt for equity funds, whereas those who like playing safe on their sum assured tend to opt for debt funds. Either way, a smart strategy and overall analysis could prove beneficial in the long run.

What To Analyse

Performance: Ask a simple question, what has been the performance of a particular Mutual Fund and then compare its previous benchmarks with other funds available in the financial market? Are the returns are consistent or do they fluctuate should determine whether you should go ahead and invest in a particular fund.

Risk: The risk element should not be too high. Whether the fund invests in risky assets such as small-cap stocks or focuses on safer options like bonds is important to determine.

Investment Strategy: It is important to verify a mutual fund’s investment strategy, including the assets the fund holds and whether it follows a growth, value, or income-focused approach.

Before undergoing the mutual funds analysis, however, it is equally important to be fully certain of your investment objectives. The goal could be as low as covering vacation expenses and as high as buying a house or making retirement plans. A mutual fund investment strategy can vary depending on the different financial goals, be it the short-term or long-term.

Individuals are advised to define their investment goals and what exactly they are saving for. Different mutual funds come with different benefits, risks and returns. At the same time, each goal of yours has a different timeline and requires a certain amount of investment. Aligning the two while assessing your risk tolerance is crucial.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

ITR Filing 2025: Filed the Wrong Form? Here’s What You Need to Do | Tax News

No Comments

Last Updated:

If you have filed the wrong ITR, then you can file a revised returns.

The ITR Filing date has been extended to September 15. (Representative Image)

The income tax department has finally activated the ITR-2 and ITR-3 forms for e-filing income tax returns for the financial year 2024-25 (assessment year 2025-26). With that, all major ITR forms from 1 to 4 are available to file by taxpayers.

The income tax department earlier announced the extend the deadline for filing the ITR FY2024-25 until September 15, 2025, giving more time to taxpayers.

One of the most common mistakes taxpayers make is selecting the wrong ITR form, which could lead to notices from the tax department or even penalties. Therefore, it’s important to be cautious while filing the returns, especially when choosing the ITR form depending upon your income and eligibility.

Steps to Fix a Wrong ITR Form

Step 1: Identify the Correct ITR Form

You have to review your income sources and eligibility to select the appropriate form. For example:

ITR-1 (Sahaj): This form is for salaried individuals with income up to Rs 50 lakh, and having one house property, and no business income or capital gains.

ITR-2: This form is for individuals with income from multiple properties, capital gains, or foreign assets, but having no business income.

ITR-3: This form is for individuals with business or professional income.

ITR-4: This form is for presumptive business or professional income under Sections 44AD, 44ADA, or 44AE.

You can use the “Help me decide which ITR Form to file” tool on the Income Tax e-filing portal to confirm the correct form based on your income and status.

File a Revised Return (Under Section 139(5)):

When to File: If you have filed the wrong ITR, then you can file a revised returns. However, you should do before the ITR filing deadline (September 15 without penalty and December 31 with penalty), for AY 2025-26, unless extended). There’s no limit on the number of revised returns, as long as they’re filed within this timeline.

You should also remember that your return hasn’t been processed so far. If it’s done, then you can’t file the revised return.

How to File:

Log in to the e-filing portal (incometax.gov.in).

Go to “e-File” > “Income Tax Returns” > “File Income Tax Return.”

Select “Revised u/s 139(5)” as the filing type.

Enter the acknowledgment number and filing date of the original return.

Choose the correct ITR form, update all details, and submit.

E-verify the revised return using Aadhaar OTP, net banking, or digital signature within 30 days, or send the signed ITR-V to the Centralised Processing Centre (CPC) in Bengaluru.

Note: The original return must have been filed on time to file a revised return. Verify the original return first, as unverified returns cannot be revised.

File an Updated Return (Under Section 139(8A)):

If the deadline for a revised return (December 31, 2025) has lapsed, you can file an Updated Return (ITR-U) within 48 months from the end of the relevant financial year (i.e., by March 31, 2029, for FY 2024-25).

ITR-U allows corrections but may attract additional tax or penalties for underreported income. Consult a tax professional to assess the implications.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business » tax ITR Filing 2025: Filed the Wrong Form? Here’s What You Need to Do
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Wockhardt Exits US Generics Pharma Business To Focus On Innovation-Driven Areas; Details Here | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Wockhardt says its US generics business has been loss-making for several years, incurring a loss of nearly $8 million in FY25 alone.

Ahead of the announcement, shares of Wockhardt Ltd closed 3.5% higher at Rs 1,756 apiece on the BSE.

Wockhardt Ltd on Friday announced a strategic exit from the US generic pharmaceutical segment to shift its capital and focus on high-growth, innovation-driven areas.

“Wockhardt is undertaking significant strategic realignment of its US business in line with its long-term vision to build a differentiated, innovation-driven pharmaceutical enterprise,” the company said. “As part of this transition, the company has taken decision to exit the US generic pharmaceutical segment, paving the way for deeper focus and investment in its advanced product portfolio,” the company said in a regulatory filing on July 11.

The move is part of Wockhardt’s broader plan to sharpen its focus on “building a future-ready business anchored in two key pillars”:

1. New Antibiotic Drug Discovery – where Wockhardt has established a leadership position globally, with a strong pipeline of differentiated assets.

2. Biologicals Portfolio in Insulin – leveraging advanced technologies to address critical unmet needs in diabetes care.

The company said its US generics business has been loss-making for several years, incurring a loss of nearly $8 million in FY25 alone.

To facilitate the exit, Wockhardt has filed for voluntary liquidation under Chapter 7 of the US Bankruptcy Code for its wholly owned step-down subsidiaries — Morton Grove Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Wockhardt USA LLC — both incorporated in Delaware. The decision is effective from July 11, 2025.

“This decision… enables a clean and structured exit from a legacy segment and unlocks management bandwidth and capital for high-impact areas,” Wockhardt said.

Despite the US exit, the company reaffirmed its commitment to pharmaceutical operations in India, the UK, Ireland, and other geographies where its businesses continue to perform strongly.

Ahead of the announcement, shares of Wockhardt Ltd closed 3.5% higher at Rs 1,756 apiece on the BSE.

Over the past several years, Wockhardt’s US generics business has been incurring losses. In FY 2025 alone, the generics business incurred a loss of nearly $8 million. Following a comprehensive strategic review, the company has concluded that continuing in this segment would detract from its broader innovation agenda.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Wockhardt Exits US Generics Pharma Business To Focus On Innovation-Driven Areas; Details Here
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Sensex Settles 690 Points Lower, Nifty Below 25,150; IT, Auto Stocks Drag | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Key benchmark indices Sensex and Nifty are likely to be influenced on the last trading day by a combination of factors

Sensex Today (Source: Freepik)

Sensex Today: Following the range-bound week, Indian equity benchmark indices settled lower on Friday, pulled by selling in IT stocks after Tata Consultancy Services’ weaker-than-expected Q1 earnings.

In addition, escalating global trade tensions after President Donald Trump imposed fresh trade tariffs on Canada also weighed down the sentiment.

The BSE Sensex fell 689.81 or 0.83 per cent to close at 82,500.47 levels, while the Nifty50 settled lower by 205.4 points or 0.81 per cent at 25,149.85 levels.

Global cues

Asia-Pacific markets traded mixed on Friday following US President Donald Trump’s announcement of a 35 per cent tariff on Canadian goods starting August 1. He also indicated plans to implement blanket tariffs of 15–20 per cent on most trading partners, downplaying concerns about potential impacts on inflation or the stock market.

Last checked, Nikkei was up 0.21 per cent, while the Topix advanced 0.71 per cent. Kospi rose 0.013 per cent, and ASX 200 was down 0.064 per cent.

On Wall Street, the S&P 500 closed at a record high on Thursday, rising 0.27 per cent to 6,280.46. The Nasdaq Composite also ended at a fresh peak for a second consecutive session, inching up 0.09 per cent to 20,630.67. The Dow Jones Industrial Average gained 192.34 points, or 0.43 per cent, to close at 44,650.64.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.

view comments

News business » markets Sensex Settles 690 Points Lower, Nifty Below 25,150; IT, Auto Stocks Drag
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

TCS Salary Hike 2025: ‘We Have Not Taken Decision On This Yet’, Says Chief HR Officer | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

On wage hike delay in 2025, TCS CHRO Milind Lakkad does not provide any specific reason for the delay, but hints at the uncertain global economic and geopolitical environment.

TCS Salary Hike 2025.

TCS Salary Hike 2025 Update: TCS chief HR officer Milind Lakkad on Thursday said the company has not yet taken a decision on the salary hike for employees this year. He said this during a post-Q1 earnings press conference.

“We have not taken a decision on this yet,” said Lakkad during the post-Q1 earnings press conference.

On the wage hike delay, Lakkad did not provide any specific reason, but hinted at the ongoing uncertain global economic and geopolitical situation.

“If macro environment improves, we will definitely give the best possible hikes that we normally give,” he said without sharing any number.

Meanwhile, K Krithivasan, chief executive officer and managing director of TCS, also highlighted the difficult macroeconomic situation.

“During our last press meet (in April 2025), we had spoken about delays in decision making in projects with respect to discretionary investments. This trend has continued and intensified to some extent in this quarter, and global businesses were disrupted due to conflicts, economic uncertainty and supply chain issues,” Krithivasan said.

The IT sector has been facing global headwinds due to the ongoing trade war and geopolitical conflicts.

According to reports, Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) is expected to roll out lower salary hikes this year between 4 per cent and 8 per cent. This hike will be the lowest in the past four years. TCS had rolled out a salary increment of 10.5 per cent in FY22, 6-9 per cent in FY23, and 7-9 per cent in FY24.

The company’s largest IT services company on July 10 reported a 5.98 per cent rise year-on-year (YoY) in its net profit to Rs 12,760 crore for the first quarter ended June 30, 2025 (Q1 FY26). On a quarter-on-quarter (QoQ) basis, the net profit grew 4.38%.

It had reported a net profit of Rs 12,040 crore a year ago and Rs 12,224 crore in the previous quarter.

However, its revenue from operations during April-June 2025 stood at Rs 63,437 crore, which is 1.13 per cent higher as compared with the Rs 62,613 crore reported last year. On a sequential basis, the revenue fell 1.61%.

It was also down by 3% on a constant currency basis.

TCS Hiring

India’s largest IT services company added 6,071 employees during the April-June 2025 quarter. With this, the total number of TCS employees stood at 6,13,069 as of June 30, 2025. On a net basis, TCS’ headcount increased by 5,090 employees in the first quarter of the fiscal, according to a regulatory filing.

Its IT services attrition rate (last twelve-month basis) inched up to 13.8 per cent in Q1 FY26, compared with 13.3 per cent in the previous quarter. The attrition had stood at 13 per cent in the December 2024 quarter.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business TCS Salary Hike 2025: ‘We Have Not Taken Decision On This Yet’, Says Chief HR Officer
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

TCS Q1 Results: Net Profit Rises Nearly 6% YoY, 4.4% QoQ; Rs 11 Dividend Declared | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Tata Consultancy Services reports a 5.98% rise YoY in its net profit to Rs 12,760 crore for Q1 FY25, beating market expectations.

TCS Q1 Results 2025: Tata Consultancy Services’ June 2025 Quarterly Earnings.

TCS Q1 Results 2025: Tata Consultancy Services (TCS), India’s largest IT services company, on Thursday reported a 5.98 per cent rise YoY in its net profit to Rs 12,760 crore for the first quarter ended June 30, 2025 (Q1 FY25). On QoQ, the net profit grew 4.38%.

It had reported a Rs 12,040 crore a year ago and Rs 12,224 crore in the previous quarter.

The earnings are better than expectations. A Bloomberg consensus poll of analysts had pegged TCS’ Q1 FY26 net profit growth at a muted 1.9% to Rs 12,263 crore.

The company will conduct a press conference at 5:30 pm and an analyst call at 7:00 pm, which will be keenly watched by investors.

TCS Q1 Results: Revenue Growth

Its revenue from operations during April-June 2025 stood at Rs 63,437 crore, which is 1.13 per cent higher as compared with the Rs 62,613 crore reported last year. On a sequential basis, the revenue fell 1.61%.

TCS Q1 Results: Dividend Declared

The company on Thursday declared an interim dividend of Rs 11 for the financial year 2025-26. It had declared a final dividend of Rs 30 for the previous year 2024-25.

“We would like to inform you that at the board meeting held today, the directors have declared an interim dividend of Rs 11 per Equity Share of Rs 1 each of the Company,” TCS said in a regulatory filing on July 10, 2025.

TCS Q1 Results: Hiring, Attrition

TCS said it added 6,071 employees during the April-June 2025 quarter. With this, the total number of TCS employees stood at 6,13,069 as of June 30, 2025.

Its IT services attrition rate (last twelve month basis), however, inched up to 13.8 per cent in Q1 FY26, compared with 13.3 per cent in the previous quarter. The attrition had stood at 13 per cent in the December 2024 quarter.

The company reported an operating margin of 24.5 per cent and a net margin of 20.1 per cent, higher as compared with 24.2 per cent and 19 per cent reported in the previous quarter, respectively.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.

view comments

News business » markets TCS Q1 Results: Net Profit Rises Nearly 6% YoY, 4.4% QoQ; Rs 11 Dividend Declared
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Jensen Huang Earns $1 Billion In A Day As Nvidia Hits $4 Trillion: What’s His Net Worth? | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang’s fortune surged by over $1 billion in a day as Nvidia’s stock hit a record high, reaching a $4 trillion market cap, driven by AI innovations.

Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang

Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang saw his personal fortune surge by more than $1 billion in a single trading day as his company’s stock jumped past an intraday market capitalization of $4 trillion, the first public company ever to do so.

Nvidia’s Historic Surge

On July 9, Nvidia’s share price climbed to a record intraday high of $164.37, lifting its market value over the $4 trillion milestone. Over the past five years, Nvidia’s stock has skyrocketed nearly 1,460%, including an 18% gain year-to-date, driven by surging demand for its AI-focused graphics processing units from major tech firms like Microsoft, Amazon, Meta and Alphabet.

Read more: Nvidia Makes History As First $4 Trillion Company, Greater Than GDP Of France, UK

Nvidia’s landmark valuation places it at the very top of the S&P 500, overtaking Apple and Microsoft. Analysts said that Nvidia is riding the “front-end of the next Golden Wave” in generative AI and could hit $6 trillion in market cap if growth continues.

How Much Jensen Huang Earned In A Day?

Jensen Huang, who owns roughly 3.5%–4% of Nvidia, reaped massive gains as the company’s valuation surged. According to Bloomberg, his net worth now stands at about $140 billion, up approximately $25 billion in 2025 alone. Today’s market advance alone added over $1 billion to Jensen Huang’s fortune.

Why Nvidia Is Attracting Investors?

Investors remain captivated with Nvidia’s innovations- chief among them, its powerful graphics processing units (GPUs), which have become the backbone of generative AI across the tech industry. These chips power everything from autonomous vehicles to robotics and other frontier technologies.

In recent months, Nvidia has continued to push boundaries with new breakthroughs, including its Blackwell system. Unveiled in March, Jensen Huang described it as a leap forward that will allow nearly every production to be “created and brought to life long before it is realized physically.”

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Jensen Huang Earns $1 Billion In A Day As Nvidia Hits $4 Trillion: What’s His Net Worth?
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

How Indian Investors Can Still Access Global Markets Despite RBI Curbs | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Retail investors have several ways to spread their investments, including international mutual funds, blended funds with global and local stocks, and international ETFs.

SEBI allows new investments in global mutual funds only to match recent redemptions.

Investing in global markets is a good way to spread your money across different places, but Indian investors are facing some problems. Due to the rules set by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), many international mutual funds in India are not taking new investments right now.

In February 2022, the RBI capped the total overseas investment by the mutual fund industry at $7 billion. When this limit was hit, the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) asked asset management companies (AMCs) to stop fresh inflows.

Although SEBI later allowed investments to offset redemptions, there are still tight restrictions. Each AMC has a specific cap based on how much it had invested overseas when the limit was reached. If redemptions occur, the AMC can accept new investments only up to that reduced amount.

Currently, there are 61 international mutual fund schemes, as per Mint, but a majority are closed to new lump sum and SIP investments. Funds that invest heavily in the US have particularly high demand, so their investment limits were quickly reached.

How You Can Invest in International Markets: Details Here

One option for investors is to go for hybrid or combo funds that invest in both Indian and international stocks. For example, the Parag Parikh Flexi Cap Fund and DSP Value Fund offer such exposure. These funds help maintain some level of global diversification while staying within regulatory limits.

Tax treatment also varies. If a fund holds 65 per cent or more in Indian equities, it is taxed at 20 per cent if sold within a year and 12.5 per cent if sold after. Pure international funds are taxed differently—slab rates apply if sold within 24 months, and a 12.5 per cent rate applies afterwards.

International ETFs are another route. These are traded on exchanges but may trade at a premium to their actual value, especially when demand is high and fresh investments are restricted. Investors need to be cautious of overpaying for such ETFs.

Alternatively, individuals can invest directly in global markets using the RBI’s Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS), which allows up to $250,000 per year. However, this method comes with high costs, currency conversion charges, and complex tax rules.

A newer and simpler option is investing via Gift City, where funds like the one recently launched by DSP allow retail investors to put money in global stocks with fewer tax and brokerage complications. This may become a preferred option until the RBI relaxes the current cap on overseas mutual fund investments.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business How Indian Investors Can Still Access Global Markets Despite RBI Curbs
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Jio BlackRock Mutual Fund To Disrupt India’s Funds Sector With Low-Cost Strategy: Report | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Jio BlackRock Mutual Fund plans to leverage Jio and BlackRock’s investment management platform Aladdin to offer differentiated products in the crowded market, according to Reuters.

Jio BlackRock plans to offer a mix of active and passive funds in India, where active funds still dominate.

Jio BlackRock Asset Management plans to introduce nearly a dozen equity and debt funds in India by the year-end, focusing on small-ticket investments and bypassing distributors to reduce costs, three people familiar with the firm’s strategy said.

The joint venture between Jio Financial Services, backed by billionaire Mukesh Ambani, and BlackRock, enters India’s Rs 72.2 lakh crore ($844 billion) funds market with a business structure that threatens to shake up the sector, as it leverages its large digital network to bypass traditional distributors used by the rest of the industry.

Jio BlackRock plans to leverage Jio, India’s largest telecom network, and BlackRock’s investment management platform Aladdin, to offer differentiated products in the crowded market, two of the three sources said.

The asset manager has applied to the market regulator to launch eight funds, the two sources said, adding to the first three funds it launched last month.

The funds will allow for investments as low as 500 rupees ($5.83), the two sources said.

The asset manager said on Monday that it has raised more than $2.1 billion across three debt mutual fund schemes and that 90 institutional investors and 67,000 retail investors have invested in these funds so far.

On average, the cost associated across plans will be lower for Jio BlackRock funds compared with the industry average, one of the sources said, declining to specify a level.

“By being direct only, Jio BlackRock plans to do away with the cost of distribution,” this person added.

Jio BlackRock declined to comment on Reuters’ inquiries regarding its fund launches and pricing strategy, which have not been previously reported.

At present, active funds offered through distribution on an average have a total expense ratio of about 1.78%. They can charge a maximum 2.5% of the investment amount. Direct funds generally reduce costs by 0.5% to 0.6%.

Jio BlackRock intends to bypass the dominant channel of distributors, offering funds directly to institutional and retail investors, the sources said. That will reduce fee or expense ratios associated with the funds, they said.

Ambani’s Jio has been known to disrupt markets with its pricing and reach. Jio, India’s largest telecom carrier by subscriber count, launched in 2016, became the largest by offering mobile phones and voice and data packages at well below prices prevailing in the industry.

Jio has 475 million subscribers.

Jio BlackRock will use the distribution reach of its partner and target the existing 8 million active users of financial services on its digital platforms such as MyJio and Jio Finance, a second source familiar with the matter said.

BlackRock, the world’s largest fund manager at $11.6 trillion as of December 2024, is known for its passive funds, which track established indexes. It manages $7.8 trillion through exchange traded and index funds.

However, Jio BlackRock plans to offer a mix of active and passive funds in India, where active funds still dominate.

“Passive funds are growing in India every year and there is a potential for BlackRock to further build this segment,” said the first source.

Passive funds accounted for 12.11 trillion rupees, or 16.78% of total assets in India as of May, marking a 25% growth from a year earlier.

The fund house plans to leverage Aladdin, an investment and risk management system, to deliver consistent returns, said the first source.

Aladdin is an end-to-end investment management system that collates all analytics in one place to enable portfolio managers to take investment calls.

“Relevant portions of Aladdin will be made available to Jio BlackRock’s investors as well,” the first source said.

(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – Reuters)

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.

view comments

News business » markets Jio BlackRock To Disrupt India’s Funds Sector With Low-Cost Strategy: Report
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

Jane Street Case: Madhabi Puri Buch Slams ‘False Narrative’, Says Probe Initiated Under Her Watch | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

‘Sebi was seized of the matter right from April 2024 and took numerous steps to investigate extremely complex structures and verify the data before issuing its order,’ says Buch.

Ex-SEBI chief Madhabi Puri Buch.

Sebi former chairperson Madhabi Puri Buch has rejected allegations that the market regulator acted too late in the Jane Street market manipulation case. In a press statement on July 8, Buch said Sebi had begun its investigation more than a year before its July 3 interim order, and blamed parts of the media for creating a “false narrative” of regulatory failure.

“It is extremely unfortunate that certain sections of the media are choosing to ignore these facts in plain sight and seeking to create a false narrative by implying that there was regulatory failure by Sebi,” Buch said in her statement. “The order passed by Sebi speaks for itself.”

The 105-page interim order accused global quantitative trading firm Jane Street of expiry-day manipulation in index derivatives, and barred the firm and its Indian arm, JSI Investment Pvt Ltd, from accessing Indian securities markets. It also directed them to disgorge Rs 4,840 crore ($560 million) in alleged unlawful gains.

Sebi Started Probe in April 2024

Buch explained that Sebi’s investigation began in April 2024, with a multi-disciplinary team tasked with examining Jane Street’s complex trading structures. She noted that between April 2024 and February 2025, Sebi identified potential index manipulation, issued policy circulars, and even directed the National Stock Exchange (NSE) to send a cease-and-desist letter to Jane Street in February 2025 — well ahead of the public action.

“This is not a case of inaction,” Buch asserted. “Sebi was seized of the matter right from April 2024 and took numerous steps to investigate extremely complex structures and verify the data before issuing its order.”

She added that “the interim order… has clearly documented the sequence of events” and challenged narrative of Sebi as reactive rather than proactive.

What Is the Jane Street Case?

The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Sebi) on July 4, 2025, barred the Jane Street Group, a global proprietary trading firm, from participating in Indian securities markets. The regulatory action comes after an extensive investigation into alleged manipulation of the Indian stock market through index derivatives, particularly Bank Nifty options, which earned the company massive profits of over Rs 36,500 crore between January 2023 and March 2025.

Founded in 2000, Jane Street is a US-based leading global trading firm that operates as a proprietary trading company. Unlike hedge funds, Jane Street trades using its own capital. It has operations across the US, Europe, and Asia, specialising in high-frequency trading and algorithmic strategies. The firm has over 2,600 employees and is known for its sophisticated quantitative models and automated market-making systems.

In India, it operated through four firms — JSI Investments Pvt Ltd, JSI2 Investments Pvt Ltd, Jane Street Singapore Pte Ltd, and Jane Street Asia Trading Ltd.

How Did Jane Street Earn Rs 36,500 Crore By Allegedly Tricking Indian Stock Markets?

Between January 2023 and March 2025, Jane Street entities made over Rs 43,289 crore in profits from index options, particularly Bank Nifty (BANKNIFTY) using various strategies that allegedly manipulated markets. These profits were partly offset by losses in other segments like stock futures and cash equity, resulting in a net gain of Rs 36,502 crore.

In a 105-page order, Sebi highlighted two key manipulative strategies — ‘Intraday Index Manipulation Strategy’ and ‘Extended Marking the Close Strategy’.

1. Intraday Index Manipulation Strategy

Citing an example of January 17, 2024, when Jane Street made its biggest single-day profit of Rs 734.93 crore, Sebi said Jane Street aggressively bought stocks in the Bank Nifty index (like ICICI Bank, Axis Bank, HDFC Bank) in the cash and futures markets in the morning session. This artificially pushed the index higher. Simultaneously, it built large short positions in Bank Nifty options by selling call options at inflated premiums, and buying put options at lower prices.

Later in the day, Jane Street sold off those same stocks, causing the index to drop. This boosted the value of their put options and rendered call options worthless, ensuring massive profits.

2. Extended Marking the Close Strategy

On certain expiry days, Jane Street allegedly manipulated prices in the last two hours or near the market close, a crucial window for settling F&O contracts.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

view comments

News business Jane Street Case: Madhabi Puri Buch Slams ‘False Narrative’, Says Probe Initiated Under Her Watch
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.

US Markets: Dow, S&P 500, Nasdaq Sink As Trump Announces 25% Tariffs On Japan, South Korea | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

US stocks fell sharply on Monday after President Donald Trump announced fresh 25% tariffs on imports from Japan and South Korea

US President Donald Trump (Reuters File Image)

US stocks declined on Monday as President Donald Trump renewed tariff threats against key trading partners, announcing plans to impose 25% duties on imports from Japan and South Korea starting August 1.

The Dow Jones Industrial Average dropped over 400 points, or around 1%, while the S&P 500 fell 0.9%. The tech-heavy Nasdaq Composite also declined 0.9%, with Tesla shares under pressure amid concerns over CEO Elon Musk’s intention to launch a political party.

Markets pulled back from record closing highs as investors reacted to the escalating trade tensions. On Monday, Trump shared letters on social media addressed to the leaders of South Korea and Japan, confirming that the 25% tariffs would be implemented at the beginning of next month.

US President Donald Trump warned late Sunday that any country aligning with the “anti-American policies of BRICS” will face an additional 10% tariff. “There will be no exceptions to this policy,” he stated in a social media post. The remark came after BRICS — a bloc that includes key US trading partners like China and India — criticized Trump’s tariff stance during its recent summit.

The latest escalation adds fuel to already-heightened trade tensions, as global economies scramble to secure deals ahead of Trump’s July 9 deadline. That’s when his 90-day pause on elevated tariffs, first announced in April, is set to expire. So far, the US has only finalized deals with the UK and Vietnam and is working toward a framework agreement with China.

Trump and Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent confirmed on Sunday that formal letters detailing new tariff rates would be sent to targeted countries this week, with the duties going into effect starting August 1.

Bessent suggested several deals could still be reached in the coming days, with priority given to securing clarity from 18 major trading partners before finalizing tariffs for over 100 additional countries on the administration’s list.

Tesla Stock Drops 7% Amid EV Credit Cuts, Musk–Trump Clash

Meanwhile, Tesla (TSLA) shares slumped 7% on Monday following renewed tensions between Elon Musk and President Trump, along with investor concerns over the elimination of electric vehicle tax credits under Trump’s proposed budget.

According to data from Ortex, short sellers are estimated to have profited by about $1.4 billion due to the drop in Tesla’s share price.

Fueling the decline, Musk announced over the weekend via X (formerly Twitter) that he plans to launch a new political platform called the “America Party.” Trump responded swiftly on social media, claiming Musk had gone “completely off the rails.”

Amid all the geopolitical and political volatility, markets are also turning their attention to earnings. Delta Air Lines (DAL) will unofficially kick off the second-quarter results season with its report due on Thursday.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets US Markets: Dow, S&P 500, Nasdaq Sink As Trump Announces 25% Tariffs On Japan, South Korea

Poshan Abhiyaan 2025 Explained: What You Must Know About India’s Nutrition Mission | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Poshan Abhiyaan uses alignment of multiple ministries, frontline workers, technology and community action to approach malnutrition holistically.

Poshan Abhiyaan aims to improve the nutrition of women and children. (Representative/File Photo)

Every child and mother deserves proper nutrition, but malnutrition still affects millions in India. To tackle this, the government launched Poshan Abhiyaan in 2018.

One of its key efforts, Poshan Pakhwada, helps spread awareness and encourages community involvement to fight malnutrition.

What is Poshan Abhiyaan?

Launched on March 8, 2018, India’s Poshan Abhiyaan or National Nutrition Mission is the government’s flagship programme designed to improve nutrition for children (0–6 years), pregnant women, lactating mothers and adolescent girls.

It focuses on reducing stunting, underweight, anaemia and low birth weight through four pillars: access to quality services, cross-sectoral convergence, technology use (like Poshan Tracker) and a people’s movement called Jan Andolan.

Poshan Pakhwada 2025

Every year, Poshan Pakhwada—a two‑week nutrition awareness campaign—is observed under the Abhiyaan. This year, the 7th edition took place from April 8 to April 22, according to a press release. This edition centered on four themes:

– First 1,000 days of life (conception to age 2)

– Popularising the Poshan Tracker’s beneficiary module

– Community-based management of acute malnutrition (CMAM)

– Combating childhood obesity

Why Focus On The First 1,000 Days?

This period shapes a child’s physical and brain development, the press release states. Good nutrition and care during this time lay the foundation for lifelong health and learning. Poshan Pakhwada highlights maternal and infant nutrition, breastfeeding and balanced diets to prevent issues like stunting and anaemia.

During the two‑week Poshan Pakhwada, Anganwadi centres and government ministries organised community engagement to:

Encourage pregnant women to get antenatal care, balanced diets and regular health checkups.

Motivate families to pledge healthier eating, stay active and spread awareness.

Promote drinking eight glasses of water daily and consuming a nutritious, balanced diet

Enable beneficiaries to self-register on the Poshan Tracker App for better service access.

These efforts aim to improve maternal-child nutrition, boost hydration and dietary habits, and strengthen digital tracking of nutritional services.

Government Outreach And Convergence

More than 18 central ministries, along with state departments and Anganwadi workers, take part. Activities include home visits, nutrition camps, and awareness events at the village, block and district levels.

Why Does It Matter?

Poshan Abhiyaan uses alignment of multiple ministries, frontline workers, technology and community action to approach malnutrition holistically.

In 2025, Poshan Pakhwada aimed for real impact: better maternal-child nutrition, stronger healthcare links and healthier early childhood development—laying a foundation for a well-nourished India.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Poshan Abhiyaan 2025 Explained: What You Must Know About India’s Nutrition Mission

After Rs 36,500 Cr Jane Street Scam Saga, Can SEBI Plug The Gaps In Derivatives Market? | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Jane Street Fraud Saga: SEBI has now barred Jane Street from accessing the Indian stock market and ordered to pay Rs 4,840 crore in alleged unlawful gains. 

SEBI is launching a major drive to boost investor protection and tighten regulations after banning Jane Street from Indian markets for alleged manipulation of Bank Nifty options.

Jane Street market manipulation saga has brought into the limelight the major loopholes and gaps in the entire Indian stock market system, especially in derivatives trading, eroding the trust and conviction of fair play among investors. The unwinding of Jane Street fraud won’t be easily forgotten in the coming days or months, to be anchored as a reminder that filling the loopholes and cracks in the system is a constant process.

Jane Street, a US-based algo trading company, was alleged by the Securities Exchange Board of India (SEBI) in its 115-page report for market manipulation and misleading investors. The company was alleged to make profits in billions through unethical strategies.

SEBI has now barred Jane Street from accessing the Indian stock market and ordered to pay Rs 4,840 crore in alleged unlawful gains.

Gaurav Goel, Founder and Director at Fynocrat Technologies told The Economic Times that the damage isn’t just financial – it erodes faith in the system. “This kind of manipulation, if proven true, not only distorts the market but also harms retail investors who trade with trust and limited capital,” he added.

Goel told ET that several regulatory gaps need to be filled in. He said “manipulators often trade in both stock and options markets to create fake price moves. Sebi should build systems that track both markets together and raise alerts when something looks suspicious.”

Dinesh Thakkar, MD, Chairman and the founder of Angel One, sharing his POV on the future of proprietary trading in India, said India’s market opportunity is structural, not cyclical, and certainly not dependent on any one firm. He also stated that India’s macroeconomic foundation remains solid.

Political stability, favourable demographics, strong domestic consumption, rising domestic capital flows and low inflation continue to support high liquidity and sustained market participation, Thakkar added. 

Siddhart Bhamre, head of institutional research at Asit C Mehta said Jane Street is one of the largest traders contributing to India markets. He added that when big players are banned for wrongdoing, others become cautious and reduce activity, leading to lower volumes.

The impact may extend beyond SEBI’s jurisdiction, with tax authorities expected to examine Jane Street’s structure under India’s General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAAR). A large chunk of profits was reportedly routed through its Singapore-based FPI arm, leveraging treaty-based tax benefits, while Indian entities allegedly carried out intraday trades—something FPIs are not allowed to do.

“Considering the observations in the interim order, GAAR could potentially be applied to shift profits to entities liable to pay tax in India,” said Harshal Bhuta, partner at PR Bhuta & Co, in a statement to The Economic Times.

Jane Street Fraud Saga: Full Explained

The regulatory action comes after an extensive investigation into alleged manipulation of the Indian stock market through index derivatives, particularly Bank Nifty options, which earned the company massive profits of over Rs 36,500 crore between January 2023 and March 2025.

In India, it operated through four firms — JSI Investments Pvt Ltd, JSI2 Investments Pvt Ltd, Jane Street Singapore Pte Ltd, and Jane Street Asia Trading Ltd.

How Did Jane Street Earn Rs 36,500 Crore By Allegedly Tricking Indian Stock Markets?

Between January 2023 and March 2025, Jane Street entities made over Rs 43,289 crore in profits from index options, particularly Bank Nifty (BANKNIFTY) using various strategies that allegedly manipulated markets. These profits were partly offset by losses in other segments like stock futures and cash equity, resulting in a net gain of Rs 36,502 crore.

In a 105-page order, Sebi highlighted two key manipulative strategies — ‘Intraday Index Manipulation Strategy’ and ‘Extended Marking the Close Strategy’.

Read Those Market Manipulation Strategies : Explained: What Is Jane Street, How It Earned Rs 36,500 Cr From F&O Trades In India, Why Has Sebi Banned It?

Sebi noted the following:

A staggering Rs 17,319 crore was earned from BANKNIFTY options alone.

Profits were disproportionately high on expiry days, when options contracts expire and price influence can be most potent.

Trades were concentrated in short bursts, often aligned with expiry timings.

“JS Group made a total profit of Rs 36,502.12 crores across all segments,” Sebi said in the order.

SEBI has accused Jane Street of:

Violating the Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices (PFUTP) Regulations

Misleading market participants, especially retail traders who rely on index movements

Acting in concert across multiple entities to distort market dynamics

Disregarding caution letters issued by the NSE in February 2025 warning them to restrain their trading behaviour.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets After Rs 36,500 Cr Jane Street Scam Saga, Can SEBI Plug The Gaps In Derivatives Market?

10x Stock Split, 6,800% Rally: Multibagger Stock To Consider Rs 300 Fund Raise, Acquisition | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The company will hold a Board meeting on July 9, 2025, to consider raising Rs 300 crore via QIP and acquiring an international entity.

Elitecon International shares are up 6000% in 1 year.

Multibagger Stock: Elitecon International Limited will hold a meeting of its Board of Directors on Wednesday, July 9, 2025 to consider the fund raise of Rs 300 crore through Qualified Institutions Placement (QIP) and the acquisition of an international business entity.

The Board will also consider issuing equity shares on a preferential basis.

Funds raised through QIP route are expected to support the company’s expansion initiatives, including the proposed overseas acquisition.

Elitecon International has a market cap of Rs 12,276 crore.

Elitecon International Financials

For the fiscal year 2024-25, Elitecon International Limited reported a revenue of Rs 297.51 crores, with quarterly figures standing at Rs 120.41 crores for March 2025 and Rs 48.40 crores for December 2024. The net profit for the year reached Rs 32.21 crores, including Rs 12.21 crores in March 2025 and Rs 6.62 crores in December 2024.

The earnings per share (EPS) were Rs 8.09 for FY24-25, with Rs 0.77 in March 2025 and Rs 54.72 in December 2024. The cash EPS was Rs 2.13 for the fiscal year, while it stood at Rs 0.80 in March 2025 and Rs 57.74 in December 2024.

Elitecon International Share Price History

Elitecon International Ltd., a company incorporated in 1987 and operating in the tobacco and allied products sector, has experienced significant volatility and growth in its share price over recent years, transforming from a penny stock to a multibagger.

Elitecon International shares have given a whopping return of 6,881 per cent to investors as per Google Finance. The stocks are up from Rs 10.37 to Rs 76.80 apiece during the time being. Looking at the past five sessions, shares hit the 5% upper circuit for several times to gain 33 per cent.

Elitecon International Stock Split

Elitecon International executed a significant 10:1 stock split with the record date set for June 25, 2025. This corporate action involved subdividing each equity share with a face value of Rs 10 into 10 equity shares with a face value of Rs 1 each. The stock split was approved during a board meeting on May 15, 2025, alongside discussions on fundraising and potential overseas acquisitions, signaling the company’s strategic efforts to enhance shareholder value and market accessibility.

Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets 10x Stock Split, 6,800% Rally: Multibagger Stock To Consider Rs 300 Fund Raise, Acquisition

How To Save Tax Without Risking Your Money: 80C Options Explained | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Conservative investors and middle-class employees can enjoy tax exemptions under Section 80C of the Income Tax Act in India through multiple low-risk investment schemes.

Best low-risk investment options with tax savings for Indians. (Representative Image)

Want to keep a significant portion of your hard-earned salary free from the heavy burden of taxes? Start tax planning today by earmarking investment scheme options that help guard your taxes without causing excess risks to the sum assured. Fortunately, in India, Section 80C of the Income Tax Act offers investors many options to earn tax exemptions that can help them save up to Rs 1.5 lakh annually. Listed below are attractive tax-saving options with low risk on investments.

Public Provident Fund

The Indian government-backed Public Provident Fund scheme is an attractive option for those seeking low-risk and high-tax savings on their investments. It comes with a lock-in period of 15 years and can offer up to 7.1 per cent of returns annually. The PPF is a safe investment with its interest and maturity amount both being tax-free. Under the old tax regime, conservative investors enjoyed a deduction benefit of Rs 1.5 lakh.

National Pension System (NPS)

An excellent retirement plan, the National Pension System, comes with a lock-in period lasting till your professional life ends while offering returns ranging from 9 to 12 per cent. The NPS scheme also provides additional tax benefits of Rs 50,000 under section 80CCD(1B) over and above the Rs 1.5 lakh under 80C.

Sukanya Samriddhi Yojana (SSY)

As parents, ensuring your girl’s education and overall welfare is a critical part of financial planning. The SSY is one of the best schemes available to secure your daughter’s future with 7.6 per cent returns per annum, apart from multiple tax benefits. The SSY comes with a lock-in period of 21 years or until the daughter’s marriage.

National Savings Certificate (NSC)

Another safe government-sponsored scheme is the National Savings Certificate (NSC), where individuals can assure their sum for a maturity period of five years and expect returns up to 6.8 per cent annually. Investments in NSC are eligible for tax exemption under section 80C, which makes it a highly enticing option for small investors and middle-class employees.

Senior Citizen Savings Scheme (SCSS)

Perfect for senior citizens and conservative investors, the Senior Citizen Savings Scheme (SCSS) offers fixed returns with minimal risk on the sum invested. Individuals opting for SCSS can expect a 7.4 per cent annual return. The scheme has a lock-in period of 5 years, which can be extended by 3 years.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business How To Save Tax Without Risking Your Money: 80C Options Explained

Gold Rate Prediction: Yellow Metal Prices In India May Reclaim Rs 1 Lakh By December 2025: Report | Savings and Investments News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Gold Rate Prediction: Local gold prices are expected to continue trading with an upside bias during July-December 2025, and may hit Rs 100,000 per 10 grams.

Gold prices have cooled in the past few days amid easing in global geopolitical and economic tensions following the Iran-Israel ceasefire and US-China trade deal.

Gold Rate Prediction 2025: Gold has given robust returns this year amid geopolitical tensions and the tariff war. The price rise trend in India is likely to continue in the second half of the year 2025, and the rate is likely to reclaim the psychological mark of Rs 1,00,000, according to ICICI Bank Global Markets.

“Local gold prices are expected to continue trading with an upside bias moving from a near-term range of Rs 96,500 to Rs 98,500 per ten grams to Rs 98,500 per ten grams to the Rs 100,000 per ten grams range in H22025,” ICICI Bank Global Markets said in its report.

Gold prices, which have cooled in the past few days amid easing in global geopolitical and economic tensions following the Iran-Israel ceasefire and US-China trade deal, currently trade in the range of Rs 96,500-Rs 98,500 per 10 grams.

The yellow metal’s prices in recently crossed the Rs 1 lakh mark in India before cooling down.

Higher prices in India adversely affected the gold retail demand. In volume terms, gold imports have fallen on a sequential basis, showing that demand is weakening in response to elevated prices. Gold imports of $2.5 billion were recorded in May compared to $3.1 billion in the previous month. Investment demand was strong in May.

Last month, brokerage house Quant Mutual Fund in its ‘Factsheet for June 2025’ had said gold has peaked out and might correct by 12-15% in the next two months.

Data released by the AMFI showed a net ETF inflow of Rs 2.92 billion in May, after two consecutive months of outflows, highlighting the robust investment-related demand for the yellow metal in the local markets.

On the global front, despite the sequential fall in gold prices, investment demand for the yellow metal remained strong, which is evident from ETF flows as well.

The SPDR ETF flows in gold increased from 930 tonnes as of June 1, 2025, to 948 tonnes as of July 1, 2025. At the same time, speculative net long positions rose by roughly 13k lots in the last month.

In recent months, the gold bull run appears to have stalled as prices have been flat over the last month, reflecting an easing in safe-haven demand that has taken place, even as they remain higher on a YTD basis in 2025 by 28 per cent.

A critical development was the ceasefire reached between Israel and Iran that improved risk sentiment and reduced demand for the yellow metal. At the same time, markets are positioning for the US government to agree on trade deals with other countries that will limit the need for reciprocal tariffs to be implemented, the report added.

The US has already agreed deals with the UK and Vietnam, while there has been considerable progress made in negotiations with other countries such as Japan, India and the EU.

Besides, the US and China have agreed upon a framework for a trade deal as well that will be concluded presumably by August.

“The upshot is that the easing in geopolitical tensions and expectations that trade-war 2.0 could ease in magnitude have worked to limit further sharp upside emerging in gold prices,” the report added.

The report further stated that investment-related demand has continued to drive gold prices as jewellery demand has witnessed softness.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

BSE Throttle Fee Overhaul: What Are The Changes; Know Its Impact On Brokers, Traders, Vendors | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The revised framework, effective June 30, 2025, replaces the earlier short-term fee cycle with an annual tiered charging model.

According to the circular, Messages Per Second (MPS) throttle limit charges will range from Rs 0 for 40 MPS to Rs 5,00,000 for 1,000 MPS, and Rs 5,00,000 per additional 1,000 MPS beyond that.

In a significant development, the BSE has revamped its Messages Per Second (MPS) throttle fee framework for the equity derivatives segment, transitioning to an annualised tier-based pricing model effective June 30, 2025. This overhaul, notified through a circular dated May 27, 2025, replaces the earlier 15-day fee cycle with monthly billing for annual throughput slabs, tightening free usage limits and potentially raising costs for high-frequency brokers.

New Charges and Key Changes

Under the revised system, trading members will now be allowed only 40 MPS for free, against the earlier 10,000 MPS free tier. The new charges start at Rs 5 lakh annually for 1,000 MPS and increase proportionally by Rs 5 lakh for every additional 1,000 MPS, with fees billed monthly. For instance, the effective monthly cost for 1,000 MPS now stands at Rs 41,667.

The new regime discontinues the earlier structure — introduced in October 2024 — where members could avail additional blocks of 1,000 MPS for Rs 10,000 per 15-day cycle, with peak usage assessed fortnightly. BSE has clarified that while the new slabs are defined annually, members can adjust their MPS limits on a monthly basis, provided changes are made by the second last trading day of the month.

“Member-level throttle can be adjusted on monthly basis on second last trading day of the month with applicability from subsequent month,” said a BSE spokesperson.

Impact on Brokers, Vendors, and Clients

According to industry players, a mid-sized broker that previously used 5,000 MPS at no cost would now need to pay Rs 25 lakh annually, raising operational costs and planning complexity.

“Brokers face increased costs and administrative complexity. A broker that previously sent 15,000 MPS for free may now pay Rs 75 lakh annually for equivalent throughput. Smaller brokers also need to carefully allocate MPS across user IDs, risking operational errors if not managed properly,” according to an industry person, who did not want to be named.

Vendors must adapt trading and back-office systems to handle new monitoring, MPS reassignment, and rejection protocols. This creates added development, testing, and compliance workload, he added.

“Clients may be indirectly impacted via higher brokerage rates or degraded order execution if brokers restrict BSE access to save on costs. There’s also concern over whether these changes will reduce liquidity and activity on BSE’s derivatives platform, especially among algorithmic traders,” he said.

What Is MPS & Throttle Limit?

MPS (Messages Per Second) is a measure of trading system speed/capacity — how many messages (like orders, cancellations, modifications) a member can send per second.

A Throttle is a limit or cap imposed on MPS to ensure fair usage of exchange resources, avoid system overloads or abuse, charge users proportionately based on system load.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets BSE Throttle Fee Overhaul: What Are The Changes; Know Its Impact On Brokers, Traders, Vendors

Inside SEBI’s Ban On Jane Street: Full List Of Nifty 50, Bank Nifty Stocks It Targeted | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Jane Street Group Banned: According to SEBI, Jane Street systematically influenced the prices of Bank Nifty and Nifty 50 index constituents

SEBI Bans Jane Street From Indian Stock Market

Jane Street Group Banned: The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has barred four entities of the US-based Jane Street Group from accessing Indian securities markets, alleging large-scale fraud and manipulation in the derivatives segment.

In a 105-page interim order, SEBI exposed a sophisticated trading strategy centered around expiry-day manipulation. According to the regulator, Jane Street systematically influenced the prices of Bank Nifty and Nifty 50 index constituents through aggressive intraday trades, thereby distorting options pricing to secure massive profits.

Also Read: Explained: What Is Jane Street, How It Earned Rs 36,500 Cr From F&O Trades In India, Why Has Sebi Banned It?

18 Sessions Under Scrutiny

SEBI flagged 18 trading sessions — 15 involving Bank Nifty and 3 involving Nifty 50 — where the group allegedly carried out “sharp, large, and aggressive interventions” in both cash and derivatives segments. These trades, SEBI said, disrupted fair price discovery and undermined market integrity.

Bank Nifty Strategy

Jane Street’s method reportedly involved heavy morning purchases of Bank Nifty constituents such as HDFC Bank, ICICI Bank, Axis Bank, SBI, Kotak Mahindra Bank, and others, followed by large-scale sell-offs in the afternoon.

On January 17, 2024 alone, Jane Street traded stocks worth Rs 4,370 crore and booked a net options profit of Rs 673 crore.

Nifty 50 Pattern Also Detected

SEBI found similar expiry-day trading patterns in Nifty 50 stocks during May 2025. Key stocks used to influence index levels included Reliance Industries, Infosys, TCS, HDFC Life, ITC, L&T, and others.

Jane Street also executed trades across a wider range of Nifty 50 stocks including Adani group companies, Bajaj twins, Sun Pharma, Hindustan Unilever, Tata Motors, NTPC, and Power Grid, among others.

Manipulation Playbook

On expiry days, Jane Street allegedly boosted index levels in the morning via aggressive buying of stocks and futures, then unwound these positions in the afternoon to create a downward drift. These movements were reportedly aligned with their index options positions, allowing them to profit from the volatility they engineered.

Between January 2023 and March 2025, the group booked total profits of Rs 36,502 crore — Rs 43,289 crore from index options, with offsetting losses of Rs 7,687 crore across stock futures, index futures, and cash trades.

SEBI’s Verdict

SEBI concluded that Jane Street’s trades misled retail derivatives traders and violated the Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices (PFUTP) regulations. The four entities have been barred from Indian markets until further notice and ordered to deposit Rs 4,843.5 crore — the amount deemed to have been wrongfully earned — into an escrow account.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets Inside SEBI’s Ban On Jane Street: Full List Of Nifty 50, Bank Nifty Stocks It Targeted

New Township Project Begins In Ghaziabad, Farmers Offered 4X Rate Across 5 Villages | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Rs 2,384 crore deal, including 7% stamp duty and 1% registration fee, involves land from 5 villages, with varying rates set for each village under the acquisition plan

The largest land acquisition is from Nagla Firoz Mohan Nagar, with 192 hectares being taken at a rate of Rs 7,200 per square metre. (Representative/News18 Hindi)

In a major urban expansion move, authorities have begun laying the groundwork for a new city in Ghaziabad, Uttar Pradesh’s most densely populated district. The Ghaziabad Development Authority (GDA) has kickstarted land acquisition for the proposed Harnandipuram township by disbursing Rs 5 crore as initial compensation to 25 farmers. The ambitious project spans five villages, with farmers being offered four times the prevailing market rate for their land.

According to GDA Vice Chairman Atul Vyas, land acquisition for any project is challenging, and the Harnandipuram township project is no exception. The authority needs a total of 336 hectares of land, spread across five villages.

Currently, a sale deed worth Rs 43 lakh has been prepared, covering the sale of 759 square metres of land in Nagla Firoz Mohan Nagar. Ruby will be recognised as the first owner of this land, according to the sale deed made by GDA.

25 Farmers Offer Land For Harnandipuram Project

So far, 25 farmers have come forward to complete the sale deed process, with a total of Rs 5 crore offered as compensation. Vyas believes this is a positive start, indicating that more farmers may approve the proposal. The committee formed for land acquisition is headed by the district’s DM, who will determine the land prices for the project. The DM has set the land price at four times the current circle rate.

The total deal is valued at Rs 2,384 crore, which includes 7% stamp duty and 1% registration charge. This land is being acquired from residents of five villages, with different rates fixed for each village.

Circle Rates Vary Across Villages

For the land acquisition, the authority is taking 14 hectares from Mathurapur village at a rate of Rs 4,080 per square metre, compared to the current rate of Rs 1,020 per square meter.

From Shamsher village, 86 hectares are being acquired at a rate of Rs 6,760 per square metre, higher than the current rate of Rs 1,690.

Similarly, farmers in Champatnagar are being offered Rs 4,040 per square metre, instead of the current circle rate of Rs 1,010, for 33 hectares of land. Additionally, 9 hectares of land from Bhanera Khurd are being acquired at Rs 4,240 per square metre, compared to the current rate of Rs 1,060.

The largest land acquisition is from Nagla Firoz Mohan Nagar, with 192 hectares being taken at a rate of Rs 7,200 per square metre, the current rate being Rs 1,800.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business New Township Project Begins In Ghaziabad, Farmers Offered 4X Rate Across 5 Villages

Sensex Settles 170 Points Lower, Nifty At 25,405; PSB, Metal Stocks Drag | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Sensex Today: Indian markets opened on a positive note on Thursday

Sensex Today (Source: Freepik)

Sensex Today: After hitting an intraday high of 83,850, the BSE Sensex settled at 83,239.7 levels, down 170.22 points or 0.2 per cent. The NSE Nifty50 also fell 48.1 points or 0.19 per cent to close at 25,405.3 levels.

Among the broader markets, the Nifty Midcap100 index settled flat with a positive bias, while Nifty Smallcap100 settled down by 0.26 per cent lower.

Leading the gains on the Sensex were Asian Paints, Eternal, Tata Steel, Mahindra & Mahindra, Infosys, ICICI Bank, Tech Mahindra, and Maruti Suzuki. On the flip side, Bajaj Finance, Bajaj Finserv, Kotak Mahindra Bank, Trent, Bharat Electronics (BEL), and Titan were among the major laggards.

In the broader markets, both the Nifty MidCap and Nifty SmallCap indices edged up by 0.3 per cent, reflecting strength across segments.

Sector-wise, Nifty IT and Nifty Metal indices led the rally with gains of 0.6 per cent each, driven by strong global cues and sector-specific triggers. However, the Nifty PSU Bank index underperformed, slipping 0.54 per cent in early trade.

Global Cues

On the global front, Asian markets traded mixed in early Thursday deals. Investors appeared cautious after US President Donald Trump announced a new trade deal with Vietnam. According to a post on Truth Social, the United States will impose a 20% tariff on Vietnamese imports, while Vietnam will eliminate tariffs on US goods. The announcement comes just ahead of the end of Trump’s 90-day tariff reprieve, creating some uncertainty in regional trade dynamics.

Among Asian indices, Japan’s Nikkei was flat with a slight positive tilt after an early dip, while the Topix slipped 0.12%. South Korea’s Kospi gained 0.85%, whereas Australia’s ASX 200 declined 0.42%, reflecting a mixed regional performance.

Meanwhile, US stock futures remained largely flat ahead of the crucial June jobs report. On Wednesday, the Nasdaq Composite surged 0.94% to close at a record 20,393.13, and the S&P 500 also hit a fresh intraday high before ending at a new all-time closing level. However, the Dow Jones Industrial Average edged lower by 10.52 points, or 0.02%, closing at 44,484.42.

The market’s focus will remain on macroeconomic data, trade developments, and cues from Wall Street, which could influence intraday trends on Dalal Street.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets Sensex Settles 170 Points Lower, Nifty At 25,405; PSB, Metal Stocks Drag

‘Act Like You’re Already There’: Woman Shares Strategy Behind 5 Promotions In 6.5 Years | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Jade Bonacolta climbed five rungs in six years at LinkedIn by showing she was ready before being asked.

Jade Bonacolta who now works in Google says she didn’t chase titles. She focused on next-level work and the promotions followed. (IMAGE: Jade Bonacolta/Instagram)

Jade Bonacolta moved up five levels in six and a half years at LinkedIn before heading to Google in 2022. She told news outlet Business Insider that her strategy wasn’t complicated. She said that she always asked just two clear questions to her managers: “What are my responsibilities at this level? And what would change if I moved one level up?”

She said that those became her roadmap in earning those promotions.

Bonacolta told the business news outlets that she learned that promotions usually follow once you’re already operating at the next level.

So she made sure her manager could see it, stressing on the need of visibility. While still an associate on the sales productivity team, she didn’t just build presentations. She said that she started presenting them directly to senior leadership.

Bonacolta pointed out that this kind of initiative wasn’t expected at her level, but it helped her stand out.

By the time leadership found out her title, they were surprised because she was already working like a manager and that visibility fast-tracked her climb.

But Bonacolta also warned against chasing promotions just for the title. If the work doesn’t align with your interests, burnout is inevitable. “You want to feel inspired,” she was quoted as saying by Business Insider, stressing that people should still focus on doing their current job well, even while aiming higher.

She shared four advice for anyone who aims to grow in their career. She suggests asking one’s manager for clarity on expectations at each level. She urges professionals to show initiative by doing work at the next level.

She also points out that professionals must ensure that the path they have chosen should excite them, or it won’t be worth it. And lastly she said the professionals must not choose sight of their current job while you chase the next one.

She said she carried the same mindset to Google, where she says excelling in your core role matters more than side projects.

authorimg

Shankhyaneel Sarkar

Shankhyaneel Sarkar is a senior subeditor at News18. He covers international affairs, where he focuses on breaking news to in-depth analyses. He has over five years of experience during which he has covered sev…Read More

Shankhyaneel Sarkar is a senior subeditor at News18. He covers international affairs, where he focuses on breaking news to in-depth analyses. He has over five years of experience during which he has covered sev… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business ‘Act Like You’re Already There’: Woman Shares Strategy Behind 5 Promotions In 6.5 Years

Sensex Settles 288 Points Lower, Nifty Below 25,500; Bajaj Finance Down 2% | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Indian equities extended the risk-off sentiment, with benchmarks trading cautiously amid US President’s firm stance on the tariff deadline

Stock market updates

Sensex Today: Indian equities closed lower on Tuesday, extending the risk-off sentiment seen in recent sessions. The mood remained cautious as investors tracked global cues, especially US President Donald Trump’s unwavering stance on the looming tariff deadline, which kept markets on edge.

After hitting an intraday high of 83,935.29, the BSE Sensex ended the day at 83,409.69, down 287.6 points or 0.34 per cent. The NSE Nifty50 also slipped 88.45 points or 0.35 per cent to close at 25,453.4, reflecting widespread caution across the board.

Broader market indices followed suit, with the Nifty Midcap100 shedding 0.14 per cent and the Nifty Smallcap100 falling 0.41 per cent. The lack of clear positive triggers and global trade concerns added to investor hesitancy, particularly in mid and small-cap segments.

On the sectoral front, there was a mixed trend. Indices such as Nifty Metal, Consumer Durables, Auto, IT, Pharma, and Healthcare managed to end in positive territory, offering some support to the markets. However, sectors like Nifty Realty, Financial Services, Banking, Oil & Gas, and Media emerged as the top laggards, dragging down the overall sentiment.

Traders and investors appear to be adopting a wait-and-watch approach ahead of key global developments, with domestic fundamentals remaining stable but overshadowed by external risks.

Market View: VK Vijayakumar, Chief Investment Strategist, Geojit Investments

After breaking the 24500-25000 range Nifty has moved to the new range of 25200-25800. Positive news about a possible trade deal between India and US can help break the upper limit of the range but it would be difficult to sustain the Nifty at higher levels for long. There are no indications yet of a strong rebound in earnings. GST collections data for June indicates sluggish growth. Auto sales numbers for June also indicates subdued sales.

In brief, there is no room for the market to sustain the upward momentum given the high valuations. A surprise element is the resilience of the US economy and corporate earnings, which in turn is imparting resilience to the US market, despite the tariffs. How long this resilience will hold remains to be seen. The Fed chief Jerome Powell has indicated that there is no room for a rate cut immediately. This will rein-in the enthusiasm of the bulls.

Global Markets

The Nasdaq and the S&P 500 closed lower on Tuesday, dragged down by weakness in large-cap tech stocks, while the Dow ended higher in a volatile day marked by seasonally low liquidity. Dow Jones Industrial Average rose 400.17 points, or 0.91%, to 44,494.94. The S&P 500 lost 6.94 points, or 0.11%, to 6,198.01, and the Nasdaq Composite lost 166.84 points, or 0.82%, to 20,202.89.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets Sensex Settles 288 Points Lower, Nifty Below 25,500; Bajaj Finance Down 2%

Boeing Revamp: Longtime Executive Stephen Parker To Permanently Head Struggling Defence Unit | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Acting chief Stephen Parker’s appointment will be effective immediately and he will serve as president and chief executive officer of Boeing Defense, Space & Security

Boeing’s defence division has been beset with hefty losses connected to rigid fixed-price contracts with the Pentagon. (Image: AFP/File)

Boeing has tapped longtime executive and acting chief Stephen Parker as a permanent chief to its embattled defence and space division, a day after it announced that it was recruiting a Lockheed Martin executive as its next CFO.

Parker’s appointment will be effective immediately and he will serve as president and chief executive officer of Boeing Defense, Space & Security. The appointments come as Kelly Ortberg nears his first anniversary as Boeing’s CEO in August, following commercial aviation safety problems and space programme difficulties.

Ortberg said in a statement that under Parker, “our defense business has stabilised its operations, improved programme execution and strengthened relationships with our customers”. He had named Parker interim head in September 2024 shortly after joining the company.

Boeing’s defence division has been beset with hefty losses connected to rigid fixed-price contracts with the Pentagon on projects that suffered significant delays and cost overruns. The division has also been responsible for the struggling Air Force One presidential plane programme.

The appointment of Parker followed Boeing’s announcement on Monday (July 1) that Jesus “Jay” Malave will join as chief financial officer (CFO) on August 15. Brian West, who is the current CFO, will transition to a senior adviser to Ortberg, as per an announcement.

Malave was most recently CFO of Lockheed Martin and previously held top posts at United Technologies. Ortberg has reported progress on improving safety management at Boeing, but has said completely turning around the company’s culture will take time. Shares of Boeing rose 0.6 percent in early trading.

(With AFP inputs)

authorimg

News Desk

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More

The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Boeing Revamp: Longtime Executive Stephen Parker To Permanently Head Struggling Defence Unit

PM Modi Hails ‘One Nation, One Tax’ As Milestone In India’s Growth On GST’s 8th Anniversary | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

PM Narendra Modi stated that GST remains a landmark reform after eight years, enhancing Ease of Doing Business and economic growth.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi with the late former President of India, Pranab Mukherjee (Pic Courtesy: @narendramodi)

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, in a post on X (formerly Twitter), said that even after eight years, the Goods and Services Tax (GST) continues to be a landmark reform that has transformed India’s economic landscape.

PM Modi underlined how it (GST) improved the Ease of Doing Business, particularly for small and medium enterprises.

“GST has also served as a powerful engine for economic growth, while fostering true cooperative federalism by making states equal partners in this journey to integrate India’s market,” PM Modi added in the X post on the 8th anniversary of GST.

A Brief History of GST

The Goods and Services Tax (GST) removed the intricate web of indirect taxes such as VAT, excise duty, service tax and more with one structured tax applied on the supply of goods and services. It was launched on July 01, 2017 under the helm of finance minister Arun Jaitley.

The main goal was to simplify tax compliance, remove the cascading effect of taxes, and promote ease of doing business.

The idea of GST was first pitched in 2000 during the Atal Bihari Vajpayee government. It entangled in the maze of complexities and became sidelined. Once the BJP under PM Narendra Modi came to power, the idea reignited and discussions, negotiations, and legislative began again. The Constitution Amendment Bill enabling GST was passed in 2016, and after state approvals and the passage of four supporting laws in 2017, GST was officially rolled out. It marked a major shift towards a common national market and is considered a step towards stronger cooperative federalism, with both Centre and states sharing tax powers under a unified system.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business PM Modi Hails ‘One Nation, One Tax’ As Milestone In India’s Growth On GST’s 8th Anniversary

LIC Premium Missed: How To Reactivate Your Policy Without Losing Benefits | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Missed paying off your premium with the Life Insurance Corporation of India and now sweating over potential lapse? Don’t take stress, you’re covered.

How to revive your LIC policy if the premium payout is missed. (Photo Credit: X)

Be it a long-term policyholder or a new user, panic is bound to set in if you miss the deadline for your LIC premium payouts. The leading insurance company now allows its policyholders to reactivate their policy plans in case of lapses with various investor-friendly options. There is still time to act in case you’ve missed your LIC premium and do not wish to lose your policy benefits. Here’s all you need to know about what happens when your LIC premium payments are missed and how you can reactivate your policy if it is lapsed.

What Happens When You Miss Your LIC Premium

If you miss paying your LIC premium, here’s what happens next. The Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) offers a grace period — 15 days for monthly payments and 30 days for quarterly, half-yearly, or yearly modes.

Your policy will lapse only if the premium is not paid within this grace period. Once the grace period ends, the life cover gets suspended, bonus and loyalty benefits are put on hold, and you lose eligibility for maturity or survival benefits — unless you revive the policy later.

How To Reactivate Your Policy

Your LIC policy can be revived within 2 years or sometimes up to 5 years through the following methods:

Ordinary Revival: As per this method, you’ll have to pay all missed premiums with an 8-10 per cent interest while submitting a health declaration.

Special Revival: Tweak the policy start date. This method is useful for those with 2–5 year lapses.

Loan-Cum-Revival: This method entails using the policy’s surrender value as a loan to pay the dues required to keep your policy active.

Instalment Revival: Pay the revival amounts in parts to reactivate your LIC policy.

Revival Campaigns: During special campaigns, the LIC might waive your late fees.

Step-by-Step Revival Process

Visit the nearest LIC branch or agent and check your policy status.

Fill out Form 680 or a revival request form provided by LIC.

Pay out all the missed premiums with interest.

If your policies lapsed over 6 months or high sum insured plans, the LIC may require medical reports or health declarations by the concerned authority.

Once the process is completed, you will receive an official confirmation from LIC that your policy has been reactivated.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business LIC Premium Missed: How To Reactivate Your Policy Without Losing Benefits

Sensex Settles 452 Points Lower, Nifty Below 25,550; Axis Bank Drops 2% | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Equity benchmark indices Sensex and Nifty opened on a muted note at open on Monday

Sensex Today (Source: Freepik)

Sensex Today: Breaking a four-day winning streak, Indian equity benchmarks ended lower on Monday as investors booked profits in the absence of fresh domestic cues.

The BSE Sensex declined 452.44 points, or 0.54 per cent, to close at 83,606.46, after moving within a range of 84,099.53 to 83,482.13 during the session.

In contrast, the broader markets outperformed the benchmarks, with the Nifty Midcap100 rising 0.68 per cent and the Nifty Smallcap100 gaining 0.52 per cent.

Market View| VK Vijayakumar, Chief Investment Strategist, Geojit Investments

With S&P 500 and Nasdaq setting new record highs and most other markets in bullish mode, the market construct looks positive. Decline in geopolitical tensions in West Asia, the sharp pull back of Brent crude to $67 and reports of positive developments on the trade front with possibilities of trade deals between US and China and US and some major trade partners augur well for equity markets.

Significant contributors to the rally in India in recent days have been largecaps like HDFC Bank, ICICI Bank, RIL and L&T which have seen accumulation by institutions. Weakness in the dollar index continues to support FII inflows and retail optimism continues to support flows into domestic funds.

It makes sense to remain invested in this bull market but making fresh investments at elevated valuations would be risky.

Global cues

Asia-Pacific markets climbed on Monday as investors digested a host of economic data, including industrial output figures from Japan and South Korea for May, as well as China’s June purchasing managers’ index (PMI) figures.

Last checked, Nikkei was up 1.6 per cent, while the broader Topix index gained 1 per cent. Kospi advanced 0.64 per cent, and the ASX 200 rose 0.19 per cent. US equity futures also ticked higher during early Asian hours as the market heads into the second half of the year. On Friday, Wall Street posted strong gains across the board.

The S&P 500 closed at a record high of 6,173.07, surpassing its previous peak of 6,147.43. The Nasdaq Composite also ended at a new all-time high, climbing about 0.5 per cent, while the Dow Jones Industrial Average added nearly 1 per cent.

June has seen a robust rebound in US equities from the lows experienced in April amid heightened trade policy tensions. However, uncertainty over global trade negotiations continues to cast a shadow over the durability of the rally.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets Sensex Settles 452 Points Lower, Nifty Below 25,550; Axis Bank Drops 2%

Silver Price Outlook 2025: Silver Set To Explode In July 2025, Says Robert Kiyosaki | Savings and Investments News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Market experts are also predicting that silver price could increase in the future in align with gold due to heavy demand in industrial usage and supply constraints.  

Silver Price Outlook 2025

Silver Price Outlook 2025: Renowned financial author Robert Kiyosaki, best known for Rich Dad Poor Dad, has issued a bold prediction for silver, forecasting a significant price surge in July 2025. In a recent post on X, Kiyosaki described silver as the “best asymmetric buy” today, emphasizing its high reward-to-risk potential. “Your profits are made when you buy… not when you sell,” he wrote, urging investors to act quickly as silver remains affordable. “Everyone can afford silver today… but not tomorrow,” he added, predicting a price explosion next month.

Despite a recent dip in silver prices to $35.98 per ounce on June 28, 2025, following eased geopolitical tensions, the metal is up 24% year-to-date. Kiyosaki’s earlier posts, including one on June 23, 2025, called silver the “best investment” in June, while he waits for gold and Bitcoin to crash before adding to those positions. His long-term optimism includes predictions of silver hitting $3,000 per ounce by 2035.

Market experts are also predicting that silver price could increase in the future in align with gold due to heavy demand in industrial usage and supply constraints.

Satish Donadapati, VP and fund manager of Kotak AMC argued that silver is still seen as cheaper compared to gold, even after its recent price increase.

“The gold-silver ratio is still higher than usual, meaning silver hasn’t caught up to gold’s rise yet. Given silver’s important role both as an industrial metal and a precious metal, we believe there is still potential for silver prices to increase further relative to gold, he added.

He further believed that the outlook for silver over the next 6-12 months is positive, with expectations of increase in silver prices driven by strong industrial demand, supply constraints, weakening US dollar and macroeconomic factors.

Silver has strong long-term potential, but investors should be cautious of risks like high price volatility, a stronger U.S. dollar, or rising interest rates, he added.

Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

Mazagon Dock Shares In Focus After Rs 452 Cr Colombo Dockyard Stake Buy In Sri Lanka | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited (MDL), headquartered in Mumbai, is an Indian defense public sector undertaking under the Ministry of Defence.

Mazagon Dock acquires 51% stake in Colombo company. (AI-Generated Image)

Mazagon Dock  Share Price: Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited shares are set to remain focus on Monday June 30, following the board’s approval to acquire a controlling and substantial stake of Colombo Dockyard PLC (a company listed on Columbo Stock Exchange, Sri Lanka) at USD 52.96 million or Rs 452 crore. The acquisition was happened through a combination of primary subscription and secondary acquisitions from the shareholders of CDPLC (including Onomichi Dockyard Co. Ltd. (Onomichi), a majority shareholder of CDPLC.

Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited (MDL), headquartered in Mumbai, is an Indian defense public sector undertaking (DPSU) under the Ministry of Defence, specializing in shipbuilding and submarine construction

On last Friday, shares of Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited closed 1.50 per cent higher at Rs 3,169.50 apiece, against the previous day close at Rs 3,121.50 apiece. The stock’s 52-week high and low remained at Rs 3,778 and Rs 1,917, respectively.

Mazagon Dock Q4 FY25 Results

The company’s net profit for the January-March quarter slipped to Rs 325.3 crore from Rs 663 crore in the year-ago period.

Revenue from operations for the quarter rose marginally by 2.3% YoY to Rs 3,174.4 crore, compared to Rs 3,103.7 crore in the previous year. However, operating performance was under pressure, with EBITDA plunging 83% to Rs 90 crore from Rs 524 crore.

For the full financial year, Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders reported a 25% rise in net profit to Rs 2,414 crore, up from Rs 1,937 crore in FY24, while revenue climbed 21% to Rs 11,432 crore.

Mazagon Dock Dividend FY25

Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited, defence PSU, earlier declared its 2nd interim dividend of Rs 3 per equity share for the financial year 2024-25. In the filing, PSU also announced the record and payment dates for the said interim dividend of FY25.

Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders fixed Wednesday, April 16, 2025 as the record date for determining the eligibility of the shareholders for the said interim dividend of FY25.

“Declaration of 2nd Interim Dividend of Rs. 3/- per equity share of Rs. 5/- each fully paid-up for the Financial Year 2024-25. Further, the Company has fixed Wednesday, 16 April 2025 as “Record Date” for the same,” the company said in the filing.

The payment of 2nd Interim Dividend was completed on or before 07 May 2025.

Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets Mazagon Dock Shares In Focus After Rs 452 Cr Colombo Dockyard Stake Buy In Sri Lanka

Interest Rates To Customer Support: What To Check Before Opening Savings Account | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The interest rate offered is crucial because it dictates how much return your investment will yield when deciding where to invest your money.

Select a bank that has a significant online and offline presence. (Representative Image)

Building a secure future and achieving financial stability requires saving money. Opening a savings account with a reputable bank or financial institution is one of the first steps towards saving money. Individuals can open a savings account with a bank to deposit and protect their funds. They simultaneously receive interest, albeit a small amount. Customers can withdraw money from savings bank accounts at any time and without restrictions, making them liquid investments.

However, choosing an account that best fits your requirements could be a little challenging with so many options available. Thus, the following factors should be taken into consideration while choosing your future savings account:

Rate of Interest

When deciding where to invest your money, the interest rate offered is essential because it dictates how much return your investment will yield. Your money will compound more effectively while it is in the account if the interest rate is higher. Therefore, choose the top savings account with the most attractive interest rates.

Fees and Charges

It is important to fully understand the structure of fees and charges related to several banking services, including your savings account. Common fees to take into account include NEFT/online transfer fees, currency conversion fees on international transactions, and ATM withdrawal charges. You may learn more about these charges by carefully reading the fine print.

Easy Access to Accounts

Select a bank that has a significant online and offline presence while looking for the best savings account. Take into account the bank’s actual location as well. The bank must have enough ATMs along with online banking and mobile banking services to ensure liquidity.

Mobile Banking Features

Having digital access to your savings account and its services is important in this age. Look for banks that offer easy-to-use digital banking features. Online banking makes it easy to complete all of your financial transactions, including paying bills, moving money, and receiving your account statement.

Lowest Possible Cash Balance

The minimum deposit required to create a savings account with many institutions is quite low. Some lenders will demand that you maintain a specific minimum balance in your account for the duration of your association with them. Choosing a zero-balance savings account with low charges, including monthly maintenance or withdrawal fees, will help you cut down on wasteful spending.

Easy of Withdrawal

Many bank accounts have monthly withdrawal limitations. If you think you may need to make withdrawals frequently, pick an account that permits multiple withdrawals without charging fees.

Attractive Offers and Deals

Many banks now use attractive promotions and discounts with their savings accounts to draw customers. Choose the account that best suits your financial objectives by evaluating the bank’s products.

Customer Service Support

Make sure the bank has a robust customer service infrastructure to improve your savings account experience. Having great customer service leads to a smooth banking experience. Choose a savings account bank that provides customer service through various channels, such as phone, email, WhatsApp, live chat with a chatbot, in-person help at branches, etc.

It is important to carefully weigh a number of factors when selecting the ideal savings account for your requirements. You can choose a plan that fits your financial objectives by evaluating interest rates, minimum balance requirements, and other important aspects.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Interest Rates To Customer Support: What To Check Before Opening Savings Account

Fixed Deposits Vs Low-Risk Funds: Where You Should Park Your Money | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Fixed Deposits are a good choice for those who prefer safety and guaranteed returns.

Low-risk, high-return funds are better in terms of flexibility.

In today’s financial world, people are becoming more cautious yet smarter about where they put their money. While Fixed Deposits (FDs) have long been a go-to investment for their safety and guaranteed returns, changing interest rates and growing financial awareness have prompted many to explore alternative options that offer higher returns with minimal risk.

High Return, Low Risk Investments

For those who prefer a balance between safety and better gains, options like debt mutual funds, government bonds, liquid funds, and hybrid funds are worth considering. These investment choices are designed to offer more attractive returns than traditional FDs, without exposing investors to high levels of risk.

Debt mutual funds, for instance, invest in government and corporate bonds. Managed by professional fund managers, these funds have the potential to deliver higher returns, especially in times when interest rates are falling. Similarly, government securities and corporate bond funds are considered stable and relatively safe, making them suitable for conservative investors looking to earn more than a typical FD.

One big plus is flexibility—you can usually take your money out easily, sometimes without any penalty. Also, if you stay invested for over three years, these funds get special tax benefits called indexation, which can lower the tax you pay—unlike FDs, which are taxed based on your income.

There is still some risk, like changes in interest rates or the chance that a company may not repay the money. But overall, the risk is low, and the chance of getting better returns is higher. So, these options are good for people who are okay with a little bit of risk in exchange for better growth.

Fixed Deposits (FDs)

Fixed Deposits (FDs) are one of the most trusted and commonly used investment options in India. They keep your money safe and give you a fixed return, without being affected by market ups and downs. Your money (the amount you invest) stays protected, and you earn interest at a fixed rate, making FDs perfect for people who don’t want to take risks, like retirees or anyone who wants a steady income.

FDs are also very easy to use. You can open them at any bank or Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC), and you don’t need to follow the market or know anything about investing. Plus, bank FDs are insured up to Rs 5 lakh, which adds more safety.

However, the returns are usually lower, especially if inflation is high or interest rates go down. Also, the interest you earn is taxed as per your income, which means you take home even less.

FDs are great if you want to keep your money safe for short or medium-term needs. But over the long term, they may not help you grow your wealth, as they usually don’t beat inflation. They also come with penalties if you take your money out early, making them less flexible.

Fixed Deposits vs Low-Risk Funds

When deciding which is better, FDs are ideal for those who want complete safety and fixed returns. On the other hand, low-risk, high-return funds are better suited for people seeking higher growth, tax savings, and more flexibility with their money.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Fixed Deposits Vs Low-Risk Funds: Where You Should Park Your Money

India’s Foreign Debt Jumps 10% To USD 736.3 Billion; External Debt-To-GDP Also Rises | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

India’s external debt increased by 10 per cent to USD 736.3 billion at the end of March 2025 compared to USD 668.8 billion in the yearago period, the Reserve Bank said on Friday.

As a percentage of the GDP, the external debt increased to 19.1 per cent at the end of the recently concluded financial year from 18.5 per cent a year ago, RBI said. (Representative Image)

India’s external debt increased by 10 per cent to USD 736.3 billion at the end of March 2025 compared to USD 668.8 billion in the year-ago period, the Reserve Bank said on Friday.

As a percentage of the GDP, the external debt increased to 19.1 per cent at the end of the recently concluded financial year from 18.5 per cent a year ago, it added.

In a year which saw some volatilities in the currency markets, the RBI said the “valuation effect” due to the appreciation of the US dollar against the rupee and other currencies amounted to USD 5.3 billion, while if one were to exclude the valuation effect, external debt would have increased by USD 72.9 billion instead of USD 67.5 billion in the year.

The overall debt included USD 261.7 billion of loans taken by non-financial corporations, USD 168.4 billion by the government and USD 202.1 billion by deposit-taking corporations, excluding the central bank, the RBI said.

At March-end 2025, long-term debt (with an original maturity of above one year) was USD 601.9 billion, an increase of USD 60.6 billion over the year.

The share of short-term debt (with original maturity of up to one year) in total external debt declined to 18.3 per cent at March-end 2025 from 19.1 per cent a year ago, but the ratio of short-term debt to foreign exchange reserves increased to 20.1 per cent in FY25 against 19.7 per cent at the end of March 2024.

US dollar-denominated debt remained the largest component of India’s external debt with a share of 54.2 per cent at March-end 2025, followed by debt denominated in the rupee (31.1 per cent), yen (6.2 per cent), SDR2 (4.6 per cent), and euro (3.2 per cent), the RBI said.

Loans remained the largest component of external debt, with a share of 34 per cent, followed by currency and deposits (22.8 per cent), trade credit and advances (17.8 per cent) and debt securities (17.7 per cent).

.

(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business India’s Foreign Debt Jumps 10% To USD 736.3 Billion; External Debt-To-GDP Also Rises

Pre-Approved Vs Regular Personal Loans: What Is The Difference? | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Choosing the right personal loan starts with understanding what fits your needs best.

Pre-approved or regular? Know which personal loan works better for you.

When it comes to borrowing money, personal loans often emerge as a quick and flexible option. But not all personal loans are created equal. Banks or NBFCs today offer two major types of personal loans, including pre-approved personal loans and regular personal loans. Each has its terms, processing time, and eligibility criteria. Understanding the key differences between the two can help borrowers make better financial decisions.

What Is a Pre-Approved Personal Loan?

A pre-approved personal loan is typically offered by banks or financial institutions to existing customers with a good credit history, steady income and a strong repayment record. These loans are based on the customer’s financial profile and past banking relationship. Since the lender already has access to the borrower’s financial data, the approval process is faster, and in many cases, the funds are disbursed within a few hours.

One of the biggest advantages of a pre-approved loan is minimal paperwork, since most information is already available with the lender. However, these offers are time-bound and subject to the borrower continuing to meet the eligibility criteria at the time of availing the loan.

What Is a Regular Personal Loan?

In contrast, a regular personal loan is available to both new and existing customers but involves a complete credit assessment. Applicants have to submit income proof, employment details, and other documents for evaluation. The approval process may take a few days, depending on the lender’s internal checks.

While regular loans take more time to process, they offer borrowers the flexibility to compare interest rates and loan terms across lenders. This makes them an ideal choice for those who want to explore better deals, negotiate terms, or are not eligible for pre-approved offers.

Key Differences

Eligibility

Pre-Approved Loan: Offered to select individuals, usually existing customers with a strong credit record.

Regular Loan: Open to all applicants who meet the lender’s eligibility criteria.

Processing Time

Pre-Approved Loan: Instant or within 24 hours due to pre-verification.

Regular Loan: Typically takes 2–7 working days, depending on documentation and internal checks.

Documentation

Pre-Approved Loan: Requires little to no documentation as the lender already has customer data.

Regular Loan: Requires full documentation, including KYC, salary slips, and bank statements.

Interest Rate

Pre-Approved Loan: Usually calculated based on your credit history and typically ranges between 10.49 per cent to 14 per cent pa.

Regular Loan: Depends on the borrower’s credit score and typically ranges between 9.50 per cent to 44 per cent pa.

Whether you need instant funds or are planning to compare options for a better deal, knowing the difference between these two types of personal loans can help you make a smarter borrowing decision.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Pre-Approved Vs Regular Personal Loans: What Is The Difference?

Intel Layoffs: Company Starts Fresh Job Cuts, Sacks 107 Employees Linked To Headquarters | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Intel has begun layoffs affecting 107 employees in Santa Clara as part of a restructuring plan. CEO Lip-Bu Tan aims to cut $500 mn in expenses this year and $1 bn next year.

Intel’s New CEO Lip-Bu Tan has been working on sweeping reforms at Intel, including a revamp of its AI roadmap and chip manufacturing operations.

In the latest round of layoffs, chipmaker Intel has started fresh job cuts with 107 employees connected to its headquarters in Santa Clara, California, according to a CRN report. The layoffs are part of a broader restructuring plan to turnaround the beleaguered company.

According to the report, Intel has informed this to the stated of California through a notice, which is required under the California’s Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification (WARN) in case of a layoff impacting 50 or more than employees in a 30-day period.

In the notice, the company said the layoffs are expected to begin July 15.

In the WARN notice, Intel said employees have either received a 60-day notice ahead of their separation or a four-week notice that comes with nine weeks of pay and benefits “in lieu of further notice”, as per CRN.

Additionally, the company has also decided to close down its automotive chip business, which was based in Munich, Germany, according to The Oregonian citing an internal memo. According to the memo, “Intel plans to wind down the Intel architecture automotive business” and will lay off most of its workers in the section.

Last week, reports citing CEO Lip-Bu Tan‘s internal memo suggested that Intel was planning to lay off 15%-20% workers from its chip manufacturing division.

What Intel Spokesperson Says On Layoffs

In the latest statement, an Intel spokesperson, as reported by CRN, said, “As we announced earlier this year, we are taking steps to become a leaner, faster and more efficient company. Removing organisational complexity and empowering our engineers will enable us to better serve the needs of our customers and strengthen our execution.”

“We are making these decisions based on careful consideration of what’s needed to position our business for the future, and we will treat people with care and respect as we complete this important work,” the spokesperson added.

CEO Lip-Bu Tan’s Turnaround Plans

Lip-Bu Tan, who assumed the role of Intel’s CEO in March, said in April that the company plans to cut operating expenses by $500 million this year and another $1 billion next year.

“There is no way around the fact that these critical changes will reduce the size of our workforce,” he had said.

“We must balance our reductions with the need to retain and recruit key talent,” he said in the memo. “I will empower each of my leaders to make the best possible decisions aligned with our top priorities. These decisions will not be made lightly, and we will keep you regularly informed.”

Tan has been working on sweeping reforms at Intel, including a revamp of its artificial intelligence (AI) roadmap and chip manufacturing operations. A key element of his plan involves trimming layers of middle management, which he sees as an impediment to faster execution and innovation. In a recent company-wide town hall, Tan cautioned employees that “tough decisions” lay ahead.

Tan, 65, previously served as CEO of Cadence Design Systems and was a member of Intel’s board until August 2024. His appointment follows a challenging period for Intel, which reported a $19 billion annual loss in 2024 — its first in nearly four decades — and continues to lose market share to rivals like Nvidia and Arm, especially in the AI chip sector.

Intel also announced mass layoffs in August last year.

The layoffs at Intel are part of a broader trend of cost-cutting and restructuring across the tech sector. According to data from layoffs.fyi, over 63,443 tech workers have already been laid off across 147 companies in 2025 so far.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Intel Layoffs: Company Starts Fresh Job Cuts, Sacks 107 Employees Linked To Headquarters

Market Closing: Sensex Jumps 1,000 Points, Nifty Above 25,500; Tata Steel Rises 3% | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Sensex and Nifty50 edged higher for the third straight day, amid expiries of Nifty weekly and monthly derivatives contracts

Sensex Today (Source: Freepik)

Sensex Today: Indian benchmark indices continued their upward trajectory for a third consecutive session on Thursday, buoyed by strong buying interest amid the expiry of both Nifty’s weekly and monthly derivatives contracts.

At 3 pm, the Sensex was up 986.67 points or 1.19 percent at 83,742.18, and the Nifty was up 301.35 points or 1.19 percent at 25,546.10.

Top Performers and Laggards

Among the top gainers on the Sensex were Adani Ports, Bajaj Finance, Eternal (Zomato), Bharti Airtel, Reliance Industries, and HDFC Bank. On the flip side, Tech Mahindra, SBI, Sun Pharma, and Trent emerged as the notable laggards.

Broader Markets & Sectoral Trends

The Nifty MidCap and Nifty SmallCap indices also traded in the green, reflecting positive sentiment in the broader market.

Sector-wise, Nifty Bank was the standout performer, hitting a record high of 57,076.95, driven by gains in Axis Bank, HDFC Bank, and ICICI Bank. Meanwhile, Nifty Realty declined 1.8 per cent, and Nifty PSU Bank slipped 0.52 per cent. On the other hand, Nifty Metal added 0.46 per cent, and Nifty Oil & Gas climbed 0.88 per cent.

Markets remained optimistic on the back of strong institutional inflows and easing global cues, though volatility may stay elevated due to the derivatives expiry.

What’s Fueling the Market Rally?

Thursday’s sharp market rally was largely driven by easing geopolitical tensions, particularly signs of a de-escalation between Israel and Iran. This diplomatic relief has lifted global investor sentiment, triggering a shift toward a more “risk-on” approach.

Dr. VK Vijayakumar, Chief Investment Strategist at Geojit Financial Services, commented, “With the ceasefire between Israel and Iran, global markets have entered a risk-on mode.”

However, he warned that this rally may prove temporary if unresolved issues—particularly the ongoing reciprocal tariff dispute—re-emerge after July 9, when the current truce is set to expire.

“The market’s attention will soon turn to what unfolds around that deadline,” he said, adding that “positive developments on a possible India-US trade deal could extend gains, while disappointment on that front may limit the upside.”

RBI Flags Resilient Economy, Liquidity Boost Incoming

India’s economy continues to show resilience despite global headwinds, according to the Reserve Bank of India’s latest ‘State of the Economy’ report. The central bank highlighted that a 100 basis point cut in the repo rate to 5.5 per cent since February, along with a phased 100 bps reduction in the Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR) from September 6, will inject around Rs 2.5 trillion into the system. This is expected to ease funding costs and improve credit transmission in the broader economy.

Global cues

Asia-Pacific markets opened on a mixed note Thursday, with investors keeping a close watch on the ongoing ceasefire developments between Israel and Iran. Last checked, Nikkei was up 0.98 per cent, while the broader Topix popped 0.48 per cent. The Kospi slipped 0.51 per cent, and aASX 200 was down 0.11 per cent.

US stock futures were largely unchanged. S&P 500, Nasdaq 100, and Dow Jones Industrial Average futures all hovered near the flatline.

On Capitol Hill, Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell maintained a cautious tone on inflation and tariffs during his second day of testimony. While not committing to a timeline for interest rate cuts, Powell reiterated that rate reductions could be considered if inflation proves to be transitory — a stance he also took during his earlier testimony before the House Financial Services Committee. This comes amid mounting pressure from President Donald Trump for the Fed to ease rates.

Overnight in the US, equities saw modest moves. The S&P 500 ended just below the flatline at 6,092.16 as investors assessed its chances of revisiting record highs. The Nasdaq Composite gained 0.31 per cent to close at 19,973.55, while the Dow Jones Industrial Average slipped 0.25 per cent to settle at 42,982.43.

Investors now await US Q1 GDP price index final figures, along with jobless claims data.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets Market Closing: Sensex Jumps 1,000 Points, Nifty Above 25,500; Tata Steel Rises 3%

How To Apply For A Personal Loan Online | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

A personal loan is a key financial tool that individuals can borrow from banks and other lending institutions for any personal expense.

Personal loans are unsecured. (Representative Image)

Personal loans have become a popular way to fund a wide range of requirements, from emergencies to anticipated expenses. They provide flexibility and speedy disbursement and do not demand collateral, making them an ideal choice for those in need of financial assistance.

What is a Personal Loan?

A personal loan is a key financial tool that individuals can borrow from banks and other lending institutions for any personal expense. To get a personal loan, borrowers must meet the lender’s eligibility requirements, including minimum credit scores and debt-to-income (DTI) ratios.

It is an unsecured loan, meaning the lender doesn’t seize your assets if you default, but late or missed payments can negatively impact your credit score. They generally come with fixed interest rates and a set repayment period, often repaid through monthly instalments (EMIs). You can apply for a personal loan either online or offline, whichever is more convenient.

How Does a Personal Loan Work?

When you get a personal loan, the lender deposits the money into your bank account. You must repay this sum in equal monthly instalments (EMIs) over a set period. A personal loan EMI calculator can help you determine your EMI depending on the loan amount, length, and interest rate.

Benefits

1) Personal loans are unsecured, which means you do not have to pledge an asset as collateral for the loan.

2) With less documentation and online applications, the procedure is faster and more efficient.

3) You can utilise the loan’s capital for any personal purpose without restriction.

4) Some lenders allow you to select a tenure that corresponds to your repayment capacity.

5) Making on-time EMI payments helps to create a healthy credit profile.

How to Apply For a Personal Loan Online

One can apply for a personal loan through any of the modes, including NetBanking, online on the bank/lender website, or by visiting a branch. To apply online, here is a step-by-step guide for borrowers:

Step 1: Visit the official website of your bank.

Step 2: Select your loan amount and tenure

Step 3: Provide basic personal information, including mobile number, employment type, name, etc.

Step 4: Select the most suitable offer and complete the application.

Step 5: Depending on the lender’s process, the loan can be granted in a matter of minutes and disbursed shortly thereafter.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

ITR Filing 2025: Does Extended Deadline Of September 15 Also Cover Advance Tax? | Tax News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The income tax department has extended the ITR filing deadline for AY 2025-26 to September 15, 2025. This extension does not apply to advance tax deadlines, which remain unchanged.

The ITR filing deadline of September 15 applies to individual taxpayers not subject to audit (i.e., salaried employees, pensioners, freelancers, etc.).

ITR Filing 2025: The income tax department has extended the last date to file Income Tax Returns (ITR) for the assessment year 2025-26 from July 31 to September 15, 2025, for individuals and taxpayers not requiring a tax audit. This extension offers much-needed relief to crores of salaried taxpayers, pensioners, and small businesses.

But, as the filing deadline is pushed ahead, does this extension apply to advance tax as well? And what about interest penalties under Sections 234A, 234B, and 234C? Here’s all you need to know.

What Has Been Extended?

The ITR filing deadline for AY 2025-26 is now September 15, 2025, instead of the earlier July 31.

This applies to individual taxpayers not subject to audit (i.e., salaried employees, pensioners, freelancers, etc.).

It also applies to those filing self-assessment tax — provided they pay it before the extended deadline.

Does the Extension Apply to Advance Tax Too?

No. The advance tax schedule remains unchanged.

Advance tax payments are governed by Sections 208 to 219 of the Income Tax Act and are due on a quarterly basis, as follows:

Due Date Minimum % of Total Tax Payable
June 15 15%
September 15 45% (cumulative)
December 15 75% (cumulative)
March 15 100% (cumulative)

The September 15 deadline for filing ITR does not affect the advance tax deadlines. If you fail to pay advance tax on time, interest under Section 234B and 234C will be levied as usual.

“The ITR extension does not shift the advance tax calendar. Interest under Sections 234B and 234C will still apply if advance tax is short or delayed,” said a a Delhi-based chartered accountant.

If you’re a salaried individual and your tax is fully deducted at source (TDS), you usually don’t need to pay advance tax unless you have other income (like rent, capital gains, F&O trading, or interest) exceeding Rs 10,000 in tax liability.

What About Self-Assessment Tax?

If you owe tax while filing your ITR (after adjusting TDS and advance tax), that is considered self-assessment tax. For non-audit cases:

If you pay self-assessment tax and file ITR by September 30, interest under Section 234A (for late filing) will not apply.

However, Sections 234B and 234C (related to advance tax defaults) may still apply.

Extra Refund Interest for Taxpayers

There’s good news for those expecting refunds. With the filing date pushed to September 30, taxpayers may receive more interest on refunds under Section 244A.

According to estimates, this could lead to up to 33% more refund interest, especially for early TDS credit claimants and those whose refunds are substantial.

Checklist for Taxpayers

  • Pay advance tax installments on or before their original due dates
  • Pay self-assessment tax by September 30 to avoid 234A interest
  • File ITR by September 30, 2025 to avoid late-filing penalties
  • Keep Form 26AS and AIS updated before filing
  • Reconcile TDS credits and bank interest in Form 16/Form 16A

While the extension of the ITR filing deadline to September 15 is a welcome breather, taxpayers must not confuse it with other compliance deadlines. Advance tax dues remain unchanged, and failing to pay them on time will attract interest as usual.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business » tax ITR Filing 2025: Does Extended Deadline Of September 15 Also Cover Advance Tax?

EPFO Update: Govt Increases Auto Claim Settlement Limit From Rs 1 Lakh To Rs 5 Lakh | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The auto-claim facility, launched in 2020 for illness-related withdrawals, now covers education, marriage, and housing, making PF access faster and easier for members

The EPFO aims to settle all claims—including pension, insurance, and PF withdrawals—within 72 hours. (Representative/News18 Hindi)

In a major relief for over 7.5 crore members, the Employees’ Provident Fund Organization (EPFO) has announced an increase in the auto-claim settlement limit for Provident Fund (PF) withdrawals. Union Labour and Employment Minister Mansukh Mandaviya said the limit has been raised from Rs 1 lakh to Rs 5 lakh, a move aimed at helping members access funds more swiftly during emergencies.

The new rule is set to streamline the process of withdrawing funds, making it both easier and faster. Initially introduced in 2020 during the COVID-19 pandemic, the auto-claim facility was previously limited to withdrawals for illness. It has now been extended to cover significant needs such as education, marriage, and house building.

Key Features Of EPFO Auto-Claim Facility

  1. Faster Processing: 95% of claims are now settled within just three days, a significant improvement from the earlier 10-day timeline.
  2. Withdrawal Via UPI And ATM: By May–June 2025, EPFO members will be able to withdraw PF amounts directly through UPI and ATMs.
  3. Lower Rejection Rate: The claim rejection rate has dropped from 50% to 30%, increasing the chances of claim approval.
  4. Minimal Documentation: If KYC is complete and Aadhaar, PAN, and bank details are linked, the claim is processed without needing to submit any documents.

Faster EPFO Claims With UAN And AI Integration

Members can now log in to the UAN portal, verify their KYC details, and file online claims with minimal effort. Once the UAN is linked to Aadhaar, employer approval is no longer required for updating bank details.

The EPFO aims to settle all claims—including pension, insurance, and PF withdrawals—within 72 hours. To achieve this, advanced technologies like artificial intelligence and machine learning are being implemented to improve efficiency and enhance the overall user experience.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business EPFO Update: Govt Increases Auto Claim Settlement Limit From Rs 1 Lakh To Rs 5 Lakh

Stock Market Today: Sensex, Nifty 50 Erase Gains On Israel-Iran Truce Breach; India VIX Rises | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Sensex, Nifty gave up early gains after surging over 1% on reports of a breach in Iran-Israel truce, just hours after it was agreed upon.

File photo of Israel-Iran conflict. (Image: AP)

Indian benchmark indices gave up early gains after surging over 1 per cent on Tuesday on reports of a breach in Iran-Israel truce, just hours after it was agreed upon.

The Sensex opened at 82,534.61, up from its previous close of 81,896.79, and rallied over 1,100 points to hit an intraday high of 83,018. However, the 30-share index reversed course and dropped more than 1,100 points from its peak to touch an intraday low of 81,900.

Similarly, the Nifty 50 began the day at 25,179.90 versus its previous close of 24,971.90, and rose more than 1 percent to an intraday high of 25,317.70. It later gave up gains and declined to an intraday low of 24,999.70 during the afternoon session.

Around 2:25 PM, the Sensex was 137 points, or 0.17 per cent, up at 82,034, while the Nifty 50 was 63 points, or 0.25 per cent, up at 25,035.

Israel-Iran Tensions Keep Markets Volatile

The domestic market witnessed volatility after media reports suggested Israeli Defence Minister Israel Katz had ordered the military to strike Tehran after Iran fired missiles in violation of a ceasefire.

“In light of Iran’s blatant violation of the ceasefire declared by the President of the United States — through the launch of missiles toward Israel — and in accordance with the Israeli government’s policy to respond forcefully to any breach, I have instructed the IDF (Israel Defence Forces)… to continue high-intensity operations targeting regime assets and terror infrastructure in Tehran,” Reuters quoted Israeli Defence Minister Israel Katz as saying on Tuesday.

Earlier, US President Donald Trump announced on Monday that Israel and Iran had agreed to a complete ceasefire.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets Stock Market Today: Sensex, Nifty 50 Erase Gains On Israel-Iran Truce Breach; India VIX Rises

From NPS To UPS: Last Date To Opt For Unified Pension Scheme Extended By 3 Months Till September 30 | Economy News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The finance ministry extended the deadline for opting into the Unified Pension Scheme (UPS) to September 30, 2025. The UPS starts April 1, 2025, with assured pension benefits.

UPS has been notified as an option under the NPS.

The finance ministry on June 23 said it has extended the deadline for exercising the option under the Unified Pension Scheme (UPS) by three months, allowing eligible individuals time until September 30, 2025. This move comes in response to several representations received from stakeholders requesting additional time.

The UPS, which was notified by the government on January 24, 2025, is an option under National Pension System (NPS) which provides assured pension income like old pension scheme (OPS). The scheme gets implemented from April 1, 2025.

UPS has been notified as an option under the NPS. As per the regulations, eligible existing employees, past retirees, and the legally wedded spouses of deceased past retirees were given a period of three months i.e., upto June 30, 2025, to exercise their option under the scheme.

Now, the deadline or the cut-off date has been extended by three months till September 30, 2025.

“In view of the representations received from various stakeholders requesting an extension of the cut-off date, the Government of India has decided to extend the cut-off date for exercising the option for UPS by three months i.e., upto 30th September 2025 for eligible existing employees, past retirees, and the legally wedded spouses of deceased past retirees,” the ministry said in a statement.

The extension offers additional time for those who may have faced difficulties in completing the formalities within the original deadline.

To facilitate the scheme’s implementation, the Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority (PFRDA) issued the relevant operational regulations on March 19, 2025.

Last week, Union Minister Jitendra Singh said all central government employees part of the Unified Pension Scheme (UPS) will now be eligible for retirement and death gratuity benefits available under the Old Pension Scheme (OPS).

Central government employees covered under the UPS will now be eligible for retirement and death gratuity benefits, as per the provisions of the Central Civil Services (Payment of Gratuity under National Pension System) Rules, 2021, Singh said.

The Department of Pension and Pensioners’ Welfare (DoPPW), under the Personnel Ministry, has issued an order on the “options to avail benefits under Old Pension Scheme on death of government servant during service or his discharge from government service on account of invalidation or disability for central government servants covered under Unified Pension Scheme”.

What Is Unified Pension Scheme?

The Union Cabinet in August 2024 approved the Unified Pension Scheme (UPS), for an assured pension post-retirement. The UPS has been implemented from April 1, 2025. The move comes after the long-pending demand of the central government employees to reform the new pension scheme (NPS).

It is the latest pension scheme for government employees.

Under the UPS, there will be a provision of a fixed assured pension, unlike the New Pension Scheme (NPS) which does not promise a fixed pension amount.

The Unified Pension Scheme has five pillars:

Assured Pension: Under the UPS, the fixed pension will be 50 per cent of the average basic pay drawn over the last 12 months prior to superannuation for a minimum qualifying service of 25 years. This pay is to be proportionate for lesser service period up to a minimum of 10 years of service.

Assured Family Pension: It will also have an assured family pension, which is 60 per cent of the pension the employee was receiving. It will be given immediately in case of the retiree’s demise.

Assured Minimum Pension: In the case of superannuation after a minimum 10 years of service, the UPS has a provision of an assured minimum pension of Rs 10,000 per month.

Inflation Indexation: There is a provision of indexation benefit on assured pension, on assured family pension and assured minimum pension.

Gratuity: Lump-sum payment at superannuation in addition to gratuity. It will be 1/10th of the monthly emolument (pay + dearness allowance) as on the date of superannuation for every completed six months of service. This payment will not reduce the quantum of assured pension.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business » economy From NPS To UPS: Last Date To Opt For Unified Pension Scheme Extended By 3 Months Till September 30

Trent Surges 9% In 2 Days To Five-Month High; Should You Invest? | Markets News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Trent shares surged nearly 9% in two days, hitting a five-month high of Rs 6,158.50 on the BSE

Trent Shares

Trent Share Price: Trent shares surged nearly 9% in two days, hitting a five-month high of Rs 6,158.50 on the BSE and Rs 6,163.50 on the NSE on June 23. The rally was driven by expectations of strong inflows ahead of the upcoming Sensex rebalancing.

The Tata Group stock has been buzzing of late on Dalal Street, despite the Indian stock market being under pressure amid rising tensions in the Middle East, as the conflict between Iran and Israel deepens.

Optimism surrounding the stock was fueled by the company’s continued commitment to its long-term target of achieving 25% annual growth, with a focus on value fashion brand Zudio, expansion into micro-markets, and entry into new categories, the retailer told analysts at its investor day on June 18.

The bullish sentiment follows a solid Q4 performance. Trent posted a 37% year-on-year jump in EBITDA to Rs 656 crore, well ahead of market expectations of Rs 580 crore. Margins also improved to 16%.

Trent aims to remain relevant in the fashion business by using Zudio as its primary growth engine, according to reports by multiple brokerages. “Remaining relevant in the fashion business is the most important factor, and all decisions are centered around that. LFL, store count growth and TAM are all secondary. There is no first-mover advantage really. So many first movers have become obsolete. There is no point driving LFL via discounts or driving price-led growth at the cost of volumes (and losing relevance) or chasing TAM by adding more and more categories,” analysts at Nuvama Institutional Equities said in a report released on Thursday following Trent’s 18 June investor day meet.

Analysts’ Take

Brokerages remain bullish on the stock. HSBC recently initiated coverage with a ‘Buy’ rating, citing rapid expansion of Trent’s value fashion brand Zudio, which is expected to add around 200 stores annually from FY25 to FY28. HSBC also noted that Trent trades at a more attractive price-to-earnings ratio compared to peers, despite better growth and profitability.

Macquarie retained its ‘Outperform’ rating, pointing to the company’s plans to grow sales by 25% annually over the next decade through store expansions, new product categories, and better cost controls.

Morgan Stanley reiterated its ‘Overweight’ stance, citing management’s confidence in achieving a 10x growth target by FY32. The brokerage highlighted that new Trent stores typically achieve high throughput within 12–24 months of opening.

In Q4, Trent reported a 37% YoY rise in EBITDA to Rs 656 crore—beating estimates of Rs 580 crore—with margins expanding to 16%.

As of 12:40 pm on Monday, the stock was trading at Rs 6,060, up 2.75% for the day, though it remains down about 15% year-to-date.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.

Income Tax Filing: Common Errors In Pre-filled ITR Forms You Should Watch Out For | Tax News

No Comments

Last Updated:

IT department has extended the last date of filing to September 15, 2025, though taxpayers must file as soon as possible to avoid last minute glitches and rush. 

Income Tax Return Filing 2025

Income Tax Return Filing FY 2024-25: The Income Tax Department has been working to simplify the e-filing of income tax returns for taxpayers. One such initiative is the introduction of pre-filled ITR forms. If you have been filing tax returns, you may have noticed that these forms have been pre-filled on the tax portal for several years now.

This information is collected from various sources, such as your bank account, Aadhaar, and other financial institutions.

The goal of pre-filled ITR forms is to enhance accuracy, encourage timely filing, and reduce the compliance burden on taxpayers.

The process of electronically filing Income-tax Return forms has evolved over time. Each year, the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) introduces new features to improve user experience, reduce revenue leakage, and ensure full compliance.

What Does Pre-filled ITR Include?

The pre-filled ITR typically contains:

  • Personal details: Name, PAN, Aadhaar, address, contact info

  • Salary income: From Form 16 submitted by your employer

  • Bank interest: Based on Form 26AS and AIS data

  • Dividend income: If reported by companies or mutual funds

  • Capital gains: From sale of shares/mutual funds (if reported by brokers)

  • Tax deductions: Like Section 80C, 80D, if declared earlier

  • TDS/TCS details: From Form 26AS

  • Advance/self-assessment tax paid

  • Bank account details: For refunds or payments

It is advisable to always check and cross verify the pre-filled data with your own documents (Form 16, AIS, 26AS, broker statements, etc.), though it makes filing easy and hassle-free.

Common Errors Or Gaps To Watch For

Taxpayers must check:

  • Dividend income or capital gains might be underreported

  • Interest from fixed deposits sometimes missing

  • Deductions under 80C, 80D, etc. may not be filled

  • Job switchers: Form 16 may not be complete if they worked for multiple employers

With the opening of utilities for form-1 to Form-4, taxpayers can file tax. IT department has extended the last date of filing to September 15, 2025, though taxpayers must file as soon as possible to avoid last minute glitches and rush.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business » tax Income Tax Filing: Common Errors In Pre-filled ITR Forms You Should Watch Out For

India’s Energy Boom: How Startups, Solar & FDI Are Powering The Green Revolution | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

India aims for 500 GW non-fossil fuel capacity by 2030 and net-zero emissions by 2070. Solar and wind energy sectors lead, with significant FDI and start-up activity.

News18

Authored by Mr. Abani Jha, CFO, Saatvik Green Energy Ltd: Global warming is an issue that is challenging the entire world. Global temperatures have been on a constant upward curve. The average surface temperature is about 1.55 ± 0.13 °C above the pre-industrial average (1850-1900). In particular, the past decade has been the warmest in recent times.

While this has caused an alarming situation worldwide, it has necessitated global emissions to reach net zero at the earliest possible time to limit global warming to well below 2°C, or above pre-industrial levels. While nations are constantly in a huddle to develop strategies to achieve that, a common consensus has emerged—this can be achieved only and only through a complete transition to clean energy.

More specific to India, there is already a lot of activity in this space, especially in India’s vibrant and burgeoning start-up ecosystem. This surge in green energy is pushed by a green vision and ambitious targets set up by the government, growing investor interest, and a constantly growing set of young entrepreneurs who are alive to the problems India and the world may face if we do not go green as far as energy is concerned. This new vigor among the young entrepreneurs is a good sign for India in its quest to meet its climate commitments, enhance energy security, and achieve sustainable economic growth.

The opportunity for India’s green energy start-ups is pretty huge considering that India has set ambitious, but achievable targets of achieving 500 GW of non-fossil fuel capacity by 2030 and net-zero emissions by 2070, apart from aiming to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 45 per cent by 2030.  Understandably, this lure has attracted not just ambitious start-ups but also large corporations who have jumped into the fray.

Currently, according to a report from Tracxn, a market intelligence platform, there were 297 active Renewable Energy Tech companies in India as of May 2025. The other encouraging development in this area has been Foreign Direct Investment (FDI), particularly in green start-ups, which has given this sector a huge kick start. This has been further boosted by the government allowing 100 per cent FDI in the renewable energy sector with no requirement of prior approval. According to Ministry of Commerce and Industry estimates, FDI in this sector grew 50 per cent year-on-year in FY 2023-24. Till Q3 of FY 2024-25, India’s renewable energy sector attracted FDI of $3.4 billion which is equivalent to the total FDI inflows for the entire FY 2024. Solar As the Beacon of Boundless Possibility

India’s march towards a green energy future is led particularly by the solar energy sector which has not only attracted a large number of start-up entrepreneurs, but also a significant amount of FDI. In 2025, India attracted $2.7 billion in FDI in this sector.  It also added the most to India’s overall renewable energy capacity by adding 23.83 GW in FY 2024–25. The total installed solar capacity now stands at 105.65 GW. With 60 per cent of India’s 2025 renewable tenders focusing on solar, with a general push support from FDI, there is a newfound enthusiasm in this sector. By 2030, India has set a target to achieve 280 GW of solar power. This will go a long way in achieving India’s target of 500 GW of renewable energy by that year.

Wind: The Tempest of Transformation

In the wind energy sector, India has already established itself as a global leader and currently ranks 4th worldwide in total installed wind capacity. In FY 2024-25, India added 4.15 GW of new wind capacity and as of March 31, 2025, India’s total cumulative installed wind capacity stands at approximately 50.04 GW. Innovators are forging compact turbine designs, shrinking land footprints by 35 per cent and weaving wind into urban and rural areas. This has led to the creation of 85,000 jobs in India’s wind sector in FY25. Wind energy complements solar, which is available during the day, to provide Round-the-Clock (RTC) clean energy. Diurnally, wind power peaks primarily at night and early morning, as against the daytime availability of solar to not only balance RTC energy availability but also reducing the dependence on thermal power for non-peak hours.

Green Hydrogen

Green hydrogen is unlocking a new frontier, decarbonizing industries that are challenging to electrify directly. This includes steel, fertilizers, petroleum refining and long-haul transport. Green hydrogen, which is produced domestically, offers an effective alternative to fossil fuels and strengthens India’s energy security. In 2025, India pulled in $700 million in FDI to fuel its 5-million-tonne production ambition by 2030. India’s green hydrogen projects, anchored by 20 GW of renewable capacity, attracts global investors with the allure of a decarbonized dawn. This is a lifeline forged by FDI and startups to redeem a carbon-choked world. The National Green Hydrogen Mission (NGHM) has set a target of a production capacity of 5 Million Metric Tonnes (MMT) of green hydrogen per annum by 2030, with an associated renewable energy capacity addition of about 125 GW. This is expected to lead to an abatement of nearly 50 MMT of annual greenhouse gas emissions. Additionally, green hydrogen also has the advantage that unlike solar and wind energy, it can be stored for long-duration.

Financing

The clean energy revolution runs on innovative financing. In 2025, India’s green bond market increased to $18 billion, with 75 per cent powering solar and wind. Innovators are crafting decentralized investment platforms, empowering citizens to fund renewable projects with returns 12 per cent above traditional bonds.

India’s Production Linked Incentive scheme unleashed 52 GW of domestic solar and wind manufacturing in 2025, breaking the chains of import reliance. The Asian Development Bank’s $1.3 billion infusion into India’s renewable infrastructure in 2025 is a testament to unshakeable global faith on India’s capabilities in this field.

A Vision for the Future

India has shown great preparedness for the energy challenges of the future by developing a robust renewable energy ecosystem and both political and entrepreneurial will to not only support this but also take it forward. It has shown a firm commitment to decarbonizing its economy and enhancing energy security. With the new initiatives in green hydrogen, solar and wind energy, India has already positioned itself as a global hub for renewables. What is left is to address the remaining challenges of long-term financing, grid integration, and building a robust infrastructure for this march. With a proactive government, active private investment and fresh breakthroughs in technology, India’s ambitious targets will not only be achievable but will set examples for other nations to follow.

authorimg

Varun Yadav

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More

Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business India’s Energy Boom: How Startups, Solar & FDI Are Powering The Green Revolution

Did ICICI Bank Try To Acquire HDFC? What Deepak Parekh Reveals | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

‘I remember you talking to me once…you said ICICI started HDFC. ‘Why don’t you come back home?’ That was your offer,’ Parekh said in interaction with Ex-ICICI CEO Chanda Kochhar.

HDFC Bank former chairman Deepak Parekh. (File Photo)

ICICI Bank once tried to merge housing finance firm HDFC with itself before its reverse merger with its own banking arm, HDFC Bank former chairman Deepak Parekh has revealed.

In a YouTube video, Parekh, in an interaction with ICICI Bank former MD & CEO Chanda Kochhar, said, “I remember you talking to me once…you said that ICICI started HDFC. ‘Why don’t you come back home?’ That was your offer.”

However, Parekh said he declined the offer, saying “it won’t be fair or proper with our name and the bank and all”.

He also said the HDFC Bank-HDFC reverse merger, which was completed in July 2023, was primarily driven by regulatory pressure.

“The RBI supported us and they pushed us into it to some extent and they helped us…there were no concessions, no relief, no time, nothing but they helped us to go through the process and get the approval,” Parekh said.

On the reverse merger, Parekh called it “a sad day and a happy day”. He added, “It’s good for the institution. It’s good for the country to have large banks. Look at how large Chinese banks are. We have to be bigger, larger in India.”

Describing the merger as good for the institution, he said, it is good for the country to have large banks.

Indian banks must grow through acquisitions to become stronger in future, he added.

HDFC Ltd, the parent entity of HDFC Bank, merged with its banking subsidiary to create the country’s biggest private sector lender. The merger became effective from July 1, 2023. With the reverse merger, the 44-year-old institution HDFC Ltd faded into memory lane.

Interestingly, the creation of HDFC Ltd was financially supported by erstwhile ICICI Ltd, the parent entity of ICICI Bank.

The Reserve Bank of India had classified large NBFCs like HDFC, which then held assets exceeding Rs 5 lakh crore, as systemically important — well above the Rs 50,000-crore threshold.

(With Inputs from PTI)

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Did ICICI Bank Try To Acquire HDFC? What Deepak Parekh Reveals

12-Hour Workday In Bengaluru Soon? What We Know So Far | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Karnataka government proposes revising work norms to allow 12-hour workdays, sparking opposition from IT/ITeS employee unions. The plan includes a 48-hour weekly cap.

The Karnataka government has proposed to amend the Karnataka Shops and Commercial Establishments Act, 1961, to increase daily working hours up to 12 hours of work a day with overtime.

The Karnataka government has stirred debate with its proposal to revise working hour norms, potentially allowing private firms to implement 12-hour workdays, including overtime. The move has sparked strong opposition from employee unions, particularly in the IT/ITeS sector.

While the government has clarified that the weekly work limit will remain capped at 48 hours, the plan to increase the daily limit from 9 to 10 hours — plus possible overtime — has raised concerns about employee well-being, work-life balance, and job exploitation.

What Is the Proposal?

The Karnataka government has proposed to amend the Karnataka Shops and Commercial Establishments Act, 1961, to increase daily working hours from nine to 10 hours in the state, and to allow up to 12 hours of work a day with overtime.

The proposal, if approved, would also raise the quarterly overtime limit from 50 to 144 hours, according to The Hindu.

The draft amendments, circulated by Karnataka’s labour department to stakeholders, reportedly were aimed at aligning state regulations with directions from the Union government. It had asked all states to consider increasing working hour limits.

What Do IT Employee Unions Say?

The proposal has triggered strong resistance from IT employees’ associations. The union representatives argue that such long workdays will increase stress, lower productivity, and violate the spirit of employee rights.

Bengaluru, the country’s biggest IT hub, is situated in Karnataka.

The Karnataka State IT/ ITeS Employees Union on Wednesday strongly opposed the proposal and called upon “the entire working class to come in resistance against the Karnataka government move to increase the working hours in IT/ITES/BPO sector to 12 hours a day.”

In a statement, the KITU said, “The proposed amendment to the Karnataka Shops and Commercial Establishments Act attempts to normalise a 12-hour work day. The existing Act only allows a maximum of 10 hours work per day, including overtime.”

It said the amendment will allow the companies to go for a two-shift system instead of the currently existing three shift system, and one third of the workforce will be through out from their employment.

The KITU said, “The proposal to amend the Karnataka Shops and Commercial Establishment Act to facilitate 12-hour working day is presented in a meeting called by the labour department on June 18, with various stakeholders in the industry.”

What Government Says

Labour Minister Santosh Lad on June 19 issued a detailed statement explaining the government’s intent behind the proposed amendment. In his clarification, Santosh Lad assured that the weekly 48-hour cap remains unchanged, and the proposal complies with International Labour Organization (ILO) standards and domestic labour laws. “There is no violation of any international convention or standard,” he stated.

“The 10-hour period is inclusive of a one-hour rest interval, meaning the active working time per day would remain 9 hours,” he said.

Currently, as per the current law under Section 7 of the Karnataka Shops and Commercial Establishments Act, 1961, the daily work limit is 9 hours, including a 1-hour break.

However, with the proposed additional one hour a day, employees will get to choose five working days instead of six.

He also said the proposal is currently under consultation, with stakeholder meetings already held, and no final decision has been made yet.

“The government of Karnataka is committed to the welfare of its entire workforce. We are in active dialogue with all stakeholders to ensure the final decision is holistic, balanced, and beneficial for all,” he added.

The labour department defended these proposals saying that the Union government has already “directed” states to amend working hours limits. The department also said similar decision has been taken by Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh and Uttarakhand also, according to Deccan Herald.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business 12-Hour Workday In Bengaluru Soon? What We Know So Far

부동산 등기부 등본 확인법은?

No Comments

부동산 등기부

전세 계약을 체결하거나 전세금 반환 문제로 법적 대응을 고려할 때 반드시 확인해야 할 서류 중 하나가 바로 부동산 등기부 등본입니다. 특히 전세금을 돌려받지 못해 전세금반환소송 준비하는 상황이라면, 해당 부동산의 소유 관계와 권리 관계를 정확히 파악하는 것이 매우 중요합니다. 이때 많은 사람들이 묻는 질문이 바로 **부동산 등기부 등본 확인법은?**이라는 것입니다. 등기부 등본은 부동산의 법적 상태를 보여주는 공식적인 서류로, 채권자나 근저당권자, 소유자 변경 여부 등 다양한 정보가 기재되어 있어 전세 세입자에게 매우 중요한 자료가 됩니다.

등기부 등본은 누구나 열람할 수 있으며, 인터넷을 통해 손쉽게 발급받을 수 있습니다. 정부에서 운영하는 ‘인터넷등기소(www.iros.go.kr)’에 접속하면 공인인증서 없이도 등기부 등본을 열람하거나 출력할 수 있습니다. 사이트에 접속한 후 ‘열람하기’ 또는 ‘발급하기’ 메뉴를 클릭하고, 확인하고자 하는 부동산의 주소지를 입력하면 됩니다. 검색 결과가 나오면, 표제부, 갑구, 을구로 나누어진 등기사항을 확인할 수 있습니다. 표제부에는 부동산의 기본 정보, 갑구에는 소유자와 관련된 사항, 을구에는 근저당권 등 채권 관련 정보가 기재되어 있습니다.

부동산 등기부 등본 확인법은?

**부동산 등기부 등본 확인법은?**이라는 질문이 중요한 이유는, 세입자가 계약 전에 등기부 등본을 통해 임대인이 실제 소유자인지 여부를 확인하지 않으면, 추후 전세금 반환 문제가 발생했을 때 법적 대응이 어려워질 수 있기 때문입니다. 만약 임대인이 실제 소유자가 아닌 제3자라면, 세입자는 임대인의 채무불이행에 대해 소송을 제기하더라도 실질적인 보상을 받기 힘듭니다. 또한, 을구에 근저당권이 설정되어 있는 경우, 해당 부동산이 경매에 넘어갔을 때 전세보증금보다 우선적으로 변제받는 채권자가 있는지 여부를 확인할 수 있으므로, 이 역시 전세 계약 전이나 소송 진행 중 꼭 확인해야 할 사항입니다.

전세금반환소송을 준비하는 과정에서도 등기부 등본은 핵심 증거 자료로 활용됩니다. 예를 들어, 임대인이 소유한 다른 재산이 있는지 여부를 파악하거나, 해당 부동산에 이미 가압류나 압류가 걸려 있는지 여부를 통해 실제 전세금 회수 가능성을 판단하는 데 중요한 단서가 됩니다. 만약 소송 판결을 받은 뒤 강제집행을 진행해야 한다면, 등기부 등본을 통해 해당 부동산의 상태를 실시간으로 점검하는 것이 필수적입니다.

결론적으로, 전세 계약 전후를 막론하고 세입자가 자신의 권리를 보호하기 위해 반드시 확인해야 할 것이 바로 부동산 등기부 등본입니다. **부동산 등기부 등본 확인법은?**이라는 질문에 대한 답은 단순히 절차를 아는 것을 넘어, 그 내용을 해석하고 활용하는 능력을 갖추는 것이며, 이는 전세보증금을 지키는 데 매우 큰 도움이 됩니다. 특히 전세금반환소송과 같은 법적 절차에서는 등기부 등본이 진실을 드러내는 가장 중요한 문서가 되므로, 세입자는 이를 정확히 이해하고 적극적으로 활용해야 합니다.

India Weighs Disruption Scenarios In Strait Of Hormuz, Prepares Backup Plans | India News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Commerce Secretary meets officials and exporters as Iran Israel conflict threatens global oil chokepoint.

Oil tankers pass through the Strait of Hormuz. (IMAGE: REUTERS)

The government is well prepared as far as the possibility of the closure of the critical trade route of Strait of Hormuz is concerned.

This narrow stretch of sea might seem far from India but what happens there can directly impact your fuel bill, business and even stock market investments.

The Strait of Hormuz is located between Iran to the north and Oman and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) to the south. It connects the Persian Gulf to the Gulf of Oman and then to the Arabian Sea.

In view of the fact that trade could be affected or the stakeholders and exporters may have to look for new routes which need not be cost effective the commerce ministry held a meeting with the stakeholders.

Sources say that the Commerce Secretary Sunil Barthwal held a meeting with concerned stakeholders and departments to discuss the impact of the Iran Israel conflict on India’s trade and the actions needed to normalise it.

The participants were informed that the situation in the Strait of Hormuz is at present stable, but nothing was being left to chance. The ship reporting system has been put in place to monitor any incidents. The freight and insurance rates are also being closely monitored.

Apart from this the Commerce Secretary also stressed on the need to assess the evolving situation and its impact on Indian EXIM trade. He also highlighted the importance of exploring all possible alternatives in response to the situation.

Sources said that India is also actively exploring alternative crude supply routes beyond the Persian Gulf to avoid short term disruptions if geopolitical tensions worsen. If implemented these decisions could impact major fuel importing nations from Singapore to the US. India is one of the largest exporters of petroleum products. In a worst-case scenario involving the closure of Hormuz government sources said these exports could be curtailed to maintain India’s internal reserves and also to ensure we don’t fall short of oil supplies.

The government at the meeting today was optimistic of the fact that in the last 50 years despite crisis the Strait has never closed down. And with China using this route in a big way and extensively Iran may not be keen to close the Strait. But the Commerce Ministry is taking no chances and is closely monitoring the situation.

authorimg

Pallavi Ghosh

Pallavi Ghosh has covered politics and Parliament for 15 years, and has reported extensively on Congress, UPA-I and UPA-II, and has now included the Finance Ministry and Niti Aayog in her reportage. She has als…Read More

Pallavi Ghosh has covered politics and Parliament for 15 years, and has reported extensively on Congress, UPA-I and UPA-II, and has now included the Finance Ministry and Niti Aayog in her reportage. She has als… Read More

News india India Weighs Disruption Scenarios In Strait Of Hormuz, Prepares Backup Plans

FASTag Annual Pass: How to Activate It On Your Existing Account; Step-By-Step Guide | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

MoRTH is launching a FASTag Annual Pass for private vehicles, effective August 15, 2025. The pass will be valid for one year or 200 trips

The new system will be enforced from August 15.(Representative Image)

FASTag Annual Pass: The Ministry of Road Transport & Highways (MoRTH) is launching a FASTag Annual Pass for private vehicles, effective August 15, 2025. Priced at Rs 3,000, the pass will be valid for one year or 200 trips, whichever comes earlier. This initiative aims to make highway travel more affordable and convenient, particularly for regular commuters.

In a post on X (formerly Twitter), Union Minister Nitin Gadkari confirmed that a dedicated link for activation and renewal of the pass will soon be available on the RajmargYatra App as well as the official websites of NHAI and MoRTH.

What is the FASTag Annual Pass?

The FASTag Annual Pass allows free passage of private vehicles such as cars, jeeps, and vans at designated National Highway (NH) and National Expressway (NE) toll plazas. Once activated, the pass eliminates per-trip user fees for up to 200 trips or one year, whichever is completed first.

How to Activate the Annual Pass in Your Existing FASTag Account

If your FASTag is already active and linked to a valid (non-blacklisted) registration number and properly affixed to the vehicle’s windshield, you can activate the annual pass using that same FASTag. No new tag is required, provided eligibility conditions are met.

Where Can I Purchase the FASTag Annual Pass?

The Annual Pass will be available exclusively through the RajmargYatra mobile app and the official NHAI website. Users should avoid any third-party sources to ensure authenticity and eligibility.

How Will the Annual Pass Be Activated?

After verifying the FASTag and vehicle eligibility, users must make an online payment of Rs 3,000 for the base year 2025–26. Once the payment is processed successfully, the annual pass will be activated and linked to the user’s registered FASTag.

For How Long is the FASTag Annual Pass Valid?

The pass remains valid for one year from the date of activation or for 200 completed trips, whichever comes first. After expiry, it automatically reverts to a regular FASTag, and users can reactivate the annual pass to avail the benefits again.

What Counts as a Single Trip Under the FASTag Annual Pass?

  • At point-based toll plazas, each crossing (one way) is counted as one trip, so a round trip is two trips.
  • At closed tolling plazas, one full entry–exit pair is counted as one trip.

Will I Receive SMS Notifications Related to My Annual Pass?

Yes, activating the Annual Pass means you consent to RajmargYatra retrieving your registered mobile number from the issuing bank to send SMS alerts and other communications regarding the pass.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business FASTag Annual Pass: How to Activate It On Your Existing Account; Step-By-Step Guide

Nestle India To Issue Bonus Shares For First Time Ever, Board To Meet On June 26 | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

This potential bonus issue marks a significant milestone for Nestle India, which in January 2024 had carried out a stock split, making its shares more affordable to investors

Nestle India’s stock, however, closed 1.28% lower at Rs 2,309.10 on the Bombay Stock Exchange on June 19.

In what could be a historic move for investors, Nestle India, the FMCG giant behind household favourites like Maggi and KitKat, is preparing to reward shareholders with bonus shares for the first time since its listing. The company confirmed on Thursday, June 19, that its board will meet on June 26 to discuss the proposal.

The announcement comes as part of the company’s ongoing efforts to enhance shareholder value. Nestle India’s stock, however, closed 1.28% lower at Rs 2,309.10 on the Bombay Stock Exchange on June 19.

This potential bonus issue marks a significant milestone for Nestle India, which in January 2024 had carried out a stock split, making its shares more affordable to retail investors. Since then, the company has declared dividends five times, continuing its tradition of rewarding long-term investors.

On June 19, Nestle India also announced a Rs 10-per-share dividend, with July 4, 2025, set as the record date.

March Quarter: Profit Dips, Revenue Climbs

In the March 2025 quarter, the company’s standalone net profit fell 5.2% year-on-year to Rs 885 crore, even as operational revenue rose 4.5% to Rs 5,504 crore. Despite the dip in profitability, the strong revenue growth suggests continued consumer demand for Nestle’s core products.

What Are Bonus Shares?

Bonus shares are additional shares distributed to existing shareholders at no extra cost. These are typically issued in a fixed ratio based on the number of shares a shareholder already owns. The move does not increase a shareholder’s overall investment value but improves liquidity and investor sentiment.

While the short-term trend shows some weakness, the longer-term performance of Nestle India remains respectable:

  • Past Week: Down 3.27%
  • Past Month: Down 4.07%
  • 3-Month Return: Up 5.69%
  • Year-to-Date (2025): Up 6.40%
  • 1-Year Return: Down 8.56%
  • 3-Year Return: Up 38.41%

This mixed trajectory reflects both broader market volatility and sector-specific dynamics impacting FMCG players.

As always, market experts urge caution. While bonus shares can signal confidence from the company’s management and may boost liquidity, investors should assess fundamentals and consult certified financial advisors before making portfolio decisions.

Disclaimer: Stock market investments are subject to market risks. News18 is not responsible for any financial loss that may occur.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Nestle India To Issue Bonus Shares For First Time Ever, Board To Meet On June 26

SpiceJet Loses Bag, Pays Big: Airline To Pay Rs 2 Lakh For Misplaced Gold Jewellery | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

A Delhi State Consumer Commission has ordered SpiceJet to pay Rs 2 lakh compensation to a passenger for losing his checked-in bag containing gold jewellery

SpiceJet

On May 27, 2025, the President of the Delhi State Consumer Commission ordered SpiceJet Airlines to pay a total compensation of Rs 2 lakh after the airline lost a passenger’s checked-in bag that contained his wife’s gold jewellery, expensive clothes, and other valuables. While the airline had offered Rs 200 per kg up to a cap of Rs 3,000 as compensation for the lost bag, the passenger refused the offer and filed a consumer complaint, which eventually led to the favourable verdict.

The incident dates back over a decade to May 2, 2013, when the passenger, along with his wife and minor son, was returning from a vacation in Nepal to Delhi. They had two suitcases, each weighing 23 kg, and both were scanned and tagged as check-in baggage at Kathmandu Airport. However, upon arrival at Delhi Airport, one of the bags — the one containing the gold jewellery and expensive clothes — could not be located and was declared lost.

At the Delhi Airport, the airline staff instructed him to file an irregularity report, which he did. Despite investigations by the airline and its officer, the bag remained untraceable. SpiceJet informed the passenger that he was entitled to compensation of Rs 200 per kg, with a maximum cap of Rs 3,000. Dissatisfied with this meagre offer, the passenger escalated the matter — first attempting resolution through the airline’s management, then by sending a legal notice, but without success. He alleged that he was made to “run from pillar to post” by the airline.

Consequently, he lodged a consumer complaint with the Delhi District Consumer Commission, and later, when SpiceJet appealed, the case went to the Delhi State Consumer Commission.

The airline’s lawyers argued before the State Commission that terms and conditions, clearly mentioned on the e-ticket, warned passengers not to carry valuables or medications in checked-in baggage. They claimed that by violating this condition, the passenger had taken a risk and therefore could not benefit from his own wrongdoing.

However, both the District and State Consumer Commissions rejected SpiceJet’s argument. The State Commission noted that the airline failed to present any evidence that this baggage policy was printed on the e-ticket or displayed at the check-in counter. Legally, the absence of evidence showing proper placement of such terms and conditions nullified the airline’s argument that a binding clause existed limiting its liability.

As a result, the Delhi State Consumer Commission upheld the District Commission’s order, directing SpiceJet to pay Rs 1.5 lakh for mental harassment and Rs 50,000 for litigation expenses, totalling Rs 2 lakh. The Commission stated that this case differed significantly from other baggage loss cases. It interpreted the case in light of:

  • Sections 151 and 152 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872
  • Section 106 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872
  • Supreme Court precedent in Consumer and Citizen Forum vs Karnataka Power Corporation (1994 (1) CPR 130)

Timeline of the Lost Baggage Case

  • May 2, 2013: The passenger booked an international flight (SG-46) from Kathmandu to Delhi with two 23-kg suitcases. SpiceJet issued baggage receipts SG-0775590633 & 34.
  • May 2, 2013: Upon arrival in Delhi, one bag was missing. The passenger contacted customer care and filed a complaint.
  • May 5 & 6, 2013: He emailed SpiceJet; the airline replied that an investigation was underway and assured him of recovery.
  • May 11, 2013: He emailed the nodal officer, who replied that the bag was officially declared lost. The airline reiterated that he would receive Rs 200 per kg with a cap of Rs 3,000.
  • May 19, 2013: He contacted the Appellate Authority but got no satisfactory response. He sent a legal notice, but received no reply, prompting him to file a complaint with the District Commission.
  • December 7, 2023: The Delhi District Consumer Commission found SpiceJet guilty, ordering the airline to pay Rs 1.5 lakh compensation and Rs 50,000 as litigation expenses.
  • SpiceJet appealed the order before the Delhi State Consumer Commission, which then gave its final verdict in May 2025.

What the Delhi State Consumer Commission Said

In its final order dated May 27, 2025, the Delhi State Consumer Commission observed that SpiceJet’s key defence was based on terms and conditions warning passengers not to pack valuables in check-in luggage. However, the Commission emphasized that the airline failed to show any proof that such terms were printed on the e-ticket or displayed at the counter.

SpiceJet also did not submit the original e-ticket during the hearing, further weakening its case. Therefore, the Commission concluded that there was no binding contract limiting the airline’s liability for the lost baggage. Without evidence that the passenger was made aware of these terms, SpiceJet’s claim lacked legal ground.

Legal Basis for Compensation

The Commission held that SpiceJet failed in its fundamental obligation as a bailee to safely return the checked-in baggage. The District Commission was correct in concluding that SpiceJet did not exercise a reasonable degree of care in handling the luggage. This amounted to deficiency in service under the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, entitling the passenger to compensation.

Moreover, the Commission stressed that SpiceJet’s failure to provide terms and conditions to the passenger rendered its reliance on legal precedents inapplicable. Without proof that a valid contract incorporating those clauses existed, the airline could not evade liability.

In conclusion, the passenger’s persistence over 10 years and the absence of proper documentation by SpiceJet led to the Rs 2 lakh award for mental harassment and litigation costs.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business SpiceJet Loses Bag, Pays Big: Airline To Pay Rs 2 Lakh For Misplaced Gold Jewellery

Trump Calls Fed Chair Jerome Powell ‘Stupid’, Questions If He Can Appoint Himself To US Federal Reserve | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Donald Trump said, ahead of the Federal Open Market Committee’s (FOMC) policy announcement, “We have a stupid person at the Fed.”

US President Donald Trump. (File Photo: Reuters)

US President Donald Trump derided Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell- calling him “stupid”- as he floated the idea of appointing himself to the institution. Donald Trump said, ahead of the Federal Open Market Committee’s (FOMC) policy announcement, “We have a stupid person at the Fed. He probably won’t cut today… Maybe I should go to the Fed. Am I allowed to appoint myself at the Fed?”

He further added, “I don’t even think he’s political. I think he hates me,” intensifying his longstanding feud with Jerome Powell, whom he has frequently criticized.

US Fed Keeps Interest Rates Unchanged For 4th Time

Despite Donald Trump’s remarks, the US Fed held its benchmark interest rate steady at 4.25% to 4.50%- marking the fourth straight meeting without a change, in line with market expectations. The central bank’s updated “dot plot” still projects two rate cuts later this year, though internal division is growing: seven officials now expect no cuts in 2025, up from four in March.

Read more: US Fed Keeps Interest Rates Unchanged For 4th Time, Still Expects 2 Cuts This Year

The decision comes amid global economic strain, including Donald Trump’s own sweeping tariff moves and geopolitical flare-ups like the Israel-Iran war. Analysts say the Fed is treading cautiously as it gauges both domestic inflation trends and the broader impact of international uncertainty.

In its statement, the FOMC noted that “economic activity has continued to expand at a solid pace,” with low unemployment and inflation still “somewhat elevated.” It reaffirmed its goal of achieving maximum employment and 2% inflation over the longer run, while acknowledging that uncertainty around the outlook “remains elevated.”

Markets appeared unfazed by both the Fed’s decision and Donald Trump’s comments. The Dow Jones rose 0.29% while the Nasdaq was up 0.33%.

authorimg

Mallika Soni

When not reading, this ex-literature student can be found searching for an answer to the question, “What is the purpose of journalism in society?”

When not reading, this ex-literature student can be found searching for an answer to the question, “What is the purpose of journalism in society?”

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Trump Calls Fed Chair Jerome Powell ‘Stupid’, Questions If He Can Appoint Himself To US Federal Reserve

Bank FD: ICICI Bank Vs HDFC Bank Vs Axis Bank, Check Detailed Comparison Of FD Interest Rates | Savings and Investments News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Bank FD: Axis Bank and ICICI Bank are offering better fixed deposit rates than HDFC Bank across most tenures, especially for short and long terms. Here’s the full comparison:

Here’s the detailed comparison of the latest fixed deposit interest rates among HDFC Bank, ICICI Bank and Axis Bank.

HDFC Bank Vs ICICI Bank Vs Axis Bank FD Rates: After the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) monetary policy committee in its last meeting announced a 50-bps reduction in the key repo rate, commercial banks, including ICICI Bank, SBI, HDFC Bank, PNB and Axis Bank, have followed suit by reducing interest rates on loans and deposits. Here are the latest revised fixed deposit (FD) interest rates being offered by three major private sector lenders — HDFC Bank, ICICI Bank and Axis Bank.

According to the revised rates, Axis Bank and ICICI Bank are offering better FD rates than HDFC Bank across most tenures, especially for short and long terms. For short-term FDs (up to 6 months), Axis and ICICI offer up to 4.50%, while HDFC starts lower at 2.75%.

For 1 to 2 years, all three banks offer similar rates, with HDFC and Axis offering up to 6.60%.

For long-term FDs (2–10 years), ICICI leads with 6.60%, while Axis offers 6.50% and HDFC slightly less at 6.40%.

Senior citizens get a better deal everywhere. Axis Bank gives the highest at 7.25% for 5 to 10 years. HDFC and ICICI offer up to 7.10%.

HDFC Bank’s latest interest rates on fixed deposits less than Rs 3 crore (per annum, effective from June 10):

  • 7 days to 14 days: For General Public – 2.75 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 3.25 per cent
  • 15 days to 29 days: For General Public – 2.75 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 3.25 per cent
  • 30 days to 45 days: For General Public – 3.25 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 3.75 per cent
  • 46 days to 60 days: For General Public – 4.25 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 4.75 per cent
  • 61 days to 89 days: For General Public – 4.25 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 4.75 per cent
  • 90 days to less than equal to 6 months: For General Public – 4.25 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 4.75 per cent
  • 6 months 1 day to less than 9 months: For General Public – 5.50 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.00 per cent
  • 9 months 1 day to less than 1 year: For General Public – 5.75 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.25 per cent
  • 1 year to less than 15 months: For General Public – 6.25 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.75 per cent
  • 15 months to less than 18 months: For General Public – 6.60 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 7.10 per cent
  • 18 months to less than 21 months: For General Public – 6.60 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 7.10 per cent
  • 21 months to 2 years: For General Public – 6.45 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.95 per cent
  • 2 years 1 day to less than 2 years 11 months: For General Public – 6.45 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.95 per cent
  • 2 years 11 months to 35 months: For General Public – 6.45 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.95 per cent
  • 2 years 11 months 1 day to less than or equal to 3 years: For General Public – 6.45 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.95 per cent
  • 3 years 1 day to less than 4 years 7 months: For General Public – 6.40 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.90 per cent
  • 4 years 7 months to 55 months: For General Public – 6.40 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.90 per cent
  • 4 years 7 months 1 day to less than or equal to 5 years: For General Public – 6.40 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.90 per cent
  • 5 years 1 day to 10 years: For General Public – 6.15 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.65 per cent.

Axis Bank’s FD Interest Rate On Deposits Below Rs 3 Crore (effective June 12, 2025):

  • 7 days to 14 days: 3.00 per cent for General Public; 3.50 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 15 days to 29 days: 3.00 per cent for General Public; 3.50 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 30 days to 45 days: 3.25 per cent for General Public; 3.75 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 46 days to 60 days: 4.00 per cent for General Public; 4.50 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 61 days to 87 days: 4.00 per cent for General Public; 4.50 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 88 days to 3 months 24 days: 4.50 per cent for General Public; 5.00 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 3 months 25 days less than 4 months: 4.50 per cent for General Public; 5.00 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 4 months to less than 6 months: 4.50 per cent for General Public; 5.00 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 6 months to less than 9 months: 5.50 per cent for General Public; 6.00 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 9 months to less than 1 year: 5.75 per cent for General Public; 6.25 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 1 year to 1 year 10 days: 6.25 per cent for General Public; 6.75 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 1 year 11 days to less than 13 months: 6.25 per cent for General Public; 6.75 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 13 months to less than 15 months: 6.25 per cent for General Public; 6.75 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 15 months to less than 18 months: 6.60 per cent for General Public; 7.10 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 18 months to less than 2 years: 6.60 per cent for General Public; 7.10 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 2 years to less than 3 year: 6.50 per cent for General Public; 7.00 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 3 year to less than 5 years: 6.50 per cent for General Public; 7.00 per cent for Senior Citizens
  • 5 years to 10 years: 6.50 per cent for General Public; 7.25 per cent for Senior Citizens.

ICICI Bank’s Latest Interest Rates on Fixed Deposits Below Rs 3 Crore (effective June 18):

  • 7 days to 45 days: For General Public – 3.00 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 3.50 per cent
  • 46 days to 90 days: For General Public – 4.00 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 4.50 per cent
  • 61 days to 184 days: For General Public – 4.50 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 5.00 per cent
  • 91 days to 184 days: For General Public – 4.50 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 5.00 per cent
  • 185 days to 270 days: For General Public – 5.50 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.00 per cent
  • 271 days to less than 1 year: For General Public – 5.75 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.25 per cent
  • 1 year to less than 15 months: For General Public – 6.25 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.75 per cent
  • 15 months to less than 18 months: For General Public – 6.35 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 6.85 per cent
  • 18 months to 2 years: For General Public – 6.50 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 7.00 per cent
  • 2 years 1 day to 5 years: For General Public – 6.60 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 7.10 per cent
  • 5 years 1 day to 10 years: For General Public – 6.60 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 7.10 per cent
  • 5 years (tax saver FD): For General Public – 6.60 per cent; For Senior Citizens – 7.10 per cent.

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) in its last monetary policy review earlier this month slashed the key repo rate by unexpected 50 bps to 5.5%. It also announced a reduction in cash reserve ratio (CRR) by 100 bps to 3%.

As per the latest available data, India’s CPI-based retail inflation in May 2025 stood at 2.82%, lowest since February 2019.

The RBI expects retail inflation for FY26 to stand at 3.7%, marking the lowest average retail inflation forecast by the central bank in recent years.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

Against ‘Oil’ Odds: With Israel-Iran War, How India Plans To Manage Crude, Rupee, Basic Goods | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Top government sources say policymakers have it all sorted, and there is nothing to worry about

Sources say all key ministries like commerce, finance, and oil are monitoring the situation. (Representational image/Shutterestock)

Why should we be concerned about what’s happening between Israel and Iran? Given the state of the world and how diplomatic and strategic relations work, we need to be vigilant.

The immediate concern is whether oil prices will rise. Just a few days ago, they increased by 11% globally. So, how can it not impact India? But more importantly, will it affect the middle class? Yes and no.

When crude oil import prices rise, it has an immediate impact on the middle class as budgets get disrupted. It increases transport costs and the prices of infrastructure products like cement and even food.

However, top government sources say policymakers have it all sorted, and there is nothing to worry about. Safeguards have been put in place. More importantly, India doesn’t rely heavily on the Strait of Hormuz route or Iran for its crude oil imports. India consumes 5.5 million barrels of oil daily, of which only about 1.5 million barrels come from the Strait of Hormuz. We depend on less than 30% from this region. We have diversified sources of crude oil imports, such as over 27% from Russia. About 20% comes from biofuel. We are also a major exporter of petroleum products, which we can use if the situation escalates. Additionally, China is a major importer from the Strait of Hormuz route, so they and Iran would not be happy to close the route.

However, the stock market reacts immediately to any news from the Gulf area. Crude oil prices would directly impact products like tyres, cement, and airlines. But sources say all key ministries like commerce, finance, and oil are monitoring the situation. The industries concerned have been asked to ensure no alarming rise. India has sufficient barrel reserves, which means we can manage the prices for now, and sources say they don’t anticipate any significant increase in essential commodities.

Another area of concern is the rupee. A weaker rupee would increase import costs if crude oil prices rise. This is where the RBI steps in, and sources say the RBI is monitoring the situation and watching the rupee to ensure that uncertainty in the region does not escalate.

authorimg

Pallavi Ghosh

Pallavi Ghosh has covered politics and Parliament for 15 years, and has reported extensively on Congress, UPA-I and UPA-II, and has now included the Finance Ministry and Niti Aayog in her reportage. She has als…Read More

Pallavi Ghosh has covered politics and Parliament for 15 years, and has reported extensively on Congress, UPA-I and UPA-II, and has now included the Finance Ministry and Niti Aayog in her reportage. She has als… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Against ‘Oil’ Odds: With Israel-Iran War, How India Plans To Manage Crude, Rupee, Basic Goods

Jio BlackRock Mutual Fund Launches Investment Management Platform ‘Aladdin’ | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

Jio BlackRock Mutual Fund, which last month got asset management licence from market regulator SEBI, on Monday introduced Aladdin.

Jio BlackRock says it will focus on building a digital-first product which is designed to meet the “evolving needs of today’s investors”.

Jio BlackRock Mutual Fund recently received its asset management licence from SEBI, and on Monday, it launched BlackRock’s Aladdin, an exclusive investment analytics and risk management platform.

Jio BlackRock Asset Management Pvt Ltd is a 50:50 partnership between Jio Financial Services Ltd (JFSL) and US-based BlackRock.

“Investing should be simple and cater to your needs. This vision unites Jio Financial Services and BlackRock. We have merged Jio’s digital-first strategy with BlackRock’s global investment expertise to create solutions tailored for Indian investors,” the mutual fund company shared on X.

For the first time, BlackRock’s Aladdin platform is now available in India.

“This is just the beginning. We’re committed to transforming investing by making it accessible and affordable for everyone. We are Jio BlackRock Mutual Fund,” the company stated.

On May 26, 2025, SEBI granted the registration certificate to Jio BlackRock Mutual Fund, authorising Jio BlackRock Asset Management Private Ltd to operate as the asset management company for the mutual fund.

On October 29, 2024, the company announced the establishment of two firms — Jio BlackRock Asset Management Private Limited and Jio BlackRock Trustee Private Limited — to manage mutual fund operations, pending regulatory approvals.

Jio BlackRock Investment Advisers earlier said it has received approval from markets regulator Sebi and the BSE to start operations as an investment advisor in India. Jio BlackRock Investment Advisers is a 50:50 joint venture between Jio Financial Services Limited and global asset manager BlackRock.

“Please note that the Securities and Exchange Board of India, vide letter dated June 10, 2025, has granted certificate of registration to Jio BlackRock Investment Advisers Private Limited (JBIAPL) to act as an Investment Adviser,” Jio Financial Services said in a regulatory filing.

Jio BlackRock in a statement said it will focus on building a digital-first product which is designed to meet the “evolving needs of today’s investors”.

(With PTI Inputs)

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Jio BlackRock Mutual Fund Launches Investment Management Platform ‘Aladdin’

Electricity Bill For 1 AC, 1 Fan: This Is The Difference Between Delhi, Noida, Ghaziabad | Business News

No Comments

Last Updated:

The disparity between power bills in Delhi and UP is stark, and it’s rooted in both pricing structure and government subsidies

As temperatures soar across Delhi-NCR and Uttar Pradesh, so do the electricity bills, particularly for residents of Ghaziabad, Noida, and Greater Noida

As temperatures soar across Delhi-NCR and Uttar Pradesh, so do the electricity bills, particularly for residents of Ghaziabad, Noida, and Greater Noida, where power tariffs are leaving households significantly more strained than their counterparts in Delhi. From March to November, electricity consumption spikes dramatically in the NCR as fans and air conditioners run for hours to combat the sweltering heat. And now, with talks of another hike in electricity tariffs in Uttar Pradesh, the financial pinch could grow even sharper.

How Much More Do You Pay Compared to Delhi?

The disparity between power bills in Delhi and UP is stark, and it’s rooted in both pricing structure and government subsidies. To understand the gap, let’s consider a typical summer household setup: one ceiling fan and one 1.5-ton 5-star rated split air conditioner.

  • A ceiling fan running 8 hours daily uses about 15 kilowatt-hours (kWh) a month.
  • A 1.5-ton AC running 10 hours daily adds up to 252 kWh a month.
  • Total monthly consumption: 267 kWh

Power Tariff in UP: Rising Costs and Surcharges

In Ghaziabad, Noida, and Greater Noida, electricity is supplied by Uttar Pradesh Power Corporation Limited (UPPCL) and Noida Power Company Limited (NPCL). The urban domestic tariff structure is tiered:

  • 0-100 units: Rs 5.50 per unit
  • 101-150 units: Rs 5.50 per unit
  • 151-300 units: Rs 6.00 per unit
  • Fixed charges: Rs 110-150 per month
  • Fuel and Power Purchase Cost Adjustment (FPPCA): 1.24%
  • Time of Day (TOD) surcharge: 10-20% in peak summer hours

Based on these rates, the bill for consuming 267 units in UP (urban area) amounts to:

  1. Energy charges: Rs 1,527
  2. Fixed charge: Rs 130
  3. FPPCA: Rs 18.92
  4. TOD surcharge (10%): Rs 152.70
  5. Total Bill: Rs 1,828.62

Power in Delhi: Generous Subsidies and Lower Tariffs

Electricity in Delhi is supplied by BSES and Tata Power. The 2025 rates are far more consumer-friendly:

  • 0-200 units: Free (with Delhi government subsidy)
  • 201-400 units: Rs 4.50 per unit (effective rate Rs 4.07 per unit with PPAC)
  • Fixed charge: Rs 125-250 per month

But here’s the catch: if you cross 200 units, the subsidy vanishes, and you pay for the entire consumption, not just the excess over 200. Still, even at 267 units, the total cost is significantly lower than in UP.

Estimated bill for 267 units in Delhi is approximately Rs 1,300.

Who’s Paying More?

Residents of Noida, Ghaziabad, and Greater Noida are paying 30-38% more than those in Delhi for the same level of electricity usage. The absence of subsidies, higher fixed charges, and surcharges like TOD and FPPCA contribute to the gap.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Electricity Bill For 1 AC, 1 Fan: This Is The Difference Between Delhi, Noida, Ghaziabad

How To Choose Best Mutual Fund

No Comments

Last Updated:

Discover how mutual funds pool investor money to buy a diverse portfolio of assets. Learn to choose the best mutual fund for higher returns with minimal risk.

Mutual funds are divided into 3 types: Equity, Debt and Hybrid (Representative Image)

Mutual Funds are financial vehicles that gather funds or money from multiple investors to buy a diverse portfolio of stocks, bonds, and other assets. Professional fund managers oversee these investments, with the aim of accomplishing the fund’s specific investing objectives. Investors own shares, or units, in the mutual fund, which represent their proportion of the total holdings.

With a number of Mutual Funds registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), it is quite challenging for some investors to select the best option for higher returns with minimum risk. Here are some of the factors you must consider before investing in a Mutual fund. Take a look:

Mutual Funds are divided into three types: Equity, Debt and Hybrid Funds:

Equity Funds: These are investment entities that primarily own stocks or equity in publicly traded firms. They pool funds from several investors to purchase a wide portfolio of stocks, with the goal of generating long-term capital growth and returns.

Debt Funds: These are investment vehicles that pool funds from multiple investors and invest them in debt instruments including bonds, government securities, and other fixed-income assets.

Hybrid Funds: These types of mutual funds are investment vehicles that diversify by owning multiple asset classes, typically a mix of stocks (equity) and bonds (fixed income) within the same fund.

To select the best mutual fund, you need to consider:

Goals: The first and most basic step before starting your investment journey is to set an objective. That is, what is the purpose of investment? How long are you planning your investment and with what return expectations?

Look for Risk Factors: Mutual funds are subject to market risk, just like any other investment. This is due to the fact that it is impossible to predict future events or whether the value of a particular asset will rise or fall. Therefore, understanding market fluctuation is important when investing in mutual funds.

Liquidity: It refers to the ease and speed with which an investor can buy or sell their mutual funds. Different funds have different liquidity features such as lock-in period, exit load, redemption limit etc. One should choose a Mutual fund that offers the flexibility to withdraw money whenever you need it.

Fund Performance: Understanding the Fund performance is important. It should be considered within a fair time limit to ensure that the investments have been through several market cycles. This would provide steady returns over time.

Investment Strategy: This refers to the approach and strategy adopted by the fund manager to select and manage the portfolio of the mutual fund.

Expense Ratio: The expense ratio is the commission or fee that investors pay for the proper management of their investments. It is basically the fund manager’s fee that is imposed on all investors to ensure profitability across the assets.

Taxation: Every profit an investor makes via a Mutual fund is taxable as per the Income Tax Act. For equity funds, Long Term Capital Gains (holding period of 12 months and above) are taxed at 10 per cent over and above the exemption limit of Rs 1 Lakh. Short capital Gains (holding period of fewer than 12 months) are taxed at 15 per cent.

Entry or Exit Load: The entry load is a fee levied by fund organizations to investors. The exit load is the fee imposed when leaving a mutual fund scheme.

Lump Sum or SIP: There are 2 ways to invest in Mutual Funds- Lump Sum or SIPs. This means the investor has the option of paying the entire sum at once or selecting a monthly payment plan that will be deducted from their respective bank accounts.

Investing in Mutual Funds or Stock Markets requires careful planning and research.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!

Nifty Tomorrow, June 16: How Will Israel-Iran War Impact Markets? Experts Analyse, Give Key Levels

No Comments

Last Updated:

The Israel-Iran conflict causes market pessimism, with both Nifty and Sensex dropping nearly 1% each. Despite this, the broader market uptrend remains intact.

Nifty Prediction For Tomorrow, June 16.

Nifty Prediction For Tomorrow, June 16: The ongoing Israel-Iran war has fuelled pessimism in the stock markets and prompted investors to flee riskier assets. Sparked after Israel’s attack on Iran’s nuclear facilities in the wee hours of Friday, the conflict has further deepened with both sides upping the ante. Market experts said that though investors are expected to remain cautious amid premium valuations and geopolitical risks, the “boarder market uptrend remains intact” on the BSE and the NSE.

According to the experts, all eyes are now on the upcoming US Fed meeting, where interest rates are likely to remain unchanged. Other central banks, Japan and the UK, will also announce their interest rates this week separately.

Ketan Vikam, head of sales at Almondz Institutional Equities, said, “Indian stock markets are likely to follow the global trend, following rising tension in the Middle East amid the Israel-Iran conflict, which could fuel further pessimism and prompt investors to flee riskier assets.”

The Indian equity markets experienced a significant downturn this week, with the benchmark indices, NSE Nifty50 and BSE Sensex, declining nearly 1% to close at 24,718 and 81,118, respectively.

How Are Indian Markets Placed?

“The index (Nifty) is still holding above the crucial 55-day EMA (exponential moving average) near 24,300, suggesting that the broader uptrend remains intact,” said Puneet Singhania, director at Master Trust Group.

The 55-day EMA is a technical indicator that shows the average price of a stock or index over the past 55 days, giving more weight to recent prices to spot long-term trends. It helps investors see the trend of a stock or index by smoothing out daily price ups and downs.

Brokerage firm Choice Broking in its note said the Nifty is trading above all its key EMAs on the weekly timeframe, including the short-term (20-week), medium-term (50-week), and long-term (200-week) EMAs. If a stock or index is above 20-week, 50-week and 200-week EMAs, it indicates medium-term and long-term uptrend.

“This alignment indicates a strong underlying uptrend and suggests that the index is well-supported on dips, with bullish momentum likely to continue in the near term,” it added.

Key Support & Resistance Levels After Israel-Iran War

Singhania said strong support lies in the 24,450–24,500 zone, a previously tested demand area. “A breakdown below the mentioned support zone may lead to a decline toward 24,200, the recent weekly low.”

On the upside, immediate resistance is seen at 24,900; a decisive breakout above this level could trigger a rally toward 25,600. Positional traders can look to buy near support, he added.

Support level is the price where a stock usually stops falling, while resistance level is where it often struggles to go higher. In other words, support is like a floor where prices tend to bounce up, and resistance is like a ceiling where prices often get stuck.

Choice Broking said the Nifty has immediate support at 24,600 and 24,400, which could offer strong buying opportunities for traders on dips. On the upside, resistance is seen at 24,800 and 25,000, with the latter acting as a key hurdle.

“A sustained breakout above 25,200 could trigger a bullish rally, potentially targeting 25,500 and 25,700 in the coming weeks,” it added.

Market Volatility

The India VIX, a key indicator of market volatility, surged by 7.60% to close at 15.0800 on the daily timeframe, reflecting a rise in market nervousness and indicating the possibility of heightened volatility in the near term.

Option Chain Analysis

In the derivatives segment, the highest call open interest (OI) is concentrated at the 24,800 and 25,000 strikes, suggesting strong resistance around these levels, Choice Broking said.

On the downside, the highest Put Open Interest is seen at the 24,600 and 24,500 strikes, indicating strong support and traders’ confidence in holding these levels, it added.

Open interest (OI) shows the total number of active futures and options contracts in the market, helping investors gauge market strength and trend direction. Its analysis tells you how many traders are betting on a stock or index level, helping you understand if a price move or support/ resistance is strong or weak.

What’s Next?

Looking ahead, investors are expected to remain cautious amid premium valuations and geopolitical risks. All eyes are now on the upcoming US Fed meeting, where interest rates are likely to remain unchanged. However, the Fed’s commentary and economic projections will be closely scrutinised for future policy cues, said Vinod Nair, head of research, Geojit Investments Ltd.

The Nifty futures, or the GIFT Nifty, closed flat or marginally higher by 3.5 points at 24,743 (as of June 15, 2025,at 2:44 am).

Bank Nifty

According to Choice Broking, the Bank Nifty is trading above all its key moving averages, including the short-term 20-day, medium-term 50-day, and long-term 200-day Exponential Moving Averages (EMA). This indicates an overall upward trend, but pressure from higher levels suggests that some consolidation phase is underway, and the index is unable to hold higher levels, with downside support near the 55,000-54,500 range.

The Relative Strength Index (RSI) stands at 62.12, indicating a mild sideways to bearish move. However, the sideways movement suggests a phase of consolidation, potentially leading to

a time-wise or price-wise correction as the index awaits fresh cues for the next directional move.

“The Bank Nifty index is likely to face significant resistance in the 56,000–56,500 range. If the index continues to move higher, HDFCBANK from the private banking sector is expected to support the uptrend. Similarly, in the public sector banking space, SBI is anticipated to show strength,” it added.

Markets Last Week

The Indian equity markets ended the week sharply lower, with the Nifty 50 and the Sensex slipping nearly 1% to close at 24,718 and 81,118, respectively. The decline was mainly due to rising geopolitical tensions after Israel launched an airstrike on Iran’s nuclear facilities, raising fears of a wider conflict.

Brent crude surged up to 12% to nearly $78 per barrel, triggering inflation concerns for India, a major oil importer. Higher oil prices also dimmed hopes of a US Fed rate cut ahead of its meeting next week. Further rattling global markets were renewed tariff threats by US President Donald Trump, effective July 9, sparking fears of a trade war.

Foreign investors sold Indian equities worth Rs 1,246 crore, but strong domestic institutional buying of Rs 18,637 crore helped cushion the fall.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets Nifty Tomorrow, June 16: How Will Israel-Iran War Impact Markets? Experts Analyse, Give Key Levels

IPOs Next Week: Arisinfra, 5 Other IPOs To Launch; Sacheerome, Monolithisch, 3 Others To List

No Comments

Last Updated:

As six IPOs including Arisinfra and Influx Healthtech open for subscription next week, five listings including Oswal Pumps, Sacheerome, and Aten Papers are also scheduled.

IPOs Next Week.

The primary market is set to witness high activity in the coming week starting June 16, with six initial public offerings (IPOs) scheduled to open for subscription and five companies making their stock market debut. Arisinfra Solutions is among the companies to open their IPO next week, while Sacheerome and Monolithisch India are among firms to list on exchanges.

IPOs to Launch Next Week

Arisinfra Solutions (Mainboard)

Arisinfra Solutions, a provider of construction materials for real estate and infrastructure projects, will be the only IPO in the mainboard segment next week. The Rs 499.6-crore issue, entirely a fresh issue, opens on June 20 and closes on June 24. The price band has been fixed at Rs 210-222 per share.

Patil Automation (SME)

Pune-based Patil Automation, which offers welding and line automation solutions, is launching its Rs 69.61-crore SME IPO from June 16 to June 18. The company has set a price band of Rs 114-120 per share.

Samay Project Services (SME)

The EPC services provider Samay Project Services will also open its Rs 14.69-crore IPO on June 16, closing on June 18. The price band is fixed at Rs 32-34 per share.

Eppeltone Engineers (SME)

New Delhi-based Eppeltone Engineers, which manufactures electronic energy meters, will open its Rs 43.96-crore IPO on June 17. The issue will close on June 19 and is being offered at a price band of Rs 125-128 per share.

Influx Healthtech (SME)

Influx Healthtech will open its Rs 58.6-crore IPO on June 18 and close on June 20. The offer includes a fresh issue of Rs 48 crore and an offer-for-sale (OFS) of shares worth Rs 10.56 crore. The price band is Rs 91-96 per share.

Mayasheel Ventures (SME)

Infrastructure firm Mayasheel Ventures will launch its Rs 27.28-crore IPO on June 20. The company is issuing 58.05 lakh shares in the price band of Rs 44-47 per share.

IPOs to List Next Week

Sacheerome

Fragrance and aroma chemicals company Sacheerome will debut on NSE Emerge on June 16. According to market observers, its GMP currently stands at decent 30.4%, indicating a strong listing gain for the investors tomorrow.

Jainik Power and Cables

Jainik Power and Cables is scheduled to list on June 17. Its GMP remains zero, signalling either flat or negative listing of the company.

Monolithisch India

Monolithisch India’s Rs 82-crore IPO will close on June 16, and the stock will be listed on June 19. Its current GMP is at 30.07%, indication strong investment sentiments.

Aten Papers & Foam

The last date for subscription to Aten Papers & Foam’s Rs 31.7-crore IPO is June 17. Its shares will debut on BSE SME on June 20. Its GMP also remains zero, indicating either flat or negative listing of the company.

Oswal Pumps

The Rs 1,387.3-crore IPO of Oswal Pumps, which opened earlier, will remain open until June 17. With a price band of Rs 584-614 per share, the IPO was subscribed 42% on its first day. The company is set to list on June 20. Its GMP currently stands at 6.68%, indicating positive investor sentiments for the investors tomorrow.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business » ipo IPOs Next Week: Arisinfra, 5 Other IPOs To Launch; Sacheerome, Monolithisch, 3 Others To List

Jeff Bezos No Longer World’s 2nd Richest: Oracle’s Ellison Overtakes After $26 Bln Gain

No Comments

Last Updated:

On Thursday, Ellison’s wealth increased by $26 billion, marking the largest daily gain among billionaires.

Jeff Bezos with Lauren Sanchez | Image/X

Larry Ellison, the founder of Oracle, has surpassed Amazon’s Jeff Bezos to become the world’s second richest person, according to Forbes. Ellison’s net worth skyrocketed by an impressive $26 billion, bringing his total wealth to $243 billion.

On Thursday, Ellison’s wealth increased by $26 billion, marking the largest daily gain among billionaires. This surge in net worth allowed him to overtake Amazon chairman Jeff Bezos, who has a net worth of $228 billion, and Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg, who stands at $239 billion.

With this increase, Larry Ellison now holds the second spot on Forbes’ real-time billionaires list, just behind Tesla CEO Elon Musk, who boasts a total net worth of $407 billion.

Mark Zuckerberg, the 41-year-old co-founder of Facebook, ranks third with $235.7 billion, despite a recent dip in his net worth, as per Forbes Real-Time Billionaire List. Meanwhile, Jeff Bezos, founder of Amazon, holds the fourth position at $226.8 billion, while legendary investor Warren Buffett, at 94, remains one of the oldest and most respected billionaires, ranking fifth with $152.1 billion.

The list also features tech titans like Larry Page and Sergey Brin of Google, holding the sixth and eighth spots respectively, showcasing the enduring influence of internet-based businesses. French fashion tycoon Bernard Arnault, the only non-American in the top 10, ranks seventh with $141.5 billion, representing the luxury goods sector through LVMH.

Rounding out the top 10 are Steve Ballmer of Microsoft and Jensen Huang, CEO of NVIDIA. Huang’s presence reflects the growing dominance of the semiconductor and AI industry, as he boasts a net worth of $123.9 billion, despite a slight decline in recent days.

Tesla and SpaceX CEO Elon Musk saw his net worth climb, gaining nearly $191 million — a sign of recovering investor sentiment following his public apology over controversial tweets about U.S. President Donald Trump. According to Forbes Billionaire Index, his net worth currently stands at $411.4 billion.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Jeff Bezos No Longer World’s 2nd Richest: Oracle’s Ellison Overtakes After $26 Bln Gain

14 Interview Rounds? Developer’s Wipro Selection Story Triggers Online Discussion

No Comments

Last Updated:

Antara Mandal, in a now-edited post, claimed that she cleared 14 rounds of interviews before bagging the job of a developer at a Bengaluru company.

An ex-employeee from the same company said there is a maximum of 4 rounds.

Applying for a job can often feel like running a marathon, with companies laying out a number of obstacles in the name of interview rounds. It might be true that recruiters often come up with their own way of conducting interviews; the process can get tiring due to countless rounds of questions and answers. One such instance of a job interview has stirred a debate on the Internet after a woman claimed to have cleared 14 rounds of interviews before bagging her “dream” job.

In a now-deleted Instagram thread, Antara Mandal shared pictures of herself at a Wipro campus, proudly posing at her new company. Besides selfies inside the company building and its premises, Antara also shared a picture of her office ID card, offering it as proof of her new employment. In one of the photos, she could be standing indoors in front of a large Wipro logo, posing with both hands, and maintaining a big smile on her face. Dressed in a light yellow top and blue jeans, a Wipro employee badge is visible around her neck.

“After clearing 14 rounds of an interview, I have finally been selected for the ‘DEVELOPER’ role in ‘WIPRO.’ I create my own sunshine. Dreams are not what you see in your sleep; dreams are those that don’t let you sleep,” she reportedly wrote in her caption, as quoted by Livemint.

In another post on Instagram, Antara shared the same set of pictures along with an edited caption. However, the particular point about going through 14 rounds of interviews became an instant topic of trolling, with many even opposing her claims. One of the commenters, claiming to be a former Wipro employee, asserted that there are mostly 4-5 rounds of interviews, while another one, who worked as a Wipro HR, added, “14 rounds at Wipro? There is a maximum of four rounds, including the HR discussion round.” Others too chipped in with similar reactions with comments like “As an ex-Wipro employee, I can vouch that there are max 4–5 rounds of interviews!!” and “14 rounds of interviews? That too just for the developer role… soo funny yaar.”

The Wipro developer has yet to clarify the confusion over her claims. Mandal, who was previously employed with Bajaj Housing Finance Limited, is currently based in Bengaluru.

authorimg

Buzz Staff

A team of writers at News18.com bring you stories on what’s creating the buzz on the Internet while exploring science, cricket, tech, gender, Bollywood, and culture.

A team of writers at News18.com bring you stories on what’s creating the buzz on the Internet while exploring science, cricket, tech, gender, Bollywood, and culture.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business 14 Interview Rounds? Developer’s Wipro Selection Story Triggers Online Discussion

‘Get 15 Paise For Every Rupee Contributed’: Karnataka Asks Finance Commission For ‘Fair Tax Devolution’

No Comments

Last Updated:

The state has also sought support of Rs 1.15 lakh crore investment to bolster Bengaluru’s infrastructure and address regional disparities in Kalyana Karnataka and Malnad

Siddaramaiah underscored the state’s share, with Karnataka contributing nearly 8.7% of India’s GDP with just 5% of the population and ranking second in GST collections. File pic/PTI

Karnataka chief minister Siddaramaiah on Friday demanded a more equitable and growth-oriented fiscal federal structure before the 16th Finance Commission, led by chairman Arvind Panagariya.

Siddaramaiah highlighted the stark imbalance in fiscal returns despite Karnataka’s significant contribution to the national economy.

In an additional memorandum submitted to the commission, Karnataka articulated its vision for reforms aimed at creating a predictable and fair devolution system.

“Karnataka’s fiscal strength fuels national growth. It is time to ensure that growth is not penalised but rewarded. We urge the commission to adopt a balanced, forward-looking approach to devolution,” the chief minister stated to the media after the meeting.

Siddaramaiah underscored the state’s share, with Karnataka contributing nearly 8.7% of India’s GDP with just 5% of the population and ranking second in GST collections. Despite this, Karnataka receives a mere 15 paise for every rupee contributed to union taxes, a figure drastically impacted by the reduction in its share from 4.713% to 3.647% under the 15th Finance Commission, leading to a cumulative loss of over Rs 80,000 crore.

What Karnataka wants

Karnataka has sought increased vertical devolution. It has asked to increase the states’ share of taxes to at least 50% and cap cesses and surcharges at 5%, along with including union non-tax revenues in the divisible pool.

It is also urging a more balanced horizontal devolution. The CM proposed that states retain 60% of their contributions, with 40% directed to less-developed states to balance growth and equity.

He suggested a reduction in the weight of the income-distance criterion and greater emphasis on a state’s economic contribution to avoid penalising high-performing states.

Siddaramaiah advocated for critical reforms to Revenue Deficit Grants and State-Specific Grants, noting that Karnataka’s per capita devolution significantly dropped between the 14th and 15th Finance Commissions.

Focus Bengaluru

The state has sought support of Rs 1.15 lakh crore investment to bolster Bengaluru’s infrastructure and address regional disparities in Kalyana Karnataka and Malnad.

Siddaramaiah has earlier launched campaigns like “Our Tax, Our Right” to seek the state’s rightful share in the devolution process.

authorimg

Harish Upadhya

Harish Upadhya, an Assistant Editor at CNN-News18, reports from Bengaluru. Political reporting is his forte. He also tracks India’s space journey, and is passionate about environmental reporting and RTI investi…Read More

Harish Upadhya, an Assistant Editor at CNN-News18, reports from Bengaluru. Political reporting is his forte. He also tracks India’s space journey, and is passionate about environmental reporting and RTI investi… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business ‘Get 15 Paise For Every Rupee Contributed’: Karnataka Asks Finance Commission For ‘Fair Tax Devolution’

LIC Eases Insurance Claim Procedures For Victims Of Air India Flight AI 171 Crash

No Comments

Last Updated:

LIC announces that in place of a death certificate, any govt record indicating death due to the crash or proof of compensation paid by the govt or the airline will be accepted.

Air India Flight AI 171, a Boeing 787 Dreamliner bound for London, on June 12 crashed in Ahmedabad, resulting in 241 deaths on board and few on the building it fell on.

A day after the tragic crash of Air India Flight AI 171 in Ahmedabad, state-owned Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) on Friday announced a series of measures to relax the insurance claim procedures to support the affected families.

In an official statement, LIC said it would expedite claim settlements for its policyholders affected by the tragedy.

“LIC of India is committed to supporting those affected and will expedite claim settlements to provide financial relief,” the statement read.

It has relaxed documentation requirements to minimise procedural hurdles for grieving families.

LIC’s Relaxation in Proof of Death Rules

LIC announced that in lieu of a death certificate, any official government record citing the policyholder’s death due to the crash will be accepted. Additionally, proof of compensation paid by the central or state government or airline authorities will be treated as sufficient evidence of death.

“LIC of India has announced many concessions to mitigate the hardships of the claimants of LIC Policies. In lieu of death certificates, any evidence in Government Records of death of the policyholder due to the plane crash or any compensation paid by Central/State Government /Airline Authorities will be accepted as proof of death,” the company said in a statement.

This move is expected to significantly ease the claims process, especially in cases where identification or paperwork may take time due to the nature of the accident.

LIC also said it has instructed its teams across India to proactively reach out to affected families. Special cells have been activated across its branches, divisions, and customer zones.

“All efforts will be taken to ensure that the claimants are reached out and claims are settled expeditiously to the affected families,” LIC stated.

It said that for immediate support, claimants may visit the nearest LIC branch or customer service zone or call LIC’s dedicated helpline at 022-68276827.

Air India Flight AI 171, a Boeing 787 Dreamliner bound for London, on June 12 crashed shortly after take-off from Ahmedabad’s Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport, resulting in 241 deaths on board and few on the building it fell on.

In the statement, the company said, “LIC of India expresses deep grief over the death of on-board passengers and crew members of Air India flight AI 171 and also people on the ground who were killed due to the plane crash in Ahmedabad.”

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business LIC Eases Insurance Claim Procedures For Victims Of Air India Flight AI 171 Crash

Boeing Reacts To Air India Flight Crash: ‘We Stand Ready To Support’

No Comments

Last Updated:

Boeing expresses condolences and support after Air India Flight 171, a Boeing 787 Dreamliner, crashed near Ahmedabad. The flight was en route to London.

The Boeing 787 Dreamliner, including its 787-8 variant, is a twin-engine, wide-body jet airliner designed for safe and efficient operation. (Representational image)

Boeing On Ahmedabad Plane Crash: Boeing, the manufacturer of the aircraft involved in the tragic crash of Air India Flight 171 near Ahmedabad, on Thursday issued a statement expressing condolences and extending support to Air India and investigators.

In a post shared on social media platform X, Boeing Airplanes said: “We are in contact with Air India regarding Flight 171 and stand ready to support them. Our thoughts are with the passengers, crew, first responders and all affected.”

Boeing President and CEO Kelly Ortberg said, “Our deepest condolences go out to the loved ones of the passengers and crew on board Air India Flight 171, as well as everyone affected in Ahmedabad. I have spoken with Air India Chairman N. Chandrasekaran to offer our full support, and a Boeing team stands ready to support the investigation led by India’s Aircraft Accident Investigation Bureau.”

The airline said it will defer to India’s Aircraft Accident Investigation Bureau (AAIB) to provide information about Air India Flight 171, in adherence with the United Nations International Civil Aviation Organization.

The statement came after a Boeing 787-8 Dreamliner crashed near Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel International Airport shortly after take-off. The flight was en route to London with over 200 passengers and crew on board. All 242 passengers are feared to have been killed in the crash.

In an earlier brief statement, Boeing had said it was aware of initial reports of the plane crash in Ahmedabad and working to gather more information even as the company’s shares tumbled nearly 9% in a pre-market trading.

“We are aware of initial reports and are working to gather more information,” Boeing said in the brief statement.

The crash comes days before the opening of the Paris Air Show, a major aviation expo where Boeing and European rival Airbus will showcase their aircraft and battle for jet orders from airline customers.

Boeing has been mired in financial and regulatory trouble for more than six years after Lion Air Flight 610, a Boeing 737 Max 8, plunged into the Java Sea off the coast of Indonesia in late 2018, killing all 189 people on board. Five months later, Ethiopian Airlines Flight 302, a Boeing 737 Max 8, crashed after take-off from Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, killing 157 passengers and crew.

Boeing seemed to finally be emerging from the deep hole it was in after that pair of crashes, but that now appears to be short-lived.

Last month, Boeing announced a pair of major orders in the Middle East during a visit to the region by President Donald Trump. Boeing shares were up close to 25 per cent this year before Thursday’s crash.

The Air India Flight AI171 Crash Incident

The London-bound Boeing aircraft crashed five minutes after it took off from the Ahmedabad airport for the London Gatwick. In a possibly dual-engine failure, the aircraft lost altitude in a residential area near the airport and crashed on a residential building for doctors.

All 242 passengers are feared to have been killed in the crash.

On the doctors building, the FAIMA Doctors Association said many MBBS students were having lunch at the hostel mess when the plane crashed into the building. The wife of a resident doctor was reported to be dead even as four to five MBBS students and three to four relatives of resident doctors are missing. While two to three students are in intensive care, at least 50 students, who were hospitalised, are stable as of now, it added.

Air India confirmed that flight AI171, from Ahmedabad to London Gatwick, was involved in an accident today after take-off. The flight, which departed from Ahmedabad at 1338 hrs, was carrying 242 passengers and crew members on board the Boeing 787-8 aircraft. Of these, 169 are Indian nationals, 53 are British nationals, 1 Canadian national and 7 Portuguese nationals.

The pilot of the Boeing 787 Dreamliner issued a ‘Mayday’ distress call, denoting a full emergency, soon after take-off, the Air Traffic Control at Ahmedabad said.

Air India also set up a dedicated passenger hotline number 1800 5691 444 to provide more information.

“Air India is giving its full cooperation to the authorities investigating this incident,” the airline said.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, meanwhile, spoke to Civil Aviation Minister Rammohan Naidu and Home Minister Amit Shah to take stock of the situation.

“The tragedy in Ahmedabad has stunned and saddened us. It is heartbreaking beyond words. In this sad hour, my thoughts are with everyone affected by it. Have been in touch with Ministers and authorities who are working to assist those affected,” Modi wrote in a post on X.

(With inputs from agencies)

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Boeing Reacts To Air India Flight Crash: ‘We Stand Ready To Support’

Stock Market Updates: Sensex Falls Over 900 Points, Nifty Down 25,000; IT Stocks Drag

No Comments

Last Updated:

Indian equity benchmarks, Sensex and Nifty, are poised for a cautious yet positive start on Thursday

Stock market updates

Sensex Today: After opening in green, benchmark indices Sensex and Nifty dropped sharply in the afternoon. Sensex fell over 900 points or 1.10 per cent to trade around 81,600, while Nifty shed 289 points or 1.11 per cent to drop below 25,000-mark. Major losers in Nifty 50 index were Tata Motors (-3.14 per cent), L&T (-2.62 per cent), Coal India (-2.54 per cent).

The sharp drop is attributable to escalating tensions between US and Iran. White House decided to evacuate its staff in Iraq’s embassy.

US Central Command (CENTCOM) said in a statement on Wednesday that Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth had authorised the departure of military dependants in the region and that CENTCOM was “monitoring the developing tension”.

By mid-session, the BSE Sensex had declined 136 points, or 0.16%, to 82,379, while the Nifty50 was down 44 points, or 0.17%, at 25,098.

Among the Sensex constituents, Asian Paints, Bajaj Finserv, Sun Pharma, Bajaj Finance, and NTPC were the top gainers. On the other hand, Infosys, Eternal, Tata Motors, Mahindra & Mahindra, and Hindustan Unilever were the leading losers.

In the broader markets, both Nifty MidCap and Nifty SmallCap indices traded in the red, down 0.34% and 0.3%, respectively.

Sectorally, Nifty Pharma was the only index to post gains, rising 1%. In contrast, Nifty IT remained under pressure, falling 0.7%.

Domestic Focus

CPI Data in Spotlight India’s consumer price inflation for May is expected to have cooled to a six-year low of 3%, aided by a favourable base and easing food prices, according to a Reuters poll. This aligns with the RBI’s surprise 50 basis point repo rate cut last week, aimed at supporting growth amid a disinflationary trend.

Global Market Cues

Asia-Pacific markets traded mixed on Thursday as investors evaluated the US President Donald Trump’s announcement that a trade agreement with China was ‘done,’ though key details and implications left room for caution.

Trump indicated that Chinese imports would face a total tariff rate of 55 per cent, a level later confirmed by the US Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick.

Last checked, Nikkei was down 0.75 per cent, while the broader Topix dropped 0.43 per cent. ASX200 was trading flat with a negative bias. Kospi, bucking the trend, rose 0.4 per cent.

Meanwhile, US stock futures edged lower as markets digested the tentative trade deal and fresh inflation data. Futures tied to the S&P 500 and Nasdaq 100 were down 0.2 per cent, while Dow Jones futures dropped 0.2 per cent.

The US consumer price index (CPI) rose just 0.1 per cent in May, below the 0.2 per cent forecast, while core CPI, which strips out food and energy, also came in weaker than expected. The modest inflation reading added to the cautious tone across global markets.

On Wall Street, major indexes closed slightly lower overnight, pausing after a recent rally. Dow Jones ended flat with a negative bias, S&P 500 slipped 0.27 per cent, and Nasdaq closed 0.5 per cent lower. President Trump noted on Truth Social that the trade deal with China is “done, subject to final approval with President Xi and me.” The deal reportedly includes upfront Chinese supply of rare earths and magnets, while the US will ease restrictions on Chinese students studying in the US. Trump further said, “We are getting a total of 55 per cent tariffs, China is getting 10 per cent.”

Additionally, US PPI and core PPI figures for May, and initial jobless claims for the week ended June 7 will also be eyed.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest news on the Stock Market, including market trends, Sensex and Nifty updates, top gainers and losers, and expert analysis. Get real-time insights, financial reports, and investment strategies—only on News18.
News business » markets Stock Market Updates: Sensex Falls Over 900 Points, Nifty Down 25,000; IT Stocks Drag

When Is The Best Time To Invest In PPF To Maximise Returns?

No Comments

Last Updated:

The investments under the PPF scheme have been capped at Rs 1.5 lakh in a financial year.

The government also allows investors to extend their PPF savings. (Representative Image)

Public Provident Fund (PPF) is one of the most popular long-term savings schemes in India. It offers secured returns with tax benefits. The government-backed scheme comes with a 15-year lock-in period. The long-term investment horizon helps people build a sizable corpus fund with even a modest amount monthly or at regular intervals. However, the investments under the PPF scheme have been capped at Rs 1.5 lakh in a financial year.

Moreover, the contributions made under this scheme as well as the interest earned and maturity amount, are all completely tax-free. This makes the PPF scheme highly attractive as many people use this tax-saving tool as a part of their retirement savings.

The government also allows investors to extend their PPF savings beyond the 15-year period. This means, after the initial maturity period, the investors can increase the investment tenure in blocks of 5 years each, with or without contributions.

At present, the PPF interest rate stands at 7.1% (for the April-June quarter of 2025). The interest rate on the PPF scheme is reviewed and fixed by the government at regular intervals. You can open a PPF account at any bank or post office. In order to keep your PPF account active, a contribution of at least Rs 500 in a financial year is needed.

How Is Interest Calculated On PF Balance?

To calculate the interest rate on the PPF balance, the lowest balance between the fifth day and the last day of the month is taken into account. The interest is then computed based on the lowest balance.

Due to this norm, it is important to understand when to deposit your PPF amount, even though there is no specific due date. To maximise returns on your PPF contribution, one can consider depositing the amount within the 5th day of the month.

If one wants to submit their PPF contribution as a lump sum deposit, it must be done between April 1 and 5 of the financial year. This helps in maximising returns due to the compound interest rates.

authorimg

Business Desk

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More

A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business When Is The Best Time To Invest In PPF To Maximise Returns?

8th Pay Commission: Grade Pay Vs Pay Bands Vs Pay Matrix, What Are These? How Fitment Factor Changed Under Them

No Comments

Last Updated:

The 8th Pay Commission will revise salaries, pensions, and allowances, directly benefiting over 50 lakh central government employees and over 65 lakh pensioners.

The implementation of the 8th CPC might stretch beyond the expected January 1, 2026, timeline.

As discussions grow louder about the 8th Central Pay Commission (CPC), over one crore central government employees and pensioners face a familiar question: How will my basic pay be reshuffled this time? The answer might lie in three decades of structural experiments – Grade Pay, Pay Bands, and the Pay Matrix – each revolutionising how the central government calculates salaries. Here’s what are these, and why the fitment factor is important.

The 8th Pay Commission will revise salaries, pensions, and allowances, directly benefiting over 50 lakh central government employees and over 65 lakh pensioners.

The Three Eras of Salary Calculation

Pre-6th CPC Era: Chaos

Before the 6th Pay Commission in 2006, a large number of pay scales existed with no standardisation. Fitment factor was also non-existent. Before the 5th CPC, salary revisions relied on individual pay scale adjustments and merger of DA rather than a uniform multiplier.

The fitment factor was introduced under the 5th Pay Commission.

The Grade Pay Revolution (6th CPC, 2006)

Pre-2006, India had over 4,000 disparate pay scales across roles. An undersecretary earned Rs 10,000, while a section officer made Rs 12,000 – with no logic linking hierarchies.

The 6th CPC collapsed scales into 4 Pay Bands (e.g., PB-1: Rs 5,200–20,200) + Grade Pay (GP). GP determined seniority within bands (e.g., Rs 2,400 for clerk, Rs 4,800 for under secretary).

A uniform 1.86x multiplier on “Basic Pay + DA” placed employees in new bands. For example, Old Salary: Rs 50,000 (Rs 45,000 Basic + Rs 5,000 DA) → Revised: Rs 50,000 × 1.86 = Rs 93,000 (placed in PB-3 + GP Rs 6,600).

Pay Matrix: The Game Changer (7th CPC, 2016)

Pay Bands + GP created anomalies. Senior promotions often landed employees below juniors due to overlapping bands.

The pay bands were abolished. The 7th Pay Commission created a 24-level Pay Matrix where each cell represented a unique salary (e.g., Level 10: Rs 56,100–Rs 1,77,500). Vertical movement would include promotion, while horizontal movement would comprise annual increments.

Under the 7th CPC, the government announced a fitment factor of 2.57x on ‘Basic Pay + Grade Pay’. For example, pre-revised salary of Rs 25,400 (Rs 20,000 basic pay and Rs 5,400 grade pay) was revised to Rs 65,278 (Level 6) (Rs 25,400 × 2.57).

Fitment Factors Under 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th CPCs

5th CPC (1997): First formal fitment (1.38x) but applied only after merging full DA with basic pay.

6th CPC (2006): Fitment factor was fixed at 1.86x.

7th CPC (2016): 2.57x aimed to offset inflation since 2006 – but employees demanded 3.68x.

8th CPC (Expected 2026): Expectations are of a fitment factor of 2.5x-2.8x, which might increase the employee salaries between Rs 40,000 and Rs 45,000.

8th CPC Conundrum: Key Questions

With the Pay Matrix likely staying, the real battle is over the fitment factor and allowance reforms. Key watchpoints:

  • Will defense/get special fitment? (7th CPC gave them 2.67x).
  • Will HRA, travel allowances be subsumed into basic pay?
  • Can states afford matching revisions? (Kerala’s 7th CPC fitment: 2.29x).

When Will the 8th Pay Commission Be Formed And Implemented?

The 8th Pay Commission was announced by the central government in January this year. However, it is yet to be constituted. Its members, chairman, and terms of reference (ToR) have not been announced yet.

According to an ET report citing senior officials, the implementation of the 8th CPC might stretch “well beyond the expected January 1, 2026, timeline”.

It said even if the Commission if formed by the end of this year, it will likely require 18-24 months before the recommendations are ready for implementation.

The previous 7th Pay Commission was constituted two years before its implementation.

authorimg

Mohammad Haris

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso…Read More

Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris has been previously asso… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business 8th Pay Commission: Grade Pay Vs Pay Bands Vs Pay Matrix, What Are These? How Fitment Factor Changed Under Them

How Rs 834 Monthly Investment Can Yield Rs 11 Crore For Your Child

No Comments

Last Updated:

The NPS Vatsalya Scheme, launched in September 2024, allows parents to invest Rs 834 monthly for their child’s future, potentially growing to Rs 11 crore by retirement

If a parent starts contributing Rs 10,000 per year when the child is born and continues till the child turns 60, the investment grows substantially.

In an era where parents constantly worry about securing their children’s future, the Centre has introduced a financial avenue that could transform modest monthly savings into a multi-crore corpus. The NPS Vatsalya Scheme, launched in September 2024, is emerging as a powerful investment tool for low and middle-income families aiming to build substantial retirement funds for their children, with minimal contribution.

Under this scheme, a parent can invest just Rs 834 per month (or Rs 10,000 annually) in the name of their child, and if this investment is sustained until the child turns 60, the fund could swell to Rs 11 crore, thanks to the power of compounding, provided the returns remain around 12.86% annually under the aggressive investment option.

The NPS Vatsalya Scheme is a specialised extension of the National Pension System (NPS) and is available for all citizens who have a child under the age of 18. To enroll, the child must have a PAN card and Aadhaar. Once the child reaches adulthood at 18, the Vatsalya account automatically transforms into a Tier-1 NPS account, aligning it with the regular pension structure.

The scheme allows a minimum annual investment of Rs 1,000, with no cap on the maximum contribution. This flexibility makes it ideal for families looking to start small but scale up investments later.

Investment Choices Tailored To Risk Appetite

Investors in the NPS Vatsalya Scheme can choose from three preset investment modes:

  1. Aggressive: 75% in equities – high risk, high return.
  2. Moderate: 50% in equities – balanced risk and return.
  3. Conservative: 25% in equities – low risk, stable return.

Additionally, the Active Choice option lets investors set their own equity-to-debt ratio, giving them direct control over their investment strategy.

How Rs 834 A Month Becomes Rs 11 Crore

If a parent starts contributing Rs 10,000 per year when the child is born and continues till the child turns 60, the investment grows substantially, thanks to long-term compounding.

Here’s how it plays out under different return scenarios:

  • At 12.86% return: Corpus grows to approximately Rs 11 crore.
  • At 11.59% return: Corpus touches around Rs 5.97 crore.
  • At 10% return: It still amounts to a significant Rs 2.75 crore.

However, these figures are projections. The actual returns depend on market performance and the asset allocation chosen by the investor.

Partial Withdrawals, Exit Rules

The scheme also builds in flexibility for emergencies. After three years of continuous investment, up to 25% of the fund can be withdrawn for essential needs such as education, medical emergencies, or disability-related expenses. This withdrawal is allowed up to three times during the investment term.

Upon the child turning 18:

1. If the fund exceeds Rs 2.5 lakh, 80% must be invested in an annuity plan (i.e., for pension), while 20% can be withdrawn in one go.

2. If the fund is Rs 2.5 lakh or less, the entire amount can be withdrawn as a lump sum.

3. In the unfortunate event of the child’s demise before maturity, the entire accumulated fund is transferred to the guardian.

What makes the NPS Vatsalya Scheme especially notable is its accessibility. In a financial landscape often dominated by high-risk, high-entry investments, this scheme provides an inclusive opportunityfor families with limited income to plan a prosperous future for their children.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business How Rs 834 Monthly Investment Can Yield Rs 11 Crore For Your Child

Is The SBI Chairman’s Sea-Facing Bungalow Really Worth Rs 10 Crore A Month?

No Comments

Last Updated:

Former SBI chairman Rajnish Kumar once remarked in a podcast that the market rent of the SBI chairman’s Malabar Hill residence could touch Rs 10 crore a month

The market rent of the SBI chairman’s Malabar Hill residence could touch Rs 10 crore a month. (PTI Photo)

What kind of life does the chairman of the country’s apex bank lead? If you thought a massive salary and corporate bonuses like their private sector counterparts, think again. The story of Dinesh Kumar Khara, former chairman of the State Bank of India (SBI), offers a fascinating contrast; one that blends modest paychecks with extravagant perks, all courtesy of the public sector’s unique compensation model.

During the financial year 2022–23, Khara took home a cash salary of just Rs 37 lakh – yes, you read that right. That’s a mere 7.5% bump from the previous year, and dramatically lower than what CEOs in the private banking sector command. For context, HDFC Bank CEO Sashidhar Jagdishan earned Rs 6.5 crore in the same period – about 17 times more than Khara’s earnings.

However, despite the humble figure on paper, the perks are nothing short of princely. Khara was allotted a government-owned sea-facing bungalow in Mumbai’s ultra-exclusive Malabar Hill, had access to a chauffeur-driven luxury car worth Rs 30-40 lakh, and enjoyed medical coverage, domestic and international travel privileges – all without spending a rupee from his pocket.

And the bungalow? That’s where eyebrows really shoot up. Former SBI chairman Rajnish Kumar once remarked in a podcast that the market rent of the SBI chairman’s Malabar Hill residence could touch Rs 10 crore a month, a claim that has drawn both astonishment and skepticism in equal measure. While some dismiss the figure as inflated, the fact that a public sector official occupies such high-value real estate underscores the enormous non-monetary value attached to the post.

Why This Wide Pay Gap Exists

The disparity between public and private sector pay isn’t accidental. It’s by design.

  • Salary Caps: In India, the salaries of public sector bank executives are tightly regulated by the Ministry of Finance.
  • No Bonuses, No Stocks: Unlike their private peers, public bank chiefs don’t receive performance bonuses or stock options, which means their take-home pay is mostly fixed.
  • Public Welfare Model: The government’s focus for PSU banks is financial inclusion – not profit maximisation.
  • Perks as Compensation: With cash limits in place, the system makes up for it in kind – lavish residences, official vehicles, and retirement benefits.

Private banks, on the other hand, operate in a cut-throat, profit-driven world. To attract and retain top-tier talent, they offer multi-crore annual salaries, massive bonuses, and equity-based incentives that can be worth crores.

Will PSU Banks Lose Talent?

That’s a growing concern. Many experts believe that the rigid pay structures in the public sector could drive talented bankers towards private banks or fintech firms. Yet, there are many who still value the stability, prestige, and pension security that a government job offers.

The story doesn’t change much with time either. When Khara’s predecessor, Rajnish Kumar (SBI Chairman from 2017 to 2020), held the reins, he too drew a similarly modest salary and enjoyed the same official bungalow and perks. The faces may change, but the framework remains frozen.

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business Is The SBI Chairman’s Sea-Facing Bungalow Really Worth Rs 10 Crore A Month?

India-EFTA Trade Pact Likely To Be Implemented From September, Says Piyush Goyal

No Comments

Last Updated:

India and EFTA countries – Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland – signed Trade and Economic Partnership Agreement (TEPA) in March last year.

Union Minister Piyush Goyal in Switzerland. (PTI)

Union Commerce and Industry Minister Piyush Goyal on Monday said the free trade agreement (FTA) between India and the four-nation European bloc EFTA is likely to come into force from September.

On March 10, 2024, the two sides signed the Trade and Economic Partnership Agreement (TEPA). As part of the deal, India secured an investment commitment of $100 billion over 15 years from the bloc, while agreeing to lower or eliminate duties on various products, including Swiss watches, chocolates, and cut and polished diamonds.

The European Free Trade Association (EFTA) members are Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. Once the trade pact is implemented, several products such as Swiss watches, Swiss chocolates, biscuits and cut and polished diamonds will come from four European countries at lower or zero duties.

Goyal said the agreement has received approval from the Parliaments of all four countries. In Switzerland, there is an objection period open until July 10 as July and August are holiday months there. He made the announcement during an official visit to Switzerland to promote trade and investment between the two countries.

India had promised to reduce tariffs to zero on 80-85% of goods from EFTA countries. On the other hand, the four European countries have agreed to allow duty-free market access for almost 99% Indian goods, including rice.

What Is EFTA?

Formed in 1960, the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) is an intergovernmental organisation. It was established as an alternative trade bloc for those European states that were unable or unwilling to join the European Union (EU).

The four countries – Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway and Switzerland – are not part of the EU but have access to its single market through various agreements.

India’s exports to EFTA countries during 2022-23 stood at $1.92 billion, while imports were at $16.74 billion during the last fiscal. The bilateral trade between India and EFTA stood at $18.65 billion in 2022-23, compared with $27.23 billion in 2021-22. Switzerland is the largest trading partner of India followed by Norway.

(with PTI inputs)

authorimg

Aveek Banerjee

Aveek Banerjee is a Senior Sub Editor at News18. Based in Noida with a Master’s in Global Studies, Aveek has more than three years of experience in digital media and news curation, specialising in international…Read More

Aveek Banerjee is a Senior Sub Editor at News18. Based in Noida with a Master’s in Global Studies, Aveek has more than three years of experience in digital media and news curation, specialising in international… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
News business India-EFTA Trade Pact Likely To Be Implemented From September, Says Piyush Goyal

RBI’s New Gold Loan Rules: Here’s How The Latest Guidelines Will Affect You | Explained

No Comments

Last Updated:

The RBI’s new gold loan regulations will be applicable to all commercial banks, NBFCs, cooperative banks, and housing finance companies

RBI’s new gold loan rules – What has changed?

RBI’s New Gold Loan Rules: The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has unveiled a new framework for gold and silver loans, effective from April 1, 2026. The reforms, announced on June 6, aim to enhance borrower protection, transparency, and lender accountability across commercial banks, NBFCs, cooperative banks, and housing finance companies.

Here are the eight major changes borrowers need to know:

1. Higher LTV for Small Loans

Borrowers can now get up to 85% of the gold value as a loan, up from 75%. This Loan-to-Value (LTV) cap applies to total loan amounts up to Rs 2.5 lakh, including interest. For example, if your gold is worth Rs 1 lakh, you can now borrow up to Rs 85,000.

2. No Credit Appraisal for Smaller Loans

Lenders will no longer require detailed income assessments or credit checks for gold loans below Rs 2.5 lakh, improving access for low-income and rural borrowers.

3. 12-Month Limit for Bullet Repayment Loans

Bullet repayment loans—where interest and principal are paid together at the end—must now be repaid within 12 months.

4. Limits on Gold and Silver Pledged

Borrowers can pledge:

  • Gold ornaments up to 1 kg
  • Gold coins up to 50 grams
  • Silver ornaments up to 10 kg
  • Silver coins up to 500 grams
  • These limits apply per borrower across all lender branches.

5. Faster Return of Pledged Items

Lenders must return pledged gold or silver on the same day the loan is closed, or within 7 working days. If delayed, they must pay Rs 5,000 per day in compensation to the borrower.

6. Mandatory Compensation for Loss or Damage

If pledged gold or silver is lost or damaged during audits or handling, lenders must fully compensate borrowers.

7. Transparent Auction Process

In case of loan defaults:

  • Lenders must issue proper notice before auctioning gold.
  • The reserve price must be at least 90% of the market value (85% after two failed auctions).
  • Any surplus from the auction must be returned to the borrower within 7 working days.

8. Clear Communication in Local Language

All loan terms and valuation details must be provided in the borrower’s preferred or regional language. For illiterate borrowers, these details must be shared in the presence of an independent witness.

Implementation Timeline

The new rules take effect from April 1, 2026. Loans issued before this date will continue under existing norms.

By introducing these reforms, the RBI aims to standardize practices, strengthen borrower protection, and improve transparency in India’s gold loan segment.

authorimg

Aparna Deb

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a…Read More

Aparna Deb is a Subeditor and writes for the business vertical of News18.com. She has a nose for news that matters. She is inquisitive and curious about things. Among other things, financial markets, economy, a… Read More

Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates—only on News18. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!